Civil r19

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
AND
COURSE STRUCTURE
(R19 Regulations)
CIVIL ENGINEERING
FOR
B.Tech., FOUR YEAR DEGREE COURSE
(Applicable for the batches admitted from 2019-20)
VASIREDDY VENKATADRI
INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY
NAMBUR, PEDA KAKANI MANDAL, GUNTUR-522508
An Autonomous Institution, Approved by AICTE,
All Courses Accredited by NBA & NAAC with ‗A‘ Grade, Permanently Affiliated to
JNTUK University
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS (R19) FOR B. TECH. (REGULAR)
Applicable for the students of B. Tech. (Regular) from the Academic Year 2019-20
onwards
The B.Tech Degree of Jawaharlal Nehru Technological University Kakinada, Kakinada shall be
conferred on candidates who are admitted to the programme and who fulfill all the requirements
for the award of the Degree.
VISION
To impart quality education through exploration and experimentation and generate socially-
conscious engineers, embedding ethics and values, for the advancement in science and
technology.
MISSION
 To educate students with a practical approach to dovetail them to industry-needs.
 To govern the institution with a proactive and professional management with passionate
teaching faculty.
 To provide holistic and integrated education and achieve over all development of students
by imparting scientific and technical, social and cognitive, managerial and organizational
skills.
 To compete with the best and be the most preferred institution of the studious and the
scholarly.
 To forge strong relationships and linkage with the industry.
OBJECTIVES
 Equip the institute with state-of-the-art infrastructure comparable to the best in the
industry.
 Tap the resources of the best minds in the field as faculty and visiting faculty.
 Groom students to become global entrepreneurs and responsible citizens.
 Provide financial assistance to meritorious students.
 Requisition the services of the best HR managers to place our students in reputed
industries.
 Provide conducive atmosphere to the faculty for Research & Development and ensure active
participation of the students.
Department Vision
To provide globally competitive and socially responsible Civil Engineering professionals, who
can contribute to the organization and nation-building through their innovative ideas and to
create knowledge pool of Civil Engineering through quality research.
Department Mission
1. To develop and implement qualitative teaching and learning practices to impart quality
education to the students to dovetail them to industry needs
2. To develop engineers with good scientific and engineering knowledge so as to comprehend,
analyze, design and apply knowledge to the fast-changing needs in the field of Civil
Engineering.
3. To provide hands-on experience and knowledge to the students to make them engineers of
excellence.
4. To promote innovative and original thinking in the minds of budding engineers to face the
Challenges of future by shaping the department into a center of academic and research
excellence.
5. To inculcate the value of discipline and encourage the student to become a responsible and
worthy citizen of the nation.
1. Admission Criteria
The eligibility criteria for admission into UG Engineering programmes are as per the norms
approved by Government of Andhra Pradesh from time to time.
The sanctioned seats in each programme in the college are classified into CATEGORY-A,
and CATEGORY-B at 1st year level and only CATEGORY-A at Lateral Entry 2nd year level.
The percentages of Category–A, Category-B and Lateral Entry Seats are decided from time
to time by the Government of Andhra Pradesh.
 CATEGORY – A (70%): These seats are filled through Convener, EAMCET as per the
norms approved by the Government of Andhra Pradesh.
 CATEGORY – B (30%): These seats are filled by the College as per the norms approved by
the Government of Andhra Pradesh.
 Lateral Entry: Lateral entry candidates shall be admitted into the Third semester directly as
per the norms approved by the Convener, ECET, and Government of Andhra Pradesh.
2. Award of B. Tech. Degree

A student will be declared eligible for the award of B. Tech. Degree if he fulfills the
following academic regulations:
 A student after securing admission shall complete the B.Tech programme in a minimum of
four academic years (8 Semesters), and a maximum period of eight academic years starting
from the date of commencement of first year first semester, failing which student shall forfeit
seat in B.Tech Course. Each student shall secure 160 credits (with CGPA>=4) required for
the completion of the under graduate programme and award of B.Tech Degree.
3. Courses of Study
The following courses of study are offered at present as specializations for the B. Tech.
Courses
S. No Branch Branch Code Intake

1 Civil Engineering 01 120
2 Electrical and Electronics Engineering 02 180
3 Mechanical Engineering 03 180
4 Electronics and Communication Engineering 04 180
5 Computer Science and Engineering 05 240
6 Information Technology 12 180
4. Distribution and Weightage of Marks

i) The performance of a student in each semester shall be evaluated subject wise with a
maximum of 100 marks for theory subject and 75 marks for practical subject. The Mini
project work shall be evaluated for 50 marks and the Major Project work shall be evaluated
for 150 Marks.
ii) For theory subjects the distribution shall be 40 marks for Internal Evaluation and 60 marks
for the Semester End Examinations.
iii) For theory subjects, during the semester there shall be two internal Mid Examinations. The
weightage of internal marks for 40 consists of Descriptive Test – 15 Marks, Assignment
Test- 10 Marks (Open book system with questions in accordance with BLOOMS taxonomy),
and Objective Test -10 Marks and Subject Seminar 5 marks.
 The Descriptive Test is for 90 minutes duration conducted for 30 marks and will be
scaled down to 15 Marks. Each Descriptive test question paper shall contain 3 questions,
one question from each unit and all questions need to be answered. All the questions
should be prepared in accordance with BLOOMS Taxonomy.
 The Assignment Test conducted for 20 Marks and will be scaled down to 10 Marks. The test
is open book system and the duration of the exam is 60 minutes. The assignment question
paper contains 3 questions given by the subject teacher concerned and all questions should
be answered. Students can bring a maximum of three printed text books related to that
subject. (Soft copies of the text books will not be allowed.) The assignments have to provide
broadened exposure to the course. The questions shall include problem solving approach,
problem analysis & design, implementation, case studies etc.
 The objective examination is for 20 minutes duration. (Conducted with 20 multiple
choice question with a weightage of ½ Mark each)
 For the subject seminar, marks of each student shall be evaluated based on the presentation
on any topic of his/her choice in the subject duly approved by the faculty member concerned.
 Internal Marks shall be calculated with 70% weightage for better of the two Mid Exams and
30% weightage for other.
iv) The Semester end examination shall be conducted for 3 hours duration. The question paper
shall be given in the following pattern:
The question paper contains one question from each unit with internal choice. Each question
carries 12 marks. Each course shall consist of five units of syllabus. The questions shall be
framed in line with the Course Outcomes defined and cognitive levels.
v) For practical subjects there shall be continuous internal evaluation during the semester for 25
marks and 50 Marks for Semester end examination. The internal 25 marks shall be awarded
as follows: day to day work - 05 marks, Record-05 marks and the remaining 15 marks are to
be awarded by conducting an internal laboratory test of 3 hours duration.
The semester end examination for laboratory courses shall be conducted for three hour
duration at the end of semester for 50 marks as follows:
Procedure - 10 marks, Experiment/Program execution – 15 Marks, Results-10 Marks and
Viva-voice -15 Marks. For laboratory course in English 30 marks for written exam which
includes listening comprehension and 20 marks for viva which includes JAM and Group
Discussion.
vi) For the subject having design and / or drawing, (such as Engineering Graphics, Engineering
Drawing, Machine Drawing) and estimation, the distribution shall be 40 marks for internal
evaluation ( 20 marks for day –to– day work, and 20 marks for internal tests) and 60 marks
for end examination. There shall be two internal tests in a Semester and the Marks for 20 can
be calculated with 70% weightage for better of the two performances and 30% weightage for
other and these are to be added to the marks obtained in day-to-day work.
vii) For Engineering Project on Community services / Mini Project, there shall be continuous
evaluation during the semester for 20 marks and semester end evaluation for 30 marks. The
distribution of continuous evaluation marks is as follows: Day to Day Assessment- 05 Marks
and average of two reviews of 15 Marks each.
The distribution of semester end examination marks for Engineering Project on Community
services/Mini Project is as follows: Report -10 Marks and Presentation and Viva Voce – 20
Marks.
vii) For Major Project, there shall be continuous evaluation during the semester for 50 marks and
semester end evaluation for 100 marks
The distribution of continuous evaluation marks is as follows: Day-to-day Assessment- 30
Marks and average of at least two reviews of 20 Marks each. The Departmental review
committee consists of HoD, two senior Faculty and supervisor concerned.
The semester end examination for Major Project work shall be conducted at the end of VIII
Semester. It is evaluated by the Committee consisting of an external examiner, Head of the
Department, Senior Faculty and Supervisor of the Project.
viii)Laboratory marks and the internal marks awarded by the faculty are final. However, any
grievance regarding marks will be addressed by the result committee if necessary. The
recommendations of the committee are final and binding.
ix) MOOCS Courses: All students are eligible to register and complete MOOCS courses
relevant to their professional electives listed by the respective departments in the curriculum.
However, if any student fails to complete a MOOCS course or the course is not offered by
the agency concerned, that student is eligible to attend the examination following the same
syllabus and pattern of examination in the VIII semester.
The MOOCS grades awarded to the student by the agency are converted to the course grades
based on the percentage of marks obtained. The duration for course registered under
MOOCS should range between 8 to 12 Weeks.
x) A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits
allotted to Industrial Oriented Mini Project/Summer Internship/practical training, if the
student secures not less than 40% of marks (i.e., 40 out of 100 allotted marks) in each of
them. The student is deemed to have failed, if he/she (i) does not submit a report on
Industrial Oriented Mini Project/Summer Internship, or does not make a presentation of the
same before the evaluation committee as per schedule, or (ii) does not present the seminar as
required, or (iii) secures less than 40% of marks in Industrial Oriented Mini Project/Summer
Internship and project seminar evaluations.
A student may reappear once for each of the above evaluations, when they are scheduled
again; if the student fails in such ‗one reappearance‘ evaluation also, the student has to
reappear for the same in the next subsequent semester, as and when it is scheduled.
5. Attendance Requirements
 Students shall put in a minimum average attendance of 75% in the semester.
 Condonation of shortage in attendance may be recommended by the respective Head of the
Department on genuine medical grounds, provided the student puts in at least 65%
attendance and the Principal is satisfied with the genuineness of the reasons and the conduct
of the student.
 Students, having more than 65% and less than 75% of attendance, shall have to pay requisite
fee towards condonation.
 Students whose shortage of attendance is not condoned in any semester are not eligible to
take their end examinations of that semester. They get detained and their registration for that
semester shall stand cancelled. They will not be promoted to the next semester. They may
rejoin in that semester in which the student is detained by getting approval from the
principal.
 If any candidate fulfils the attendance requirement in the present semester, he shall not be
eligible to readmit into the same class.
6. Minimum Academic Requirements
The following academic requirements have to be satisfied in addition to the attendance
requirements mentioned in item No.5
 A student is deemed to have satisfied the minimum academic requirements if he has earned
the credits allotted to each theory/practical design/drawing subject/project and secures not
less than 35% of marks in the end semester exam, and minimum 40% of marks in the sum
total of the internal marks and end semester examination marks.
 A student shall be promoted from first year to second year if he fulfills the minimum
attendance requirement.
 A student will be promoted from II year to III year if he fulfills the academic requirement of
40% of the credits up to II B.Tech II semester from all the examinations, whether or not the
candidate takes the examinations and secure prescribed minimum attendance in II Year II
Semester.
 A student shall be promoted from III year to IV year if he fulfills the academic requirements
of 40% of the credits up to III year II semester from all the examinations, whether or not the
candidate takes the examinations and secure prescribed minimum attendance in III Year II
Semester.
 A student shall register and put up minimum attendance in all 160 credits and earn all 160
credits.
 Break in Study: Student, who discontinues the studies for whatever may be the reason, can
get readmission into appropriate semester of B. Tech programme after break in study, with
the prior permission of the Principal and following the transitory regulations applicable to
each batch in which he/she joins. A student may utilize this break in study (Maximum of
Two years for Regular Students and Maximum of One Year for Lateral Entry Students) only
once in the entire period of B. Tech program.
7. Course Pattern
 The entire course of study is for four academic years, all the years are on semester pattern
and the medium of instruction is English.
 A student who eligible to appear for the end semester examination in a subject, but absent
from it or has failed in the end semester examination, may write the exam in that subject
when conducted next.
 When a student is detained for lack of credits/shortage of attendance, he may be readmitted
into the same semester in which he has been detained. However, the academic regulations
under which he was first admitted shall continue to be applicable to him.
8. CGPA
The grade points and letter grade will be awarded to each course based on students‘
performance as per the grading system shown in the following Table.
Range of Marks Letter Grade
Range of Marks (Lab) Level
(Theory) Grade Points
≥ 90 ≥ 67 O Outstanding 10
≥80 to <90 ≥60 to <67 S Excellent 9
≥70 to <80 ≥52 to <60 A Very Good 8
≥60 to <70 ≥45 to <52 B Good 7
≥50 to <60 ≥37 to <45 C Fair 6
≥40 to <50 ≥30 to <37 D Satisfactory 5
<40 <30 F Fail 0
ABSENT ABSENT AB Absent 0
 Computation of Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA)
The performance of each student at the end of each semester is indicated in terms of
Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA)calculated as shown in below equation (1).
SGPA (Si) = ∑ (Ci X Gi) / ∑ Ci ----------------- (1)
Where Ci is the number of credits of the ith course and Gi is the grade point scored by the
student in the ith course.
 Computation of Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA)

The Cumulative Performance of each student at the end of each semester is indicated in
terms of CGPA and it is calculated as shown in equation (2).
CGPA = ∑ (Ci X Si) / ∑ Ci ------------------- (2)
Where Si is the SGPA of the ith semester and Ci is the total number of credits in that
semester.
 The SGPA and CGPA shall be rounded off to 2 decimal points and
reported in the transcripts.
 The approximate equivalence of marks to a given CGPA is calculated by using the formula:
Percentage Equivalence of CGPA = [CGPA – 0.5] x 10
9. Award of Class
The criterion for the award of division, after successful completion of the program is as
shown in the following table.
Class Awarded CGPA to be secured

First Class with distinction* ≥7.75
From the CGPA
First Class ≥6.5 - <7.75
secured from 160
Second Class ≥5.5 - <6.5
credits
Pass Class ≥4 - <5.5
Fail <4
* Awarded only if all the credit courses prescribed are cleared within four years for regular
candidates and three years for lateral entry candidates
* The students who are approved for break in study for entrepreneurships/start-ups will also be
considered for award of first class with distinction
* For the purpose of awarding First, Second and Pass Class, CGPA obtained in the
examinations appeared within the maximum period allowed for the completion of the
program shall be considered.
10. Minimum Days of Instructions

Each semester consists of a minimum of 90 instruction days excluding examination days.
11. Transfer of Branch
There shall be no branch transfer after the completion of the first year admission process.
12. Withholding of results
If the student has not paid any dues to the college or if any case of indiscipline is pending
against him/her, the result of the student will be withheld. His/her degree will be withheld in
such cases.
13. Transitory Regulations
A candidate who is detained or discontinued a semester, on re-admission, he shall be
required to pass all the courses in the curriculum prescribed for such batch of students in
which the student joins subsequently. Also the academic regulations be applicable to him/her
which are in force at the time of his/her admission. However, exemption will be given to
those candidates who have already passed in such courses in the earlier semester(s) and
additional courses are to be studied as approved by the Board of Studies and ratified by the
Academic Council.
14. Amendments to Regulations
Revisions of Regulations, Curriculum and Syllabi
The college may from time-to-time revise, amend or change the Regulations, Curriculum,
Syllabus and Scheme of examinations through the Board of Studies with the approval of
Academic Council and Governing Body of the college.
15. Transferred Students
The students seeking transfer to VVIT from various Universities/ Institutions have to obtain
the credits of any equivalent subjects as prescribed by the Academic Council. Only the
internal marks obtained in the previous institution will be considered for the evaluation of
failed subjects.
*****
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS (R19) FOR B. Tech.
(LATERAL ENTRY SCHEME)
Applicable for the students admitted into II year B. Tech. from the Academic Year 2020-21
onwards
1. Award of B. Tech. Degree
A student will be declared eligible for the award of B. Tech. Degree if he fulfills the
following academic regulations:
 A student shall be declared eligible for the award of the B. Tech Degree, if he pursues a
course of study in not less than three academic years and not more than six academic years.
 The candidate shall register for 121 credits and secure all the 121 credits.
2. The attendance regulations of B. Tech. (Regular) shall be applicable to B.Tech Lateral Entry
Students.
3. Promotion Rule
 A student shall be promoted from second year to third year if he fulfills the minimum
attendance requirement.
 A student shall be promoted from III year to IV year if he fulfills the academic requirements
of 40% of the credits up to III year II semester from all the examinations, whether or not the
candidate takes the examinations and secures prescribed minimum attendance in III year II
semester.
4. Award of Class
After a student has satisfied the requirement prescribed for the completion of the program
and is eligible for the award of B. Tech. Degree, he shall be placed in one of the following
four classes:
Class Awarded CGPA to be
secured
First Class with distinction ≥7.75

First Class ≥6.5 - <7.75 From the CGPA secured from 121
credits from II Year to IV Year
Second Class ≥5.5 - <6.5
Pass Class ≥4 - <5.5
Fail <4
5. All the other regulations as applicable to B. Tech. 4-year degree course (Regular) will hold
good for B. Tech Lateral Entry Scheme.
MALPRACTICE RULES
DISCIPLINARY ACTION FOR IMPROPER CONDUCT IN EXAMINATIONS
Nature of Malpractices/Improper
S.No. Punishment
conduct
1. (a) Possesses or keeps accessible in Expulsion from the examination hall and
examination hall, any paper, note book, cancellation of the performance in that
programmable calculators, Cell phones, subject only.
pager, palm computers or any other
form of material concerned with or
related to the subject of the examination
(theory or practical) in which he is
appearing but has not made use of
(material shall include any marks on the
body of the candidate which can be
used as an aid in the subject of the
examination)
(b) Gives assistance or guidance or Expulsion from the examination hall and
receives it from any other candidate cancellation of the performance in that
orally or by any other body language subject only of all the candidates involved.
methods or communicates through cell In case of an outsider, he will be handed over
phones with any candidate or persons to the police and a case is registered against
in or outside the exam hall in respect of him.
any matter.
2. Has copied in the examination hall Expulsion from the examination hall and
from any paper, book, programmable cancellation of the performance in that
calculators, palm computers or any subject and all other subjects the candidate
other form of material relevant to the has already appeared including practical
subject of the examination (theory or examinations and project work and shall not
practical) in which the candidate is be permitted to appear for the remaining
appearing. examinations of the subjects of that
Semester/year.
The Hall Ticket of the candidate is to be
cancelled and sent to the University.
3. Impersonates any other candidate in The candidate who has impersonated shall be
connection with the examination. expelled from examination hall. The
candidate is also debarred and forfeits the
seat. The performance of the original
candidate who has been impersonated, shall
be cancelled in all the subjects of the
examination (including practical and project
work) already appeared and shall not be
allowed to appear for examinations of the
remaining subjects of that semester/year. The
candidate is also debarred for two
consecutive semesters from class work and
all University examinations. The
continuation of the course by the candidate is
subject to the academic regulations in
connection with forfeiture of seat. If the
imposter is an outsider, he will be handed
over to the police and a case is registered
against him.
4. Smuggles in the Answer book or Expulsion from the examination hall and
additional sheet or takes out or arranges cancellation of performance in that subject
to send out the question paper during and all the other subjects the candidate has
the examination or answer book or already appeared including practical
additional sheet, during or after the examinations and project work and shall not
examination. be permitted for the remaining examinations
of the subjects of that semester/year. The
all University examinations. The continuation
of the course by the candidate is subject to
the academic regulations in connection with
forfeiture of seat.
5. Uses objectionable, abusive or Cancellation of the performance in that
offensive language in the answer paper subject.
or in letters to the examiners or writes
to the examiner requesting him to
award pass marks.
6. Refuses to obey the orders of the Chief In case of students of the college, they shall
Superintendent /Assistant – be expelled from examination halls and
Superintendent / any officer on duty or cancellation of their performance in that
misbehaves or creates disturbance of subject and all other subjects the candidate(s)
any kind in and around the examination has (have) already appeared and shall not be
hall or organizes a walk out or permitted to appear for the remaining
instigates others to walk out, or examinations of the subjects of that
threatens the officer-in charge or any semester/year. The candidates also are
person on duty in or outside the debarred and forfeit their seats. In case of
examination hall of any injury to his outsiders, they will be handed over to the
person or to any of his relations police and a police case is registered against
whether by words, either spoken or them.
written or by signs or by visible
representation, assaults the officer-in-
charge, or any person on duty in or
outside the examination hall or any of
his relations, or indulges in any other
act of misconduct or mischief which
result in damage to or destruction of
property in the examination hall or any
part of the College campus or engages
in any other act which in the opinion of
the officer on duty amounts to use of
unfair means or misconduct or has the
tendency to disrupt the orderly conduct
of the examination.
7. Leaves the exam hall taking away Expulsion from the examination hall and
answer script or intentionally tears of cancellation of performance in that subject
the script or any part thereof inside or and all the other subjects the candidate has
outside the examination hall. already appeared including practical
examinations and project work and shall not
be permitted for the remaining examinations
all University examinations. The continuation
of the course by the candidate is subject to
the academic regulations in connection with
forfeiture of seat.
8. Possess any lethal weapon or firearm in Expulsion from the examination hall and
the examination hall. cancellation of the performance in that
subject and all other subjects the candidate
has already appeared including practical
candidate is also debarred and forfeits the
seat.
9. If student of the college, who is not a Student of the colleges expulsion from the
candidate for the particular examination hall and cancellation of the
examination or any person not performance in that subject and all other
connected with the college indulges in subjects the candidate has already appeared
any malpractice or improper conduct including practical examinations and project
mentioned in clause 6 to 8. work and shall not be permitted for the
remaining examinations of the subjects of
that semester/year. The candidate is also
debarred and forfeits the seat.
Person(s) who do not belong to the College
will be handed over to police and, a police
case will be registered against them.
10. Comes in a drunken condition to the Expulsion from the examination hall and
examination hall. cancellation of the performance in that
subject and all other subjects the candidate
has already appeared including practical
of the subjects of that semester/year.
11. Copying detected on the basis of Cancellation of the performance in that
internal evidence, such as, during subject and all other subjects the candidate
valuation or during special scrutiny. has appeared including practical
examinations and project work of that
semester/year examinations.
12. If any malpractice is detected which is
not covered in the above clauses 1 to
11 shall be reported to the Controller o
Examinations for further action to
award suitable punishment.
In case any emergency call Toll Free No. 1800 425 1288
LET US MAKE VVIT A RAGGING FREE CAMPUS
In case any emergency call Toll Free No. 1800 425 1288
LET US MAKE VVIT A RAGGING FREE CAMPUS
COURSE STRUCTURE
I Year I Semester
S.No. Course Code Course Title L T P C
Communicative English
1 19SHT101 3 - - 3
(Common to ALL)
Mathematics – I
2 19SHT102 3 - - 3
(Common to ALL)
3 19SHT103 Engineering Chemistry 3 - - 3
Problem Solving and Programming in C (Common
4 19CST101 3 - - 3
to ALL)
Engineering Workshop
5 19MEL101 - - 3 1.5
(Common to CE, CSE & IT)
Communicative English Lab-I
6 19SHL101 - - 3 1.5
(Common to ALL)
7 19SHL102 Engineering Chemistry Lab - - 3 1.5
Programming for Problem Solving Using C Lab
8 19CSL101 - - 3 1.5
(Common to ALL)
Environmental Studies
9 19SHN101 3 - - -
Total Credits 18
I Year II Semester
Course
S.No. Course Title L T P C
Code
Mathematics - II
1 19SHT201 3 0 0 3
(Common to ALL)
Mathematics - III
2 19SHT202 3 0 0 3
(Common to ALL)
3 19SHT206 Engineering Physics 3 0 0 3
Engineering Mechanics
4 19MET201 3 0 0 3
(Common to CE & ME)
5 19EET202 Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering 2 1 0 3
Communicative English Lab - II
6 19SHL201 0 0 3 1.5
(Common to ALL)
7 19SHL202 Engineering Physics Lab 0 0 3 1.5
8 19EEL201 Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering Lab 0 0 3 1.5
9 19MEL202 Engineering Graphics and Design 1 0 3 2.5
Indian Constitution
10 19SHN201 3 0 0 0
Total Credits 22
II Year I Semester
Course
Code
Complex Variables and Statistical Methods
1 19SHT301 2 1 0 3
(Common to CE, EEE, ME & ECE)
2 19CET301 Strength of Materials-I 3 0 0 3
3 19CET302 Surveying 3 0 0 3
4 19CET303 Fluid Mechanics 3 0 0 3
5 19CET304 Building Materials and Construction 2 0 0 2
6 19CST303 Scientific Computing using Python 3 0 0 3
7 19CEL301 Survey Field Work 0 0 3 1.5
8 19CEL302 Strength of Materials Lab 0 0 3 1.5
9 19CSL303 Scientific Computing using Python Lab 0 0 3 1.5
Essence of Indian Traditional Knowledge (Common
10 19SHN301 2 0 0 0
to ALL)
Total Credits 21.5
II Year II Semester
Course
Code
1 19CET401 Strength of Materials-II 3 0 0 3
2 19CET402 Hydraulics & Hydraulic Machinery 3 0 0 3
3 19CET403 Structural Analysis - I 3 1 0 4
4 19CET404 Transportation Engineering 3 0 0 3
5 19CET405 Concrete Technology 3 0 0 3
6 19CEL401 Building Planning & Drawing Lab 0 0 3 1.5
7 19CEL402 Engineering Geology Lab 0 0 3 1.5
8 19CEL403 FM & HM Lab 0 0 3 1.5
Professional Ethics and Human Values (Common to
9 19SHN401 2 0 0 0
CE, CSE & IT)
10 19CER401 Social Relevant Project 0 0 2 1
Total Credits 21.5
III Year I Semester
Course
Code
1 PC3101 Structural Analysis -II 3 0 0 3
2 PC3102 Design & Drawing of Reinforced Concrete Structures 3 0 0 3
3 PC3103 Soil Mechanics 3 0 0 3
4 PC3104 Environmental Engineering 3 0 0 3
5 PE3101 Professional Elective- I 3 0 0 3
Managerial Economics and Financial Analysis
6 SH3101 2 0 0 2
7 PC3101L Transportation Engineering Lab 0 0 3 1.5
8 PC3102L Concrete Technology Lab 0 0 3 1.5
Total Credits 20
III Year II Semester

Course
Code
1 PC3201 Design & Drawing of Steel Structures 3 0 0 3
2 SH3201 Management Science (Common to CE & ECE) 2 0 0 2
3 PE3201 Professional Elective- II 3 0 0 3
4 OE3201 Open Elective- I 3 0 0 3
5 OE3202 Open Elective- II 3 0 0 3
6 PC3201L Environmental Engineering Lab 0 0 3 1.5
7 PC3202L Geotechnical Engineering Lab 0 0 3 1.5
8 PROJ3201 Mini Project 0 0 3 1.5
9 MC3201 Employability Skills-I 2 0 0 0
Total Credits 18.5
IV Year I Semester
Course
Code
1 19CET701 Construction Technology & Management 3 0 0 3
2 19CET702 Estimation Specification & Contracts 3 0 0 3
3 19CET703 Water Resource Engineering 3 0 0 3
4 OE-3 Open Elective -III 3 0 0 3
5 PE-3 Professional Elective- III 3 0 0 3
6 19CEL701 GIS & CAD Lab 0 0 3 1.5
7 19CER701 Project - I 0 0 6 3
8 19CSN701 Employability Skills-II 2 0 0 0
9 19SHN701 IPR and Patents (Common to CE, CSE & IT) 2 0 0 0
Total Credits 19.5
IV Year II Semester
Course
Code
1 OE-4 Open Elective -IV 3 0 0 3
2 PE-4 Professional Elective- IV 3 0 0 3
3 PE-5 Professional Elective- V 3 0 0 3
4 PE-6 Professional Elective- VI 3 0 0 3
5 19CER801 Project - II 0 0 14 7
Total Credits 19
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES OFFERED BY DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL
ENGINEERING
Professional Professional Professional Professional Professional Professional
Elective- I Elective- II Elective- III Elective- IV Elective- V Elective- VI
Repair and Earthquake Prestressed Advanced
Bridge Finite Element
Rehabilitation of Resistant Design Concrete Structural
Engineering Analysis
Buildings of Structures Structures Analysis
Advanced Special Ground
Reinforced Soil Earth Retaining Foundation
Foundation Geotechnical Improvement
Structures Structures Engineering
Engineering Construction Techniques
Industrial WasteEnvironmental Water and Air Environmental
Air pollution and Solid Waste
and Waste water and Industrial Quality Impact
control Management
Engineering Hygiene Modelling Assessment
Intelligent Pavement Urban
Airport Planning Road Safety Transportation
Transportation Analysis and Transportation
and Design Engineering Economics
Systems Design Planning
Ground Water Water Resources Design of
Water Shed Urban Stochastic
Development and System Planning Irrigation
Management Hydrology Hydrology
Management and Management Structures
OPEN ELECTIVES OFFERED BY DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL

ENGINEERING
Open Elective- I Open Elective- II Open Elective- III Open Elective- IV
Building Services Green Technologies Green Buildings Safety Engineering
Disaster Alternative Energy Remote Sensing &
Low cost Housing
Management Sources GIS
Element of Civil
Environmental
Engineering
Traffic Safety Pollution and Smart Cities
(Other than Civil
Control
Engineering)
Geo-Spatial Forensic of Civil Architecture and
Project Management
Technologies Engineering Town Planning
I Year – I SEMESTER
L T P C
3 0 0 3
COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH
(Common to All Branches)
Course Objectives
1. Adopt activity based teaching-learning methods to ensure that learners would be engaged
in use of language both in the classroom and laboratory sessions.
2. Facilitate effective listening skills for better comprehension of academic lectures and
English spoken by native speakers
3. Focus on appropriate reading strategies for comprehension of various academic texts and
authentic materials
4. Help improve speaking skills through participation in activities such as role plays,
discussions and structured talks/oral presentations
5. Impart effective strategies for good writing and demonstrate the same in summarizing,
writing well organized essays, record and report useful information
6. Provide knowledge of grammatical structures and vocabulary and encourage their
appropriate use in speech and writing
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the learners will be able to

CO1. identify the context, topic, and pieces of specific information from social or transactional
dialogues spoken by native speakers of English (L3)
CO2. formulate sentences using proper grammatical structures and correct word forms (L3)
CO3. speak clearly on a specific topic using suitable discourse markers in informal discussions
(L3)
CO4. write summaries based on global comprehension of reading/listening texts (L3)
CO5. produce a coherent paragraph interpreting a figure/graph/chart/table (L4)
CO6. take notes while listening to a talk/lecture to answer questions (L3)
Syllabus Blueprint
Bloom’s No of
Contents Learning Outcomes
Level Hrs
Unit-1
Listening: Identifying the topic, the 1. Identify the context, topic, L3
context and specific pieces of and pieces of specific
information by listening to short information from social or
audio texts and answering a series of transactional dialogues
questions. spoken by native speakers of
English
Speaking: Asking and answering
general questions on familiar topics 2. ask &answer general
such as home, family, work, studies questions on familiar topics L2
and interests; introducing oneself
3. employ suitable strategies for
and others.
skimming &scanning to get
Reading: Skimming to get the main the general idea of a text and L3
idea of a text; scanning to look for
specific pieces of information. specific information
Reading for Writing: Beginnings 4. recognize paragraph structure 10
and endings of paragraphs - with beginnings/endings
introducing the topic, summarizing
5. form sentences using proper
the main idea and/or providing a
grammatical structures and
transition to the next paragraph.
correct word forms L3
Grammar and Vocabulary:
Content words and function words;
word forms: verbs, nouns, adjectives L3
and adverbs; nouns: countables and
uncountables; singular and plural;
basic sentence structures; simple
question form - wh-questions; word
order in sentences.
Unit-2
Listening: Answering a series of 1. comprehend short talks on L2
questions about main idea and general topics
supporting ideas after listening to
2. speak clearly on a specific
audio texts.
topic using suitable discourse
Speaking: Discussion in pairs/ markers in informal L3
small groups on specific topics discussions
followed by short structured talks.
3. understand the use of
Reading: Identifying sequence of cohesive devices for better
ideas; recognizing verbal techniques reading comprehension L2
that help to link the ideas in a
4. write well-structured
paragraph together.
paragraphs on specific topics
Writing: Paragraph writing 10
5. make necessary grammatical
(specific topics) using suitable L3
corrections in short texts
cohesive devices; mechanics of
writing - punctuation, capital letters.
Grammar and Vocabulary: L3
Cohesive devices - linkers, sign
posts and transition signals; use of
articles and zero article;
prepositions.
Unit-3 1. summarize the content with L3 10
clarity &precision from short
Listening: Listening for global
talks
comprehension and summarizing
what is listened to. 2. report what is discussed in
informal discussions L3
Speaking: Discussing specific
topics in pairs or small groups and 3. infer meanings of unfamiliar
reporting what is discussed words using contextual clues
L3
Reading: Reading a text in detail by 4. write summaries based on
making basic inferences - global comprehension of
recognizing and interpreting specific reading/ listening texts
context clues; strategies to use text L3
5. use correct tense forms,
clues for comprehension.
appropriate structures and a
Writing: Summarizing - identifying range of reporting verbs in
main idea/s and rephrasing what is speech and writing
read; avoiding redundancies and L3
repetitions. Grammar and
Vocabulary: Verbs - tenses;
subject-verb agreement; direct and
indirect speech, reporting verbs for
academic purposes.
Unit-4 1. infer &predict about content L4 10
of spoken discourse
Listening: Making predictions
while listening to conversations/ 2. engage in formal/informal
transactional dialogues without conversationsunderstanding
video; listening with video. verbal &non-verbal features L3
of communication
Speaking: Role plays for practice of
conversational English in academic 3. interpret graphic elements
contexts (formal and informal) - used in academic texts
asking for and giving
4. produce a coherent paragraph
information/directions.
interpreting a figure / graph / L2
Reading: Studying the use of chart / table
graphic elements in texts to convey
5. use language appropriate for
information, reveal
description and interpretation L4
trends/patterns/relationships,
of graphical elements
communicate processes or display
complicated data.
Writing: Information transfer; L4
describe, compare, contrast, identify
significance/trends based on
information provided in
figures/charts/graphs/tables.
Quantifying expressions - adjectives
and adverbs; comparing and
contrasting; degrees of comparison;
use of antonyms
Unit-5 1. take notes while listening to a L3
talk/lecture to answer
Listening: Identifying key terms,
questions
understanding concepts and
answering a series of relevant 2. make formal oral
questions that test comprehension. presentations using effective
Speaking: Formal oral presentations strategies L3 10
on topics from academic contexts -
3. produce a well-organized
without the use of PPT slides.
essay with adequate details
L3
Reading: Reading for
4. edit short texts by correcting
comprehension.
common errors
Writing: Writing structured essays L4
on specific topics using suitable
claims and evidences
Editing short texts – identifying and
correcting common errors in
grammar and usage (articles,
prepositions, tenses, subject verb
agreement)
Detailed Syllabus
Unit 1 A Proposal to Girdle the Earth (Excerpt) by Nellie Bly

Theme: Exploration
1. “How to Fashion Your Own Brand of Success” by Howard Whitman
2. “How to Recognize Your Failure Symptoms” by Dorothea Brande
Listening
 identifying thetopic, the context and specific pieces of information
Speaking
 introducing oneself and others
Reading
 skimming for main ideas
 scanning for specific pieces of information
Writing/ Reading for Writing
 paragraphs, beginnings, introducing the topic, key words, main idea
Grammar and Vocabulary
 content words and function words
 word forms: verbs, nouns, adjectives and adverbs
 nouns: countable and uncountable; singular and plural forms
 basic sentence structures; simple question form: why-questions; word order in sentences
Learning Outcomes
 understand social or transactional dialogues spoken by native and non-native speakers of
English and identify the context, topic, and pieces of specific information.
 ask and answer general questions on familiar topics and introduce oneself/others
 employ suitable strategies for skimming and scanning to get the general idea of a text and
locate specific information
 recognize paragraph structure and be able to match headings/main ideas with paragraphs
 form sentences using proper grammatical structures and correct word forms
Unit 2 An excerpt from The District School As It Was by One Who Went to It by Warren
Burton
Theme: On Campus
3. “How to Conquer the Ten Most Common Causes of Failure” by Lois Binstock
4. “How to Develop Your Strength to Seize Opportunities” by Maxwell Maltz
Listening
 answering a series of questions about main idea and supporting ideas after listening to
audio texts
Speaking
 discussion in pairs/ small groups on specific topics; preparing and delivering short
structured talks using suitable cohesive devices
Reading
 identifying sequence of ideas
 recognizing verbal techniques that help link the ideas in a paragraph
 paragraph writing (specific topics) using suitable cohesive devices; using key
words/phrases and organizing points in a coherent manner
 mechanics of writing: punctuation, capital letters
 cohesive devices-linkers, sign posts and transition signals
 use of articles and zero articles
 prepositions
Learning Outcomes
 comprehend short talks on general topics
 participate in informal discussions and speak clearly on a specific topic using suitable
discourse markers
 understand the use of cohesive devices for better reading comprehension
 write well-structured paragraphs on specific topics using suitable cohesive devices
 identify basic errors of grammar/usage and make necessary corrections in short texts
Unit 3 The Future of Work?

Theme: Working Together
5. “How to Make the Most of Your Abilities” by Kenneth Hildebrand
6. “How to Raise Your Self-Esteem and Develop Self-Confidence” by James W.
Newman
Listening
 listening for global comprehension
 summarizing what is listened to
Speaking
 discussing specific topics in pairs/ small groups
 reporting what is discussed
Reading
 reading a text in detail by making basic inferences
 recognizing and interpreting specific context clues
 strategies to use text clues for comprehension
 summarizing-identifying main idea/s
 rephrasing what is read
 avoiding redundancies and repetitions

 Verbs-tenses; subject-verb agreement; direct and indirect speech, reporting verbs for
academic purposes
Learning Outcomes
 comprehend short talks and summarize the content with clarity and precision
 participate in informal discussions and report what discussed
 infer meanings of unfamiliar words using contextual clues
 write summaries based on global comprehension of reading/listening texts
 use correct tense forms, appropriate structure and a range of reporting verbs in speech
and writing.
Unit 4 H.G Wells and the Uncertainties of Progress by Peter J. Bowler

Theme: Fabric of Change
7. “How to Win Your War Against Negative Feelings” by Dr Maxwell Maltz
8. “How to Find the Courage to Take Risks” by Drs Tom Rust and Randy Reed
Listening
 making predictions while listening to conversations/transactional dialogues without video
 listening with video
Speaking
 role plays for practice of conversational English in social and academic contexts (formal
& informal)
 asking for and giving information/directions/instructions/suggestions
Reading
 understand and interpret graphic elements used in texts (convey information, reveal
trends/patterns/relationships, communicate processes or display data)
 information transfer
 describe, compare, contrast, identify significance/trends based on information provided
in figures/charts/graphs/tables
 quantifying expressions-adjectives and adverbs
 comparing and contrasting
 degrees of comparison
 use of antonyms
Learning Outcomes
 make inferences and predictions while listening to spoken discourse
 understand verbal and non-verbal features of communication and hold formal / informal
conversations
 interpret graphic elements used in academic texts
 produce a coherent paragraph interpreting a figure/graph/chart/table
 use language appropriate for description and interpretation of graphical elements
Unit 5 Leaves from the Mental Portfolio of a Eurasian by Sui Sin Far
Theme: Tools for Life
9.“How to Become a Self-Motivator” by Charles T Jones
10. “How to Eliminate Your Bad Habits”by Og Mandino
Listening
 identifying the key terms
 understanding concepts
 answering a series of relevant questions that test comprehension
Speaking
 formal oral presentations on topics from academic contexts-without the use of PPT slides
Reading
 reading for comprehension
 writing structured essays on specific topics using suitable claims and evidences
 reinforcing learning: articles, prepositions, tenses, subject-verb agreement
Learning Outcomes
 take notes while listening to a talk/lecture and make use of them to answer questions
 make formal oral presentations using effective strategies
 comprehend, discuss and respond to academic texts oral and in writing
 produce a well-organized essay with adequate support and detail
 edit short texts by correcting common errors
CO-PO MAPPING
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 3 1
CO2 2 3 1
CO3 2 3 1
CO4 2 3 1
CO5 2 3 1
*****
L T P C
3 0 0 3
MATHEMATICS – I (Calculus)
(Common to ALL branches)
Course Objectives:
1. This course will illuminate the students in the concepts of calculus.
2. To enlighten the learners in the concept of differential equations and multivariable calculus.
3. To equip the students with standard concepts and tools at an intermediate to advanced level
mathematics to develop the confidence and ability among the students to handle various
real-world problems and their applications.
Unit-1: Differential equations of first order and first degree:

Linear differential equations-Bernoulli‘s equations - Exact equations and equations reducible to
exact form.
Applications: Newton‘s Law of cooling – Law of natural growth and decay – Orthogonal
trajectories – Electrical circuits.
Unit-2: Linear differential equations of higher order:

Non-homogeneous equations of higher order with constant coefficients – with non-homogeneous
term of the type e ax , sin ax, cos ax, polynomials in x n , e ax V x  and x n V x  - Method of
Variation of Parameters.
Applications: LCR circuit – Simple harmonic motion
Unit-3: Mean value theorems:

Mean value theorems (without proofs): Rolle‘s Theorem – Lagrange‘s mean value theorem –
Cauchy‘s mean value theorem – Taylor‘s and Maclaurin‘s theorems with remainders.
Unit-4: Partial differentiation:

Introduction – Homogeneous function – Euler‘s theorem - Total derivative – Chain rule –
Jacobian – Functional dependence – Taylor‘s and Mc Laurent‘s series expansion of functions of
two variables.
Applications: Maxima and Minima of functions of two variables without constraints and
Lagrange‘s method (with constraints).
Unit-5: Multiple integrals:

Double integrals (Cartesian and Polar) – Change of order of integration – Change of variables
(Cartesian to Polar) –Triple integrals.
Applications: Areas by double integrals and Volumes by triple integrals.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 44th Edition, Khanna Publishers.
2. B.V. Ramana, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 2007 Edition, Tata Mc. Graw Hill
Education.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. H. K. Das, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 22nd Edition, S. Chand & Company Ltd.
2. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 10th Edition, Wiley-India.
Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 solve the differential equations related to various engineering fields.
 utilize mean value theorems to real life problems.
 familiarize with functions of several variables which is useful in optimization.
 apply double integration techniques in evaluating areas bounded by region.
 learn important tools of calculus in higher dimensions. Students will become familiar
with 2-dimensional and 3 – dimensional coordinate systems.
Micro-Syllabus of MATHEMATICS – I (Calculus)
Unit-1: Differential equations of first order and first degree:

Linear differential equations-Bernoulli‘s equations - Exact equations and equations reducible to
exact form.
Applications: Newton‘s Law of cooling – Law of natural growth and decay – Orthogonal
trajectories – Electrical circuits.
Unit Module Micro content
Solution of Linear differential equations in ' y '
Linear differential
equations Solution of Linear differential equations in ' x '
Initial value problem
Non-Linear Bernoulli‘s equations
differential equations Equations reducible to Linear differential equations
Exact differential
Solution of Exact differential equations
equations
1a. & 2a. Equations reducible to Exact equations
Differential
Integrating factor found by inspection
equations of
first order and Integrating factor of a Homogeneous equation
first degree
Integrating factor for an equation of the type
Non-Exact differential f1  xy  ydx  f 2  xy  xdy  0
equations
M N

y x
Integrating factor, if be a function of ' x '
N
N M

x y
Integrating factor, if be a function of 'y'
M
Newton‘s Law of cooling

Application of
1b. & 2b. differential equations Law of natural growth and decay
Applications of first order and first
degree Orthogonal trajectories
Electrical circuits
Unit-2: Linear differential equations of higher order:
Non-homogeneous equations of higher order with constant coefficients – with non-homogeneous
term of the type e ax , sin ax, cos ax, polynomials in x n , e ax V x  and x n V x  - Method of
Variation of Parameters.
Applications: LCR circuit – Simple harmonic motion
3a. & 4a.
Homogeneous equations
Linear of higher order with Finding the Complementary function
differential constant coefficients
equations of
higher order
Particular integral of the type ' e ax '
Particular integral of the type
'sinax' (or ) 'cos ax '
Non-homogeneous
equations of higher order Particular integral of the type x n
with constant coefficients
Particular integral of the type ' eax V(x) '
Particular integral of the type 'x n v(x) '
Applications of Non- Method of variation of parameters

3b. & 4b. homogeneous equations LCR circuit
Applications of higher order with
constant coefficients Basic problems on simple harmonic motion
Unit-3: Mean value theorems:
Mean value theorems (without proofs): Rolle‘s theorem – Lagrange‘s mean value theorem –
Cauchy‘s mean value theorem – Taylor‘s and Maclaurin‘s theorems with remainders.
5a. & 6a. Rolle‘s theorem
Mean value Mean value theorems
theorems Lagrange‘s mean value theorem
Cauchy‘s mean value theorem

5b. & 6b.
Mean value Mean value theorems Taylor‘s expansions of f  x 
theorems
Maclaurin‘s expansions of f  x 
Unit-4: Partial differentiation:

Introduction – Homogeneous function – Euler‘s theorem - Total derivative – Chain rule –
Jacobians – Functional dependence – Taylor‘s and Mc Laurent‘s series expansion of functions of
two variables.
Applications: Maxima and Minima of functions of two variables without constraints and
Lagrange‘s method (with constraints).
Euler‘s theorem
7a. & 8a. Total derivative
Partial Partial Differentiation
differentiation Chain rule
Jacobians
Taylor‘s and Mc Laurent‘s series expansion of
functions of two variables
7b. & 8b. Applications of Partial
Differentiation Maxima and Minima of functions of two
Applications
variables
Lagrange‘s method of undetermined multipliers
Unit-5: Multiple integrals:
Double integrals (Cartesian and Polar) – Change of order of integration – Change of variables
(Cartesian to Polar) –Triple integrals.
Applications: Areas by double integrals and Volumes by triple integrals.
Double integrals
9a. & 10a. Change of order of integration
Evaluation of Double
Multiple Integrals
integrals Double integrals in Polar co-ordinates
Change of variables
Evaluation of Triple
Triple integrals
9b. & 10b. Integrals
Applications Applications of Multiple Areas by double integrals
Integrals Volumes by triple integrals
CO – PO MAPPING
CO1 3 2 1
CO2 3 2 1
CO3 3 2 1
CO4 3 2 1
CO5 3 2 1
*****
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY
Knowledge of basic concepts of chemistry for Engineering students will help them as
professional engineers later in design and material selection as well as utilizing the available
resources.
Learning Objectives:
1. Significance and use of plastics in household appliances and composites (FRP) in aerospace
and automotive industries.
2. Outline the basics for the construction of electrochemical cells, batteries and fuel
cells.Understand the mechanism of corrosion and how it can be prevented.
3. Importance of advanced materials and their engineering applications.
4. Differentiate and discuss the materials used in major industries like steel industry,
metallurgical industries, construction industries, electrical equipments and manufacturing
industries. Lubrication is also summarized.
5. Essentiality of fuel technology.
6. Need of water purification and importance of various water purification methods.
UNIT-I: POLYMER TECHNOLOGY 14 HRS

Polymerisation: Introduction-Methods of polymerisation-(emulsion and suspension)-Physical
and mechanical properties.
Plastics: Compounding-Fabrication (compression, injection, blown film, extrusion)-
Preparation, properties and applications of PVC, ploycarbonates and Bakelite-Mention some
examples of plastic materials used in electronic gadgets, recycling of e-plastic waste.
Elastomers: Natural rubber-Drawbacks-Vulcanization-Preparation-Properties and applications

of synthetic rubbers (Buna S, thiokol and polyurethanes)
Composite Materials: Fiber reinforced plastics-CFRP and GFRP.
Conducting polymers: Polyacetylene, doped conducting polymers- p-type and n-type doping.
Bio degradable polymers: Biopolymers and biomedical polymers.
UNIT-II: ELECTROCHEMICAL CELLS AND CORROSION 12 HRS

Single electrode potential-Electrochemical series and uses of series-Standard hydrogen
electrode, calomel electrode, concentration cell, construction of glass electrode, Batteries: Dry
cell, Ni-Cd cells, Ni-Metal hydride cells, Li-ion battery, Zinc air cells, Fuel cells-H2 –O2,
CH3OH-O2, phosphoric acid, molten carbonate.
Corrosion: Definition-theories of corrosion (chemical and electrochemical)-galvanic corrosion,

differential aeration corrosion, stress corrosion, water-line corrosion- passivity of metals-
galvanic series-factors influencing rate of corrosion-corrosion control: (proper designing,
cathodic protection)-protective coatings: cathodic and anodic coatings, electroplating, electroless
plating (nickel), paints (constituents and its functions).
UNIT-III: CHEMISTRY OF MATERIALS 12 HRS

Nano materials: Introduction, sol-gel method, characterization by BET, SEM and TEM
methods, applications of graphene- carbon nanotubes and fullerenes: Types, preparation of
carbon nanomaterials by carbon-arc, laser ablation method, and applications.
Refractories: Definition , classification, properties (refractoriness, refractoriness under load,

porosity and thermal spalling), failure of refractories.
Lubricants: Definition, mechanism of lubricants and properties (definition and importance).
Cement: Constituents, manufacturing, parameters to characterize the Clinker formation: lime

saturation factor (LSF), silica ratio (SR), and alumina ratio (AR). Chemistry of setting and
hardening, deterioration of cement.
UNIT-IV: FUELS 12 HRS

Introduction-calorific value - HCV and LCV – problems using Dulong‘s formula – proximate
and ultimate analysis of coal sample – significance of these analysis – problems – petroleum
(refining – cracking) – synthetic petrol (Fischer-Tropsch & Bergius) – petrol knocking, diesel
knocking – octane and cetane rating – anti-knocking agents – introduction to alternative fuels
(bio-diesel, ethanol, methanol, natural gas, LPG, CNG) – Flue gas analysis by Orsat apparatus –
rocket fuels.
UNIT-V: WATER TECHNOLOGY 12 HRS

Hardness of water – determination of hardness by complexometric method – boiler troubles
(priming and foaming, scale formation, boiler corrosion, caustic embrittlement) – internal
treatments – softening of hard water ( zeolite process and ion exchange process) – treatment of
industrial waste water – potable water and its specifications – steps involved in purification of
water – chlorination, break point chlorination – reverse osmosis and electro dialysis.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. A text book of Engineering Chemistry by S.S. Dara, S. S. Umare; S. Chand & Co., Ltd.,
Latest Edition.
2. Engineering Chemistry by Shashi Chawla; Dhanpat Rai Publicating Co., Latest Edition.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Engineering Chemistry by Jain & Jain; Dhanpat Rai Publicating Co., Latest Edition
2. Engineering Chemistry by Shikha Agarwal; Cambridge University Press, 2019 Edition.
3. Engineering Chemistry by Prasanth Rath, B. Ramadevi, Ch. Venkata Ramana Reddy,
Subendu Chakravarthy; Cengage Publications, 2019 Edition.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the students will be able to:
1. explain the preparation, properties and applications of thermoplastics, thermosettings,
elastomers and conducting polymers.
2. know the importance of various materials and their uses in the construction of batteries and
fuel cells.
3. to acquire the knowledge of nanomaterials, refractories, lubricants and cement.
4. assess the quality of various fuels.
5. understand the importance of water and its usage in various industries.
CO-PO MAPPING
CO1 2 2 2
CO2 2 2 2
CO3 2 2 2
CO4 2 2 2
CO5 2 2 2
*****
L T P C
3 0 0 3
PROBLEM SOLVING AND PROGRAMMING IN C
Course Objectives:
1. To familiarize to notion of an algorithm, editing and executing programs in Linux.

2. To Understanding branching, iteration.
3. To represent Data using arrays.
4. To use Modular programming and recursive solution formulation.
5. To familiarize pointers and dynamic memory allocation.
6. To handle data through files
UNIT-I: Introduction to C
Introduction to Computers: hardware, Memory hierarchy, Types of Computers, Types of
Software – Operating Systems, Translators, Device drivers and packages. Algorithms and its
characteristics, Program development steps. Structure of a C program, Features of C, The main
() Function, Standard I/O functions.
Programming Style - Indentation, Comments, Identifiers, Data Types, Operators, Precedence
and Associativity. Variables and Declarations, Format Modifiers, Escape Sequences, Types of
Statements
Casting - Implicit Type Conversions, Explicit Type Conversions, Mathematical Library
Functions
UNIT-II: Control Flow & Modules
Selection: if-else Statement, nested if, examples, Multi-way selection: switch, else-if, examples.
Repetition: Basic Loop Structures, Pre-test and Post-test Loops, Counter-Controlled and
Condition-Controlled Loops, for, while and do while.
Branching: break & continue.
Modular Programming: Function and Parameter Declarations, Returning a Value, Types of
parameters. Parameter – scalar data as argument.
Recursion: Definition, Base condition for recursion, Mathematical Recursion, Recursion versus
Iteration.
UNIT-III Arrays & Strings

Arrays: Introduction to Arrays, Input and Output of Array Values, Array Initialization, Arrays
as Function Arguments, Two-Dimensional Arrays, Larger Dimensional Arrays- Matrices, 1D &
2D arrays as arguments.
Strings: String Fundamentals, String Input and Output, String Processing, Library Functions,
Strings as arguments.
Unit – IV Pointers & Structures
Pointers: Concept of a Pointer, Initialization of Pointer variables, Pointers as function
arguments, Passing by address, Dangling memory, Pointer Arithmetic, Character pointers,
Pointers to Pointers, Array of pointers & Pointer to array, Dynamic memory management
functions, Command line Arguments.
Structures: Derived types, Structure‘s declaration, Initialization of structures, accessing
structures, nested structures, arrays of structures, structures and functions, pointers to structures,
self-referential structures, unions, typedef, enum, bit-fields.
UNIT-V: Files
Storage classes – auto, static, extern, register. Pre-processor statements
Data Files: Declaring, Opening, and Closing File Streams, File handling functions, Reading
from and Writing to Text Files, File copy, merge, Writing and reading records, Random File
Access.
Text Books:
1. ANSI C Programming, E Balaguruswamy, Mc-GrawHill, 5th Edition
2. ANSI C Programming, Gary J. Bronson, Cengage Learning.
3. Programming in C, ReemaThareja, OXFORD Publications
Reference Books:
1. C Programming-A Problem Solving Approach, Forouzan, Gilberg, Cengage.
2. Let us C, YashwantKanetkar, BPB Publications
3. Mastering in C, KR Venu Gopal, TMH
Course Outcomes: After completing this course, Students will be able to-
CO 1: Understand algorithms and basic terminology of C

CO 2: Solve problems using control structures and modular approach
CO 3: Make use of 1D and 2D arrays along with strings for linear data handling
CO 4: Determine the use of pointers and structures
CO 5: Implement various operations on data files.
Micro-Syllabus of Problem Solving and Programming in C
UNIT I: Introduction to Computers: Hardware, Memory hierarchy, Types of Computers,

Types of Software – Operating Systems, Translators, Device drivers and packages. Algorithms
and its characteristics, Program development steps. Structure of a C program, Features of C, The
main () Function, Standard I/O functions.
Programming Style - Indentation, Comments, Identifiers, Data Types, Operators, Precedence
and Associativity. Variables and Declarations, Format Modifiers, Escape Sequences, Types of
Statements
Casting - Implicit Type Conversions, Explicit Type Conversions, Mathematical Library
Functions

Components of Computer: Hardware & Software
Introduction to Algorithm and its characteristics
Introduction to C
Computers Program development steps
Structure of a C Program
Features of C
The main () function and standard I/O functions
Indentation, Comments, Identifiers, Data Types
Operators, Precedence and Associativity.
Programming Style Variables and Declarations
Format Modifiers, Escape Sequences
Types of Statements
Implicit Type Conversions
Casting Explicit Type Conversions
Mathematical Library Functions
UNIT II: Selection: if-else Statement, nested if, examples, Multi-way selection: switch, else-if,
examples. Repetition: Basic Loop Structures, Pre-test and Post-test Loops, Counter-Controlled
and Condition-Controlled Loops, for, while and do while.
Branching: break & continue.
Modular Programming: Function and Parameter Declarations, Returning a Value, Types of
parameters. Parameter – scalar data as argument.
Recursion: Definition, Base condition for recursion, Mathematical Recursion, Recursion versus
Iteration.

Selection if else, nested if examples
Statements Multi Way Selection: switch, else if examples
Iterative Counter Controlled Loops
Statements Logic Controlled Loops
Unconditional
Break & Continue
Control Flow & Branching
Modular Function and Parameter Declarations
Programming Modular Returning a Value
Programming Types of parameters. Parameter – scalar data as
argument.
Definition, Base condition for recursion
Recursion Mathematical Recursion
Recursion versus Iteration
UNIT III: Arrays: Introduction to Arrays, Input and Output of Array Values, Array
Initialization, Arraysas Function Arguments, Two-Dimensional Arrays, Larger Dimensional
Arrays- Matrices, 1D & 2D arrays as arguments.
Strings: String Fundamentals, String Input and Output, String Processing, Library Functions,
Strings as arguments.

Introduction to Arrays, Input and Output of Array
Values, Array Initialization
Arrays Arraysas Function Arguments
Two-Dimensional Arrays, Larger Dimensional Arrays
Arrays & Strings
Matrices, 1D & 2D arrays as arguments
String Fundamentals, String Input and Output
Strings String Processing, Library Functions
Strings as arguments
UNIT IV: Pointers: Concept of a Pointer, Initialization of Pointer variables, Pointers as
function arguments,Passing by address, Dangling memory, Pointer Arithmetic, Character
pointers, Pointers to Pointers, Array of pointers & Pointer to array, Dynamic memory
management functions, Command line Arguments.
Structures: Derived types, Structures declaration, Initialization of structures, accessing
structures,nested structures, arrays of structures, structures and functions, pointers to structures,
self-referential structures, unions, typedef, enum, bit-fields.

Concept of a Pointer, Initialization of Pointer variables
Pointers as function arguments,Passing by address
Dangling memory, Pointer Arithmetic, Character
Pointers pointers
Pointers to Pointers
Dynamic Memory Allocation
Pointer to Arrays and Array of Pointers
Pointers and Command line
Command line Arguments
Structures Arguments
Derived types, Structures declaration, Initialization of
structures
Accessing structures,nested structures, arrays of
Structures structures
structures and functions, pointers to structures, self-
referential structures
Unions, typedef, enum, bit-fields.
UNIT V: Storage classes – auto, static, extern, register. Preproessor statements
Data Files: Declaring, Opening, and Closing File Streams, File handling functions, Reading
from and Writing to TextFiles, File copy, merge, Writing and reading records, Random File
Access.

Storage Classes Storage
auto, static, extern and register
and Files Classes
Preprocessor
Preprocessor Statements
Statements
Declaring, Opening, and Closing File Streams
File handling functions, Reading from and Writing to
Data Files TextFiles
File copy, merge, Writing and reading records
Random File Access
Mapping:
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 1 2 3 2 1 - - - 3 3 1 2 1 2
CO2 2 3 3 2 - - - - 1 1 2 2 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 2 - - - - 2 1 2 2 2 3
CO4 2 2 2 2 - - - - 2 1 2 2 2 2
CO5 2 2 2 2 - - - - 2 1 2 2 1 2
*****
L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
ENGINEERING WORK SHOP
Course Objective: To familiarize students with wood working, sheet metal operations, fitting
and electrical house wiring skills
Wood Working: Familiarity with different types of woods and tools used in wood working and
make following joints
a) Half – Lap joint
b) Dovetail joint
c) Bridle joint
Sheet Metal Working: Familiarity with different types of tools used in sheet metal working,
Developments of following sheet metal job from GI sheets
a) Tapered tray b) Conical funnel c) Elbow pipe d) Brazing
Fitting: Familiarity with different types of tools used in fitting and do the following fitting
exercises
a) V-fit b) Dovetail fit c) square fit d) Semi-circular e) Two Wheeler tyre puncture
and change of two wheeler tyre
Electrical Wiring: Familiarities with different types of basic electrical circuits and make the
following connections
a) Parallel and series b) Two-way switch c) Godown lighting d) Tube light
e) Three phase motor f) Soldering of wires
Course Outcomes: After completion of this lab the student will be able to
1. Apply wood working skills in real world applications. (L3)
2. Build different parts with metal sheets in real world applications. (L3)
3. Apply fitting operations in various applications. (L3)
4. Apply different types of basic electric circuit connections. (L3)
5. Demonstrate soldering and brazing. (L2)
CO-PO MATRIX:
CO1 2 2 - - - - - - - - - 1
CO2 2 2 - - - - - - - - - 1
CO3 2 2 - - - - - - - - - 1
CO4 2 2 - - - - - - - - - 1
CO5 2 2 - - - - - - - - - 1
CO-PSO Matrix:
PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 2
CO2 2 2
CO3 2 2
CO4 2 2
CO5 2 2
L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH LAB I
(Common to All branches)
Course Objectives
The main objective of the course is to adopt activity-based teaching-learning methods to ensure
that learners would be engaged in use of language both in the classroom and laboratory sessions
and appear confidently for competitive examinations for career development.
The specific objectives of the course are to
1. Facilitate effective listening skills for better comprehension of academic lectures and English
spoken by native and non-native speakers
authentic materials like newspapers, magazines, periodicals, journals, etc.
3. Help improve speaking skills through participation in activities such as role plays, discussions
and structured talks/oral presentations
4. Impart effective strategies for good writing and demonstrate the same in summarizing, writing
well organized essays, record and report useful information
5. Provide knowledge of grammatical structures and vocabulary and encourage their appropriate
use in speech and writing
Course Outcomes
CO1. identify the context, topic, and pieces of specific information from social or transactional
dialogues spoken by native speakers of English and speak clearly on a specific topic using
suitable discourse markers in informal discussions (L3)
CO2. take notes while listening to a talk/lecture; to answer questions in English; formulate
sentences using proper grammatical structures and correct word forms; and use language
effectively in competitive examinations (L3)
CO3. write summaries based on global comprehension of reading/listening texts; produce a
coherent write-up interpreting a figure/graph/chart/table; and use English as a successful
medium of communication. (L3)
Detailed Syllabus
CALL based activity. English course books selected for classroom teaching will be used for
practice in the computer-based language labs. However, a brief introduction to the English
Phonetics will be given to the students. Activities that encourage individual learning of the
students based on the suggested texts and web resources will be used in the practical sessions.
Introduction to Sound System of English
Articulation - Airstream mechanism, Manners of Articulation, Places of Articulation, English
phonetic symbols.
Accent - Syllabification, word stress and accent, stress rules and stress shift, exceptions to rules.
Intonation - Stress and accent in connected speech. Types and functions of Intonation in English.
Pair work, Role play, conversational practice and Individual speaking activities based on
following essays from University of Success.
1. ―How to Fashion Your Own Brand of Success‖ by Howard Whitman
2. ―How to Recognize Your Failure Symptoms‖ by Dorthea Brand
3. ―How to Conquer the Ten Most Common Causes of Failure‖ by Lois Binstock
4. “How to Develop Your Strength to Seize Opportunities‖ by Maxwell Maltz
5. ―How to Make the Most of Your Abilities‖ by Kenneth Hildebrand
6. ―How to Raise Your Self-Esteem and Develop Self-Confidence‖ by James W. Newman
7. ―How to Win Your War Against Negative Feelings‖ by Dr Maxwell Maltz
8. ―How to Find the Courage to Take Risks‖ by Tom Rust and Randy Reed
9. ―How to Become a Self-Motivator‖ by Charles T Jones
10. ―How to Eliminate Your Bad Habits‖ by Og Mandino
Text Books
1. English All Round: Communication Skills for Undergraduate Learners-Volume 1, Orient
Black Swan, 2019 (to be released)
2. University of Success by Og Mandino, Jaico, 2015.
Reference Books
1. Bailey, Stephen. Academic writing: A handbook for international students. Routledge,
2014.
2. Chase, Becky Tarver. Pathways: Listening, Speaking and Critical Thinking. Heinley ELT;
2nd Edition, 2018.
3. Skillful Level 2 Reading & Writing Student's Book Pack (B1) Macmillan Educational.
4. Hewings, Martin. Cambridge Academic English (B2). CUP, 2012.
AICTE Recommended Books
1. Meenakshi Raman and Sangeeta Sharma. Technical Communication. Oxford University
Press, 2018.
2. Pushplata and Sanjay Kumar. Communication Skills, Oxford University Press, 2018.
3. Kulbushan Kumar. Effective Communication Skills. Khanna Publishing House, Delhi
Sample Web Resources
Grammar / Listening / Writing Reading:
1-language.com https://www.usingenglish.com/comprehension/
http://www.5minuteenglish.com/ https://www.englishclub.com/reading/short
https://www.englishpractice.com/ stories.htm
Grammar/Vocabulary https://www.english-online.at/Listening
English Language Learning Online https://learningenglish.voanews.com/z/3613
http://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/ http://www.englishmedialab.com/listening.html
http://www.better-english.com/ Speaking
http://www.nonstopenglish.com/ https://www.talkenglish.com/
https://www.vocabulary.com/ BBC Learning English – Pronunciation tips
BBC Vocabulary Games Merriam-Webster – Perfect pronunciation
Free Rice Vocabulary Game Exercises
All Skills
https://www.englishclub.com/
http://www.world-english.org/
http://learnenglish.britishcouncil.org/
CO-PO MAPPING
CO1 2 3 1
CO2 2 3 1
CO3 2 3 1
*****
L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB
(Common to CE, CSE, & IT)
Introduction to chemistry laboratory – Molarity, Normality, Primary, Secondary standard
solutions, Volumetric titrations quantitative analysis .
1. Determination of HCl using standard Na2CO3 solution.

2. Determination of alkalinity of a sample containing Na2CO3 and NaOH.
3. Determination of Mn (II) using standard oxalic acid solution.
4. Determination of ferrous iron using standard K2Cr2O7 solution.
5. Determination of Copper (II) using standard EDTA solution.
6. Determination of temporary and permanent hardness of water using standard EDTA solution.
7. Determination of Iron (III) by colorimetric method.
8. Determination of the concentration of acetic acid using sodium hydroxide (pH-metric
method).
9. Determination of concentration of strong acid vs strong base (by conductometric method).
10. Determination of strong acid vs strong base (by potentiometric method).
11. Determination of Mg+2 present in an antacid.
12. Determination of CaCO3 presence in an egg shell.
13. Estimation of vitamin- C.
14. Determination of phosphoric content in soft drinks.
15. Adsorption of acetic acid by charcoal.
16. Prepatation of nylon-6, 6 and Bakelite (demonstration only)
Note: Choice of any 10 experiments from the above.
Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the students will be able
 To estimate the amount of metal ions present in different solutions (L4 & L3)
 To analyze the quality parameters of water (L4)
 To determine the strength of different solutions by using different instrumentation techniques
(L3)
Reference Books:
A Text Book of Quantitative Analysis, Arthur J. Vogel.
Learning Objectives:
1. To furnish the students with a solid foundation in Chemistry Laboratory required to solve the
Engineering problems.
2. To expose the students in practical aspects of the theoritical concepts like pH, hardness of
water etc.
3. To guide the students on how to handle the instruments like UV-visible spectrophotometer,
potentiometer and conductometer.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the students will be able
 To estimate the amount of metal ions present in different solutions (L4 & L3)
 To analyze the quality parameters of water (L4)
 To determine the strength of different solutions by using different instrumentation techniques
(L3)
CO-PO MAPPING
CO1 2 3 2
CO2 2 2 2
CO3 2 3 2
*****
L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
PROBLEM SOLVING USING C LAB
Course Objectives:
1. Apply the principles of C language in problem solving.

2. To design flowcharts, algorithms and knowing how to debug programs.
3. To design & develop of C programs using arrays, strings pointers & functions.
4. To review the file operations, pre-processor commands.
Exercise - 1 Control Flow - I
a) Write a C Program to Find Whether the Given Year is a Leap Year or not.
b) Write a C Program to find second biggest of three numbers (Assume that all the numbers are
unique).
Exercise – 2 Control Flow - II
b) Write a C Program to Find Whether the Given Number is
i) Prime Number
ii) Armstrong Number
Exercise – 3 Control Flow - III
a) Write a C program to print Floyd Triangle
b) Write a C Program to print Pascal Triangle
c) Write a C program to display a Pyramid
Exercise – 4 Arrays - Demonstration of arrays
a) Search-Linear.
b) Sorting-Bubble
c) Operations on Matrix. - Add, Subtract, Multiply
Exercise – 5 Strings
a) Implementation of string manipulation operations with library function: Copy, length,
compare
b) Implementation of string manipulation operations without library function: copy, length,
compare
Exercise – 6 Functions
a) Write a C Program demonstrating of parameter passing in Functions and returning values.
b) Write a C Program illustrating Fibonacci, Factorial with Recursion without Recursion
Exercise – 7 Functions - Continued
Write a C Program to compute the values of sin x and cos x and ex values using Series
expansion. (Use factorial function)
Exercise - 8 Arrays, Strings and Pointers
a) Write a C Program to find min and max of an array of elements using pointers
b) Write a C Program to concatenate one string to another using pointer.
Exercise – 9 Dynamic Memory Allocations
Write a C program to represent 1D and 2D arrays using malloc () function.
Exercises - 10 Structures
a) Write a C Program to Store Information of a Movie Using Structure
b) Write a C Program to sort a set of student records in ascending order.
c) Write a C Program to Add, subtract & multiply Two Complex Numbers.
Exercise -11 Files
a) Write a C programming code to open a file and to print it contents on screen.
b) Write a C program to copy the content of one file to another.
C) Write a C program merges two files and stores their contents in another file
Course Outcomes: By the end of the Lab, the student able to
1. Comprehend the various concepts of a C language
2. Develop algorithms and flowcharts
3. Design and development of C problem solving skills.
4. Acquire modular programming skills.
Correlation of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes and Program Specific Outcomes
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 1 2 3 2 1 - - - 3 3 1 2 1 2
CO2 2 3 3 2 - - - - 1 1 2 2 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 2 - - - - 2 1 2 2 2 3
CO4 2 2 2 2 - - - - 2 1 2 2 2 2
*****
L T P C
3 0 0 0
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE
OBJECTIVE:
To make the students to get awareness on environment, to understand the importance of
protecting natural resources, ecosystems for future generations and pollution causes due to the
day-to-day activities of human life to save earth from the inventions by the engineers.
UNIT – I: MULTIDISCIPLINARY NATURE OF ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

Definition, Scope and Importance – Need for Public Awareness.
NATURAL RESOURCES : Renewable and non-renewable resources – Natural resources and
associated problems – Forest resources – Use and over – exploitation, deforestation, case studies
– Timber extraction – Mining, dams and other effects on forest and tribal people – Water
resources – Use and over utilization of surface and ground water – Floods, drought, conflicts
over water, dams – benefits and problems – Mineral resources: Use and exploitation,
environmental effects of extracting and using mineral resources, case studies – Food resources:
World food problems, changes caused by agriculture and overgrazing, effects of modern
agriculture, fertilizer-pesticide problems, water logging, salinity, case studies. – Energy
resources:
LEARNING OUTCOMES
Students will be able to
1. articulate the basic structure, functions, and processes of key social systems affecting the
environment.
2. explain how water resources should be used.
3. articulate basic understanding of effects of modern agriculture on environment.
4. explain how various paradigms or world views and their implicit and explicit
assumptions and values shape the viewer‘s perception of environmental problems and
solutions.
UNIT – II: Ecosystems, Biodiversity, and its Conservation

ECOSYSTEMS: Concept of an ecosystem. – Structure and function of an ecosystem –
Producers, consumers and decomposers – Energy flow in the ecosystem – Ecological succession
– Food chains, food webs and ecological pyramids – Introduction, types, characteristic features,
structure and function of the following ecosystem:
a. Forest ecosystem.
b. Grassland ecosystem
c. Desert ecosystem
d. Aquatic ecosystems (ponds, streams, lakes, rivers, oceans, estuaries)
BIODIVERSITY AND ITS CONSERVATION : Definition: genetic, species and ecosystem
diversity – Bio-geographical classification of India – Value of biodiversity: consumptive use,
Productive use, social, ethical, aesthetic and option values – Biodiversity at global, National and
local levels – India as a mega-diversity nation – Hot-sports of biodiversity – Threats to
biodiversity: habitat loss, poaching of wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts – Endangered and
endemic species of India – Conservation of biodiversity: In-situ and Ex-situ conservation of
biodiversity.
LEARNING OUTCOMES
1. get a clear picture of structure and functions of ecosystems.
2. explain why renewable and non-renewable energy resources are important.
3. get awareness about land degradation, soil erosion & desertification.
4. gain a rigorous foundation in various scientific disciplines as they apply to environmental
science, such as ecology, evolutionary biology, hydrology, and human behaviour.
UNIT – III: Environmental Pollution and Solid Waste Management

ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION: Definition, Cause, effects and control measures of :
a. Air Pollution.
b. Water pollution
c. Soil pollution
d. Marine pollution
e. Noise pollution
f. Thermal pollution
g. Nuclear hazards
SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT: Causes, effects and control measures of urban and
industrial wastes – Role of an individual in prevention of pollution – Pollution case studies –
Disaster management: floods, earthquake, cyclone and landslides.
LEARNING OUTCOMES UNIT-3

1. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of theories in the field of Biodiversity and
Systematics in the broad sense.
2. conduct basic conservation biology research.
3. explain endangered and endemic species of India.
4. identify the threats to biodiversity.
UNIT – IV: Social Issues and the Environment

SOCIAL ISSUES AND THE ENVIRONMENT: From Unsustainable to Sustainable
development – Urban problems related to energy – Water conservation, rain water harvesting,
watershed management – Resettlement and rehabilitation of people; its problems and concerns.
Case studies – Environmental ethics: Issues and possible solutions – Climate change, global
warming, acid rain, ozone layer depletion, nuclear accidents and holocaust. Case Studies –
Wasteland reclamation. – Consumerism and waste products. – Environment Protection Act. –
Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act. – Water (Prevention and control of Pollution) Act
– Wildlife Protection Act – Forest Conservation Act – Issues involved in enforcement of
environmental legislation – Public awareness.
LEARNING OUTCOMES:
1. understand Cause, effects and control measures of air pollution.
2. understand soil, noise & water pollution.
3. explain the enforcement of Environmental legislation
4. understand solid waste management.
UNIT – V: Human Population and the Environment

HUMAN POPULATION AND THE ENVIRONMENT: Population growth, variation among
nations. Population explosion – Family Welfare Programmed. – Environment and human health
– Human Rights – Value Education – HIV/AIDS – Women and Child Welfare – Role of
information Technology in Environment and human health – Case studies.
FIELD WORK: Visit to a local area to document environmental assets River/forest
grassland/hill/mountain – Visit to a local polluted site-Urban/Rural/Industrial/Agricultural Study
of common plants, insects, and birds – river, hill slopes, etc.
LEARNING OUTCOMES
Students will have
1. knowledge about watershed management and environmental ethics.
2. explain the reasons for global warming
3. explain principles and impact of disasters on environment.
4. explain disaster management cycle in India.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Text book of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate Courses by Erach Bharucha for
University Grants Commission, Universities Press.
2. Environmental Studies by Palaniswamy – Pearson education
3. Environmental Studies by Dr.S.Azeem Unnisa, Academic Publishing Company
REFERENCES:
1. Textbook of Environmental Science by Deeksha Dave and E.Sai Baba Reddy, Cengage
Publications.
2. Text book of Environmental Sciences and Technology by M.Anji Reddy, BS Publication.
3. Comprehensive Environmental studies by J.P.Sharma, Laxmi publications.
4. Environmental sciences and engineering – J. Glynn Henry and Gary W. Heinke –
Prentice hall of India Private limited.
5. A Text Book of Environmental Studies by G.R.Chatwal, Himalaya Publishing House
6. Introduction to Environmental engineering and science by Gilbert M. Masters and
Wendell P. Ela - Prentice hall of India Private limited.
Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 Able to Understand The concepts of the ecosystem
CO2 Able to Understand The natural resources and their importance
Able to learn The biodiversity of India and the threats to biodiversity ,and Apply
CO3 conservation practices
CO4 Able to learn Various attributes of the pollution and their impacts
CO5 Able to Understand Social issues both rural and urban environment
CO6 Able to Understand About environmental Impact assessment and Evaluate the
stages involved in EIA
*****
I Year – II SEMESTER
L T P C
3 0 0 3
MATHEMATICS-II
(Common to All)
Course Objectives:
 To elucidate the different numerical methods to solve nonlinear algebraic equations
 To disseminate the use of different numerical techniques for carrying out numerical
integration
 To equip the students with standard concepts and tools at an intermediate to advanced
level mathematics to develop the confidence and ability among the students to handle
various real-world problems and their applications
UNIT-1: Iterative methods: (10 hrs)
Introduction–Bisection method–Method of false position–Iteration method–Newton-Raphson
method (one variable)–Jacobi and Gauss-Seidel methods for solving system of equations.
UNIT-2: Interpolation: (12 hrs)
Introduction–Errors in polynomial interpolation–Finite differences–Forward differences–
Backward differences–Central differences –Relations between operators–Newton‘s forward and
backward formulae for interpolation–Gauss‘s forward and backward formulae for
Interpolation – Interpolation with unequal intervals–Lagrange‘s interpolation formula–Newton‘s
divide difference formula.
UNIT-3: Numerical integration and solution of ordinary difference equations: (10 hrs)
Trapezoidal rule–Simpson‘s 1/3rd and 3/8th rule–Solution of ordinary differential equations by
Taylor‘s series–Picard‘s method of successive approximations–Euler‘s method–Modified
Euler‘s method–Runge-Kutta method (second and fourth order).
UNIT–4: Laplace Transforms: (14 hrs)
Laplace transforms of standard functions – Shifting theorems – Transforms of derivatives and
integrals – Unit step function – Dirac‘s delta function –Periodic function - Inverse Laplace
transforms – Convolution theorem (without proof)
Applications: Evaluation of integrals using Laplace transforms - Solving ordinary differential
equations (Initial value problems) using Laplace transforms.
UNIT 5: Fourier series and Fourier Transforms: (14 hrs)
Fourier series: Introduction – Periodic functions – Fourier series of periodic function –
Dirichlet‘s conditions – Even and odd functions – Change of interval – Half-range sine and
cosine series.
Fourier Transforms: Fourier integral theorem (without proof) - Fourier sine and cosine integrals
– Sine and cosine transforms – Properties – Inverse transforms – Finite Fourier transforms.
Text Books:
Reference Books:
Education.
2. H.K.Das, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 22nd Edition, S. Chand & Company Ltd.
 Evaluate approximate in the roots of polynomial and transcendental equations by
different algorithms (EVALUATE)
 Solve system of linear algebraic equations using Gauss Jacobi, Gauss Seidel and apply
Newton‘s forward and backward interpolation and Lagrange‘s formulae for equal and
unequal intervals (SOLVE, APPLY, FIND)
 Apply different algorithms for approximating the solutions of ordinary differential
equations to its analytical computations and also by Laplace the transforms for solving
differential equations (SOLVE, APPLY, FIND)
 Find or compute the Fourier series of periodic signals (SOLVE, APPLY, FIND,
ANALYSE)
 Know and be able to apply integral expressions for the forwards and inverse Fourier
transform to range of non-periodic waveforms (SOLVE, APPLY, FIND)
Micro-Syllabus of MATHEMATICS-II
UNIT-1: Iterative methods: Introduction–Bisection method–Method of false position–Iteration

method–Newton-Raphson method (one variable)–Jacobi and Gauss-Seidel methods for solving
system of equations.
Numerical solution Bisection method
1a. Solving given of algebraic and Method of false position
polynomial transcendental Iteration method
polynomials Newton-Raphson‘s method
1b Jacobi‘s method
Solving linear Solving linear system
Gauss-seidel method
system
UNIT-2: Interpolation: Introduction–Errors in polynomial interpolation–Finite differences–
Forward differences–Backward differences–Central differences –Relations between operators–
Newton‘s forward and backward formulae for interpolation–Gauss‘s forward and backward
formulae for
Interpolation – Interpolation with unequal intervals–Lagrange‘s interpolation formula–Newton‘s
divide difference formula.
Forward, backward & central difference tables
Finite difference tables
Errors in polynomials
2a.
Equal-Spaced Newton‘s forward and backward difference
difference tables Finding functional interpolation formula
values for given data
Gauss forward and backward difference
interpolation formula
2b. Lagrange‘s interpolation formula
Unequal spaced Unequal spaced data &
data & relation relation between various Relation between various operators (Shift,
between various operators forward, backward, central, average &
operators differential operators)
UNIT-3: Numerical integration and solution of ordinary difference equations:
Trapezoidal rule–Simpson‘s 1/3rd and 3/8th rule–Solution of ordinary differential equations by
Taylor‘s series–Picard‘s method of successive approximations–Euler‘s method–Modified
Euler‘s method–Runge-Kutta method (second and fourth order).
Trapezoidal rule
3a. Numerical Integration Simpson‘s 1/3rd rule
Numerical Simpson‘s 3/8th
integration Taylors series method
Picard‘s method
Euler‘s method
3b. Numerical solution of
Numerical ordinary differential
solution of equations for single
ordinary variable Modified Euler‘s method
differential
equations for
single variable
UNIT – 4: Laplace Transforms: Laplace transforms of standard functions – Shifting theorems
– Transforms of derivatives and integrals – Unit step function – Dirac‘s delta function –Periodic
function - Inverse Laplace transforms – Convolution theorem (without proof)
Applications: Evaluation of integrals using Laplace transforms - Solving ordinary differential
equations (Initial value problems) using Laplace transforms.
4a Shifting theorems
Laplace transforms and
Laplace Derivatives and integrals
theorem
Transforms Multiplication and division
Periodic functions
4b. Inverse
Periodic functions Dirac delta functions
Laplace
&Inverse Laplace Evaluation integrals using Laplace Transforms
transforms and
Transforms Solving differential equations using Laplace
Applications
transforms
UNIT 5: Fourier series and Fourier Transforms:
Fourier series: Introduction – Periodic functions – Fourier series of periodic function –
Dirichlet‘s conditions – Even and odd functions – Change of interval – Half-range sine and
cosine series.
Fourier Transforms: Fourier integral theorem (without proof) - Fourier sine and cosine integrals
– Sine and cosine transforms – Properties – Inverse transforms – Finite Fourier transforms.
Periodic functions
5a.
Fourier Series Dirichlet‘s conditions
Fourier Series
Even and odd function‘s
Change of interval
Half range sine and cosine series
Fourier Sine and Cosine integral
Properties of Fourier Transforms
Fourier and Inverse Fourier Transforms
5b. Fourier cosine and Inverse Fourier cosine
Fourier Fourier Transforms Transforms
Transforms Fourier sine and Inverse Fourier sine
Transforms
Finite Fourier Transforms
Inverse Finite Fourier Transforms
CO-PO Mapping
CO1 3 2 1
CO2 3 2 1
CO3 3 2 1
CO4 3 2 1
CO5 3 2 1
*****
L T P C
3 0 0 3
MATHEMATICS – III
(Common to ALL branches)
Course Objectives:
1. To instruct the concept of Matrices in solving linear algebraic equations
2. To familiarize the techniques in partial differential equations
3. To furnish the learners with basic concepts and techniques at plus two level to lead them
into advanced level by handling various real-world applications
UNIT-I: Solving system of linear equations, Eigen values and Eigen Vectors (12 hrs)
Rank of a matrix by Echelon form and normal form–solving system of homogeneous and non-
homogeneous linear equations–Gauss elimination, Gauss Jordan for solving system of
equations- Eigen values and Eigen vectors and their properties
UNIT-II: Cayley-Hamilton theorem and quadratic forms: (12 hrs)

Cayley-Hamilton theorem (without proof)–Finding inverse and power of a matrix by Cayley-
Hamilton theorem–Reduction to Diagonal form–Quadratic forms and nature of the quadratic
forms–Reduction of quadratic form to canonical forms by orthogonal transformation.
Application: Free vibration of two mass systems.
UNIT – III: Vector Differentiation: (10 hrs)

Scalar and Vector point Functions-Vector Differential operator- Gradient – Directional
derivatives– Divergence – Curl – Laplacian second order operator- Vector identities- Scalar
Potential.
UNIT– IV: Vector Integration: (12 hrs)

Line integral – Work done – Circulation- Surface integral- Volume Integral Vector integral
theorems (without proof): Greens theorem in a plane- Stokes theorem- Gauss Divergence
theorem.
UNIT– V: Solutions of Partial differential Equations (14 hrs)

Formation of partial differential equations by elimination of arbitrary constants and arbitrary
functions – Solutions of first order linear (Lagrange) equation and nonlinear (standard types)
equations.
Second order PDE: Solutions of linear partial differential equations with constant coefficients
RHS term of the type e axby , sin(ax  by), cos(ax  by), x m y n .
Text Books:
Reference Books:
Education.
5. H.K.Das, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 22nd Edition, S. Chand & Company Ltd.
 develop the use of matrix algebra techniques that is needed by engineers for practical
applications (L6)
 solve system of linear algebraic equations using Gauss elimination, Gauss Jordan (L3)
 to interpret the physical meaning of different operators such as gradient, curl and
divergence (L5)
 estimate the work done against a field, circulation and flux using vector calculus (L5)
 identify the solution methods for partial differential equation that model physical
processes (L3)
Micro-Syllabus of MATHEMATICS – III

UNIT-I: Solving system of linear equations, Eigen values and Eigen Vectors
Rank of a matrix by Echelon form and normal form–solving system of homogeneous and non-
homogeneous linear equations–Gauss elimination, Gauss Jordan for solving system of equations-
Eigen values and Eigen vectors and their properties
Find rank of the given matrix by reducing into Echelon
Rank of the given form.
matrix Find rank of the given matrix by reducing into Normal
1a. form.(Canonical form)
Solving
Solve the system of homogeneous linear equations.
system of
Solve the system of Non- homogeneous linear equations.
linear
System of linear Solve the given system of linear equations using Gauss
equations
equations Elimination method.
Solve the given system of linear equations using Gauss
Jordan method.
Eigen values and
Find eigen values and Eigen vectors of given matrix.
Eigen vectors
1b. If λ is an eigen value of Matrix A then find eigen values of
Properties of Eigen
Applications Am or A-1 or B = A2+k1A+K2I or ….
values and Eigen
The eigen vectors corresponding to distinct eigen values of
vectors
real symmetric matrix are orthogonal.
UNIT-II: Cayley-Hamilton theorem and quadratic forms:
Cayley-Hamilton theorem (without proof)–Finding inverse and power of a matrix by Cayley-
Hamilton theorem–Reduction to Diagonal form–Quadratic forms and nature of the quadratic forms–
Reduction of quadratic form to canonical forms by orthogonal transformation.
Cayley-Hamilton Verify Cayley-Hamilton theorem for given matrix A and
theorem hence find A-1 or A4.
Reduce the given matrix into diagonal form.
Quadratic Forms Reduce the quadratic form into canonical form using
orthogonal transformation method.
UNIT – III: Vector Differentiation:
Scalar and Vector point functions-Vector Differential operator- Gradient – Directional derivatives
Divergence – Curl – Laplacian second order operator- Vector identities- Scalar Potential.
3a. Find Gradient of given scalar function.
Vector Divergent, Curl and
Find Unit normal vector at given point on given surface.
Differential Gradient
operator Find divergent or Curl of given vector function.
Find Scalar potential function.
3b. Vector
Vector identities Problems on Laplacian second order operator.
identities
Prove the given vector identity.
UNIT– IV: Vector Integration:
Line integral – Work done – Circulation- Surface integral- Volume integral Vector integral theorems
(without proof): Greens theorem in a plane- Stokes theorem- Gauss Divergence theorem.
Evaluate given line integration along the given curve.
4a.
Line integraton, Find work done by force in moving a particle from A to B
Vector
surface integration & along curve C.
integration
volume integration Find surface integral of vector function.
Find volume integral of vector function.
4b. Green‘s theorem , Verify Green‘s theorem.
Vector Stoke‘s theorem and
Evaluate using stoke‘s theorem.
integration Gauss Divergence
theorems throem. Evaluate using Divergence theorem.
UNIT– V: Solutions of Partial differential Equations: Formation of partial differential equations

by elimination of arbitrary constants and arbitrary functions – Solutions of first order linear
(Lagrange) equation and nonlinear (standard types) equations.
Second order PDE: Solutions of linear partial differential equations with constant coefficients – RHS
term of the type e axby , sin(ax  by), cos(ax  by), x m y n .

Form PDE by eliminating arbitrary constants.
Formation of PDE
5a. First Form PDE by eliminating arbitrary functions.
order PDE Solve first order linear PDE.
Solve First order PDE
Solve first order non linear PDE.
5b. Higher Solve Second order Solve Second order linear PDE with constant coefficients
order PDE PDE. with RHS terms e axby , sin(ax  by), cos(ax  by), x m y n .
CO-PO Mapping
CO1 3 2 1
CO2 3 2 1
CO3 3 2 1
CO4 3 2 1
CO5 3 2 1
*****
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ENGINEERING PHYSICS
Course Objectives:
Engineering Physics curriculum which is re-oriented to the needs of non-circuital branches of
graduate engineering courses offered by Vasireddy Venkatadri Institute of Technology, which
serves as a transit to understand the branch specific advanced topics.
The course is designed to:
 Impart Knowledge of physical optics phenomena like Interference and Diffraction required
to design instruments with higher resolution.
 Impart knowledge in basic concepts of LASERs and Holography along with their
engineering applications
 Impart the knowledge of materials with characteristic utility in appliances.
 Impart the knowledge on acoustic quality of concert halls and concepts of flaw detection
techniques using ultrasonic.
 Study the structure- property relationship exhibited by solid materials within the elastic
limit.
Unit-I: Wave Optics:

Interference: Principle of Superposition-Interference of light – Conditions for sustained
Interference-Interference in thin films (reflected geometry) - Newton‘s Rings (reflected
geometry)
Diffraction: Fraunhofer Diffraction: - Diffraction due to single slit (quantitative), double
slit(qualitative), N –slits(qualitative) and circular aperture (qualitative) – Intensity distribution
curves - Diffraction grating – Grating spectrum – missing order– resolving power – Rayleigh‘s
criterion – Resolving powers of Microscope(qualitative), Telescope(qualitative) and grating
(qualitative).
Unit– II: LASERs and Holography

LASERs: Interaction of radiation with matter – Spontaneous and Stimulated emission of
radiation – population inversion – Einstein‘s coefficients & Relation between them and their
significance - Pumping Mechanisms - Ruby laser – Helium-Neon laser – Applications.
Holography: Introduction – principle – differences between photography and holography –
construction and reconstruction of hologram – applications of holograms
Unit-III: Magnetism and Dielectrics

Magnetism: Introduction - Magnetic dipole moment - Magnetization-Magnetic susceptibility
and permeability- Origin of permanent magnetic moment - Bohr Magneton-Classification of
magnetic materials: Dia, para & Ferro – Domain concept of Ferromagnetism - Hysteresis – soft
and hard magnetic materials – applications of Ferromagnetic material.
Dielectrics: Introduction- Dielectric polarization, Dielectric polarizability, Susceptibility and
Dielectric constant- Types of polarizations: Electronic and Ionic (Quantitative), Orientation
Polarizations (Qualitative) - Lorentz Internal field-Claussius –Mossotti‘s equation- Frequency
dependence of polarization - Applications of dielectrics.
Unit-IV: ACOUSTICS AND ULTRASONICS

Acoustics: Introduction – Reverberation - Reverberation time - Sabine‘s formula–absorption
coefficient and its determination- factors affecting acoustics of buildings and their remedies.
Ultrasonics: Properties –Production of ultrasonics by Magnetostriction & Piezoelectric methods
–Non-Destructive Testing – pulse echo system through transmission and reflection modes - A, B
and C – scan displays–applications.
Unit-V: ELASTICITY
Stress & strain ––stress &strain curve– generalized Hooke‘s law – different types of moduli and
their relations – bending of beams – Bending moment of a beam – Depression of cantilever.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. ―Engineering Physics‖ by B. K. Pandey, S. Chaturvedi - Cengage Publications, 2012
2. ―A Text book of Engineering Physics‖ by M.N. Avadhanulu, P.G. Kshirsagar - S. Chand, 2017.
3. ―Engineering Physics‖ by D.K. Bhattacharya and Poonam Tandon, Oxford press (2015).
4. ―Engineering Physics‖ by R.K Gaur. and S.L Gupta., - Dhanpat Rai publishers, 2012.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. ―Engineering Physics‖ by M. R. Srinivasan, New Age international publishers (2009).
2. ―Optics‖ by Ajoy Ghatak, 6th Edition McGraw Hill Education, 2017.
3. ―Solid State Physics‖ by A.J. Dekker, Mc Millan Publishers (2011).
Course Outcomes:
The students will be able to
1. Understand the principles such as interference and diffraction to design and enhance the
resolving power of various optical instruments.
2. Learn the basic concepts of LASER light Sources and Apply them to holography
3. Study the magnetic and dielectric materials to enhance the utility aspects of materials.
4. Analyze acoustic properties of typically used materials in buildings
5. Understand the concepts of shearing force and moment of inertia
Micro-Syllabus of Engineering Physics

Unit-I: Wave Optics:
Interference: Principle of Superposition – Interference of light – Conditions for sustained
Interference – Interference in thin films (reflected geometry) - Newton‘s Rings (reflected
geometry) Diffraction: Fraunhofer Diffraction:- Diffraction due to single slit (quantitative),
double slit(qualitative), N –slits(qualitative) and circular aperture (qualitative) – Intensity
distribution curves - Diffraction grating – Grating spectrum – missing order– resolving power –
Rayleigh‘s criterion – Resolving powers of Microscope(qualitative), Telescope(qualitative) and
grating (qualitative).
Principle of Introduction to interference
Superposition Principle of superposition
&Interference of Coherence
light Conditions for sustained Interference
Ia. Interference
Interference in thin films by reflection (cosine‘s
Interference in thin law)
films Complementary nature
Colours of thin film
Newton‘s Rings (reflected geometry)
Newton‘s Rings Experimental arrangement & conditions for
diameters
Applications: determination of wavelength of
monochromatic source and refractive index of the
given transparent liquid.
Differences between Fresnel‘s and Fraunhofer‘s
diffraction
Fraunhofer
Differences between interference and diffraction
Diffraction -
Fraunhofer diffraction due to single
Diffraction due to
slit(quantitative)
single slit
Fraunhofer diffraction due to circular aperture
(qualitative)
Fraunhofer diffraction due to double slit
Ib. Diffraction double slit (qualitative)
(qualitative) & N – Fraunhofer diffraction due to grating
slits(qualitative) (N- slits) (qualitative)
Intensity distribution curves
Grating spectrum, missing orders and maximum
number of orders possible with a grating
Diffraction grating&
Rayleigh‘s criterion for resolving power
Resolving powers
Resolving power of grating, Telescope and
Microscope (qualitative)
Unit– II: LASERs and Holography
LASERs: Interaction of radiation with matter – Spontaneous and Stimulated emission of
radiation – population inversion – Einstein‘s coefficients & Relation between them and their
significance - Pumping Mechanisms - Ruby laser – Helium-Neon laser – Applications.
Holography: Introduction – principle – differences between photography and holography –
construction and reconstruction of hologram – applications of holograms
Introduction to LASERS
Interaction of radiation
Spontaneous emission
with matter
Stimulated emission
Einstein's coefficients
IIa. LASERs Einstein‘s coefficients Population inversion
Pumping mechanisms
Ruby laser
LASERS construction
Helium-Neon laser
and working
Applications of Lasers
Introduction and Principle of holography
Principle of holography Differences between photography and
holography
IIb. Holography Construction of hologram
construction and
reconstruction of Reconstruction of hologram
hologram Applications of holography
Unit-III: Magnetism and Dielectrics
Magnetism: Introduction - Magnetic dipole moment - Magnetization-Magnetic susceptibility
and permeability- Origin of permanent magnetic moment - Bohr magneton-Classification of
magnetic materials: Dia, para & Ferro – Domain concept of Ferromagnetism - Hysteresis – soft
and hard magnetic materials – applications of Ferromagnetic material.
Dielectrics: Introduction- Dielectric polarization -Dielectric polarizability, Susceptibility and
Dielectric constant- Types of polarizations: Electronic and Ionic (Quantitative), Orientation
Polarizations (Qualitative) - Lorentz Internal field-Claussius –Mossotti‘s equation- Frequency
dependence of polarization - Applications of dielectrics.

Introduction to Magnetism, Definitions of
Introduction& Magnetic dipole moment, Magnetization,
Origin of permanent Magnetic susceptibility and Permeability
magnetic moment Origin of magnetic moment
Bohr magneton
Dia magnetic materials
Classification of
IIIa. Magnetism Para magnetic materials
magnetic materials
Ferro magnetic materials
Domain concept of Ferromagnetism
Domain concept of Hysteresis Curve
Ferromagnetism & Soft and hard magnetic materials classification
Hysteresis based on Hysteresis Curve
Applications of magnetic materials
Introduction to dielectrics
Introduction& Dielectric polarization, Dielectric polarizability,
definitions susceptibility
Dielectric constant
Electronic polarization (Quantitative)
IIIb. Dielectrics Types of polarizations Ionic polarization (Quantitative)
Orientational polarizations (Qualitative)
Lorentz Internal fields in solids
Internal field&
Clausius-Mossotti‘s equation
Claussius –Mossotti‘s
Frequency dependence of polarization
equation
Applications of Dielectrics
Unit-IV: ACOUSTICS AND ULTRASONICS
Acoustics: Introduction – Reverberation - Reverberation time - Sabine‘s formula–absorption
coefficient and its determination- factors affecting acoustics of buildings and their remedies.
Ultrasonics: Properties –Production of ultrasonics by Magnetostriction & Piezoelectric methods
–Non-Destructive Testing – pulse echo system through transmission and reflection modes - A, B
and C – scan displays–applications.
Introduction to acoustics
Introduction
Definition of Reverberation
&Reverberation
Definition of Reverberation time
Sabine‘s formula derivation
IVa. Acoustics Sabine‘s formula &
Absorption coefficient
absorption
Determination of Absorption coefficient
Factors affecting Basic requirements for acoustically good halls
acoustics of buildings Factors affecting acoustics of buildings and
their remedies
Introduction and Properties of Ultrasonics
Production of ultrasonics by Magnetostriction
Properties &Production
method
of ultrasonics
Production of ultrasonics by Piezoelectric
method
Non-Destructive Testing using Pulse echo
IVb. Ultrasonics system
Non-Destructive Testing
Non-Destructive Testing through transmission
and reflection modes
A - Scan
Different scanning B - Scan
techniques C - Scan
Applications of Ultrasonics
Unit-V: ELASTICITY: Stress & strain –stress &strain curve– generalized Hooke‘s law –
different types of moduli and their relations – bending of beams – Bending moment of a beam –
Depression of cantilever.
Introduction to Elasticity, Stress & Strain
Stress & Strain curve (Behaviour of a wire
Stress & strain
under increasing load)
Generalized Hooke‘s law
Young‘s modulus, Bulk modulus, Rigidity
Different types of
modulus and Poisson‘s ratio
V.ELASTICITY moduli and their
Relations among Young‘s, Bulk and Rigidity
relations
moduli
Bending of beams
Bending moment of a beam
Bending of beams Cantilever and depression of cantilever
(Cantilever supported at its ends and loaded in
the middle)
Mapping
CO1 3 2 1
CO2 3 2 1
CO3 3 2 1
CO4 3 2 1
CO5 3 2 1
*****
L T P C
3 0 0 3
ENGINEERING MECHANICS
(Common to CE and ME)
Course Objectives:
1. To understand the resolution of forces, equilibrium of force systems
2. To learn the analysis of forces in the structures and also the basic concepts of friction and
its Applications to simple systems.
3. To understand the concepts of centroid, moment of inertia, centre of gravity and mass
moment of inertia.
4. To understand the basic concepts of kinematics and kinetics.
5. To learn the concepts of work energy method and impulse momentum
UNIT- I: INTRODUCTION TO ENGINEERING MECHANICS (14 hours)
Force systems: Basic Concepts, Resultant of coplanar concurrent forces, Components of force in
space, Moment of force and its applications, couples and resultant of force systems, Equilibrium
of Force Systems, Free body diagram, Equations of equilibrium, Equilibrium of planar and
spatial system.
UNIT-II: ANALYSIS OF STRUCTURES AND FRICTION (12 hours)

Trusses: Introduction, Analysis of trusses by method of joints, method of sections;
Friction: Introduction to Friction, Laws of friction, Application to simple systems and connected
systems.
UNIT-III: CENTROID AND CENTRE OF GRAVITY, AREA MOMENT OF INERTIA

AND MASS MOMENT INERTIA (16 hours)
Centroid: Centroid of simple figures from basic principles, centroid of composite sections;
Centre of Gravity: Center of gravity of simple body from basic principles, Center of gravity of
composite bodies, Pappus theorems.
Area moments of Inertia: Definition – Polar Moment of Inertia, Transfer Theorem, Moments of
Inertia of Composite Figures.
Mass Moment of Inertia: Introduction of Mass Moment of Inertia, mass moment of inertia of
composite bodies
UNIT IV: INTRODUCTION TO KINEMATICS AND KINETICS (12 hours)

Kinematics: Rectilinear and Curvilinear motions – Velocity and Acceleration – Motion of Rigid
Body – Types and their Analysis in Planar Motion.
Kinetics: Analysis as a Particle and Analysis as a Rigid Body in Translation – Central Force
Motion – Equations of Plane Motion – Fixed Axis Rotation – Rolling Bodies.
UNIT – V: WORK -ENERGY METHOD (10 hours)

Work – Energy Method: Equations for Translation, Work-Energy Applications to Particle
Motion, Connected System-Fixed Axis Rotation and Plane Motion. Impulse momentum method
REFRENCE BOOKS:
1. Engineering Mechanics statics and dynamics – R.C. Hibbeler, 11th Edn – Pearson Publ.
2. Mechanics for Engineers, statics - F.P. Beer & E.R. Johnston – 5th Edn Mc Graw Hill Publ.
3. Engineering Mechanics statics and dynamics, A Nelson, Mc Graw Hill publications
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Reddy Vijay Kumar K. and K. Suresh Kumar (2010), Singer‘s Engineering Mechanics.
2. S.P. Timoshenko and D.H. Young, Engineering Mechanics, McGraw-Hill International
Edition,1983.
3. Tayal A.K. (2010), Engineering Mechanics, Umesh Publications
e-Resources:
1. http://nptel.ac.in/
2. http://mhrd.gov.in/e-contents
3. http://spoken-tutorial.org
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Compute the resultant and moment of a force system and apply the equations of
equilibrium for a generalized force system (Apply)
2. Solve the forces in trusses, frames and also friction in various mechanical devices.
(Apply)
3. Interpret the centroids, centers of gravity and moments of inertia of simple geometric
shapes and understand the physical applications of these properties. (Apply)
4. Apply the basic concepts of dynamics to solve problems of engineering applications
(Apply)
5. Solve problems using work energy equations for translation, fixed axis rotation and plane
motion. (Apply)
Micro-Syllabus of ENGINEERING MECHANICS

UNIT- I: INTRODUCTION TO ENGINEERING MECHANICS (14 hours)
Force systems: Basic Concepts, Resultant of coplanar concurrent forces, Components of force in
space, Moment of force and its applications, couples and resultant of force systems, Equilibrium
of Force Systems, Free body diagram, Equations of equilibrium, Equilibrium of planar and
spatial system.
Basic Concepts
INTRODUCTION Resolving forces into rectangular components
Classification of force system
Resultant of coplanar concurrent forces.
Parallelogram law of method
(Simple problems on analytical method only)
1a. Force systems Components of force in space
(Simple problems using vector method for
Resultant of forces finding resultant)
Moment of force & couples
Varignon‘s theorem
(Simple problems on analytical method only)
resultant of force systems
Defining constraint, Types of supports and reaction
forces
Free body diagram
Equilibrium of Force Systems
Equilibrium of Force
1b. Equilibrium Equations of equilibrium
Systems
Equilibrium of planar system
(Simple problems using analytical method only)
Equilibrium of spatial system
(Simple problems on vector method)
UNIT-II: ANALYSIS OF STRUCTURES AND FRICTION (12 hours)
Trusses: Introduction, Analysis of trusses by method of joints, method of sections;
Friction: Introduction to Friction, Laws of friction, Application to simple systems and connected
systems.
Introduction, Analysis of trusses
2.a. ANALYSIS Analysis of trusses by method of joints
OF Trusses (Simple problems on 2D Truss only)
STRUCTURES
Analysis of trusses by method of sections
(Simple problems on 2D Truss only)
Introduction, Applications of Friction
Laws of friction
2.b. Friction Friction
Cone of friction
Simple 2D problems on Friction
UNIT-III:
CENTROID AND CENTRE OF GRAVITY, AREA MOMENT OF INERTIA AND MASS
MOMENT INERTIA (16 hours)
Centroid: Centroid of simple figures from basic principles, centroid of composite sections;
Centre of Gravity: Center of gravity of simple body from basic principles, Center of gravity of
composite bodies, Pappus theorems.
Area moments of Inertia: Definition – Polar Moment of Inertia, Transfer Theorem, Moments of
Inertia of Composite Figures.
Mass Moment of Inertia: Introduction of Mass Moment of Inertia, mass moment of inertia of
composite bodies
Derivation of Centroid for simple figures such
as Triangle, sector and semi circle from basic
3. CENTRE OF principles
GRAVITY & Centroid
Centroid of composite sections
MOMENT OF
INERTIA Simple problems on Centroid of composite
sections
Centre of Gravity Derivation of Center of gravity for simple body
such as cylinder and cone from the basic
principles
Pappus theorems
Definition, Parallel axis theorem and
Area moments of Perpendicular axis theorem
Inertia Simple problems on
Area moments of Inertia
Mass Moment of Inertia importance and its
Mass Moment of Inertia Derivation for simple bodies such as cylinder
and cone
UNIT IV: INTRODUCTION TO KINEMATICS AND KINETICS (12 hours)
Kinematics: Rectilinear and Curvilinear motions – Velocity and Acceleration – Motion of Rigid
Body – Types and their Analysis in Planar Motion.
Kinetics: Analysis as a Particle and Analysis as a Rigid Body in Translation – Central Force
Motion – Equations of Plane Motion – Fixed Axis Rotation – Rolling Bodies.
Equations of motion in linear motion
Simple problems on linear motion
Rectilinear motion
Projectile motion
4a. Kinematics
Simple problems on Rectilinear motion
Equations of motion in Curvilinear motion
Curvilinear motion Relation between Linear and curvilinear moton
(Simple problems)
Types and their Analysis in Planar Motion.
Motion of Rigid Body
(Finding Instantaneous center )
D Alembert‘s principle
Analysis as a Particle Simple problems on Translatory motion
using D Alembert’s principle
4b. Central Force Motion
Kinetics Equations of Plane Motion – Fixed Axis
Analysis as a Rigid Rotation
Body
Rolling Bodies
Simple problems on Rolling Bodies
UNIT – V: WORK -ENERGY METHOD (10 hours)
Work – Energy Method: Equations for Translation, Work-Energy Applications to Particle
Motion, Connected System-Fixed Axis Rotation and Plane Motion. Impulse momentum method.
Derivation of work energy method
5. WORK - Work-Energy
ENERGY Applications to Particle Simple problems on Translation using work
METHOD Motion energy method
Simple problems on Connected System using
work energy method
Simple problems using Impulse momentum
Impulse momentum method
method Simple problems on Connected System using
Impulse momentum method
CO-PO mapping Table with Justification

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program Outcomes & Strength of
correlations (High: 3, Medium: 2, Low: 1)
Mapping P01 P02 P03 P04 P05 P06 P07 P08 P09 P010 P011 P012 PS01 PSO2
C01 3 2 2 1 1 - - - - - 1 1 2 2
C02 3 2 2 1 1 - - - - - 1 1 2 2
C03 3 2 2 1 1 - - - - - 1 1 2 2
C04 3 2 2 1 1 - - - - - 1 1 2 2
C05 3 2 2 1 1 - - - - - 1 1 2 2
*****
L T P C
3 0 0 3
BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

(Common to CSE, IT, CE and ME)
Course Objectives:
 To introduce basics of electric circuits and to teach DC and AC electrical circuit analysis.
 To explain the working principles DC machines and speed control of various DC motors.
 To explain the working principles of transformers and AC machines and its applications.
 To introduce the basics of semiconductor physics and operation and applications of Diodes.
 To introduce the basics of transistors and explain the transistor configurations
Unit 1 DC & AC Circuits:
DC Circuits:
Electrical circuit elements (R - L and C) – Kirchhoff‘s laws -Voltage and Current division rules-
series, parallel circuits and star-delta and delta-star transformations- [Elementary treatment only]
AC Circuits:
Representation of sinusoidal waveforms - Peak and RMS values - phasor representation - real
power - reactive power - apparent power - power factor.[Elementary treatment only]
Unit 2 DC Machines:
DC Generator:
Construction-Principle and operation of DC Generator - EMF equation -Types–
Applications[Elementary treatment only]
DC Motor:
Principle and operation of DC Motor – types-Torque equation - Speed control of DC Motor-
Brake test- Swinburne‘s test-Applications. [Elementary treatment only]
Unit 3 AC Machines:
Single Phase Transformer:
Construction, Principle and operation of Single Phase Transformer –EMF Equation-Losses-
Efficiency. [Elementary treatment only]
Three Phase Induction Motor: Construction- Principle and operation of three phase Induction
Motor-Types- Applications. [Elementary treatment only].
Unit 4 Semiconductor Devices
Semiconductor Physics, PN Junction Diode & Zener Diode-characteristics- Applications:
Rectifiers (Half Wave Rectifier & Full Wave Rectifier) [Elementary treatment only], Clippers
and Clampers.
Unit 5 Bipolar Junction Transistors
Construction and working of bipolar junction transistor, CB, CE and CC Configurations and
characteristics. [Elementary treatment only], Transistors as amplifiers, op-amp basics.
Text Books:
1. D. P. Kothari and I. J. Nagrath- ―Basic Electrical Engineering‖ - Tata McGraw Hill -
2010.
2. Electronic Devices and Circuits, R. L. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky, 9th edition,
PEI/PHI 2006.
References:
1. L. S. Bobrow- ―Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering‖ - Oxford University Press -
2011.
2. E. Hughes - ―Electrical and Electronics Technology‖ - Pearson - 2010.
 Apply concepts of KVL/KCL in solving DC circuits. (Apply, Find, Solve)
 Choose correct machine for a specific application. (Understand, Apply)
 Illustrate working principles of DC and AC Machines. (Understand, Apply)
 Describe working principles of diodes and transistors. (Understand, Apply)
 Understand the applications of diodes and transistors. (Understand, Analyze)
BL – Bloom’s Taxonomy Levels (1- Remembering, 2- Understanding, 3 – Applying, 4 –
Analyzing, 5 – Evaluating, 6 - Creating);
PO – Program Outcomes (PO 1: Engineering knowledge, PO 2: Problem analysis, PO 3:
Design/Development of Solutions, PO 4: Conduct investigations of complex problems, PO 5:
Modern tool usage, PO 6: The engineer and society, PO 7: Environment and sustainability, PO
8: Ethics, PO 9: Individual and team work, PO 10: Communication, PO 11: Project management
and finance, PO 12: Life-long learning)
Micro-Syllabus of Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering

UNIT-I: DC & AC Circuits:
DC Circuits:
Electrical circuit elements (R - L and C) – Kirchhoff‘s laws -Voltage and Current division rules-
series, parallel circuits and star-delta and delta-star transformations- [Elementary treatment only]
AC Circuits:
Representation of sinusoidal waveforms - Peak and RMS values - phasor representation - real
power - reactive power - apparent power - power factor. [Elementary treatment only]

Definitions of Voltage, Current, Power & Energy
Definitions & circuit Types and Classification of circuit elements: R, L, C
elements elements Active, Passive; unilateral, bilateral; linear,
1.a nonlinear; lumped, distributed elements
DC Circuits Ohm‘s law, Ohm‘s Law. Active elements -Representation of
KCL, KVL, Voltage Voltage and current sources in ideal and Practical
& Current Division cases and Passive elements –Voltage & Current
rules relationship of R - L and C elements
Kirchhoff‘s Voltage and current laws –series and
parallel circuits of R, L & C elements, Voltage and
Current division rules for resistive circuit only
STAR-DELTA star-delta and delta-star transformations of resistive
transformation circuit only [Elementary treatment only]
Representation of sinusoidal waveforms –Phase
difference and phasor representation of sinusoidal
Phasor representation
waveforms
& AC fundamentals
1.b Peak, Average and RMS values for sinusoidal
AC Circuits waveforms only
Definitions of reactance and Impedance, real power -
AC circuits & Power reactive power - apparent power - power factor.
[Elementary treatment only]
UNIT-II: DC Machines:
DC Generator:
Construction-Principle and operation of DC Generator - EMF equation -Types– Applications
[Elementary treatment only]
DC Motor:
Principle and operation of DC Motor – types-Torque equation - Speed control of DC Motor-
Brake test- Swinburne‘s test-Applications. [Elementary treatment only]

Construction details of dc generator-Field
System, Armature
Principle and operation of DC generator
DC generator principle derivation of generated EMF-Simple problems
2.a
of operation & on generated EMF
DC generators
applications Types of dc generators- Separately and Self
excited (Shunt and series generators equivalent
circuit [Elementary treatment only]) and
applications.
Principle operation of DC Motor
Significance of Back EMF-Simple problems on
DC Motor principle of Back EMF
operation & Back EMF Derivation of Torque Equation-Simple
problems on Torque Equation Torque equation
of DC motor
2.b DC Motors
Types of DC motors & Types of DC Motors (Shunt and series motors
Applications equivalent circuit) and Applications
DC motor Speed control speed control (armature and field control
techniques methods)
Brake test procedure-Swinburne‘s test
Testing of DC machines
procedure [Elementary treatment only]
UNIT-III: AC Machines:
Single Phase Transformer:
Construction, Principle and operation of Single-Phase Transformer –EMF Equation-Losses-
Efficiency. [Elementary treatment only]
Three Phase Induction Motor: Construction- Principle and operation of three phase Induction
Motor-Types- Applications. [Elementary treatment only].
Construction, principle of operation of single-phase
Basics of transformer
transformer, Types of single-phase transformer
3.a Single Phase
transformer EMF Equation of a transformer and simple
EMF equation & problems on EMF equation of single-phase
Phasor diagram transformer
Ideal Transformer on NO load with phasor diagram
Transformer
Losses, Efficiency. [Elementary treatment only]
performance
Basics of 3-phase Construction and principles of 3-phase induction
3.b. Three Phase induction motor motor
Induction Motor Types and Types (Squirrel Cage and slip ring induction motor
applications construction)- Applications
UNIT – IV: Semiconductor Devices
Semiconductor Physics, PN Junction Diode & Zener Diode-characteristics- Applications:
Rectifiers (Half Wave Rectifier & Full Wave Rectifier) [Elementary treatment only], Clippers
and Clampers.
Classification of materials based on energy band
diagram
Current density in conductor, Intrinsic
semiconductor & properties of silicon and
Semiconductor
germanium
Physics
Extrinsic semiconductor: P-type and N-type,
Conductivity of extrinsic semiconductor and law of
4.a.
mass action, Diffusion & Drift currents-N junction
Semiconductor
formation.
physics & Diodes
Working principle of PN junction diode: forward
bias, reverse bias
Diode current equation (Expression only), Basic
PN Junction Diode &
problems on usage of diode current equation.
Zener Diode
Diode circuit models: Ideal Diode Model, Ideal
Diode Model with Vγ,. Reverse breakdown
phenomena, Zener diode characteristics
Voltage regulator Zener Diode as Voltage Regulator
4.b Diode PN junction Diode Rectifiers (Working principle,
Diode Rectifier
Applications Input and Output Waveforms and Expressions of
Circuits
output DC voltage for each) PN junction Diode
Rectifiers (Working principle, Input and Output
Waveforms and Expressions of output DC voltage
for each)
Bridge. Basics of Clippers: Series Positive, Series
Clipper circuits negative, Shunt Positive, Shunt negative, Dual
clipping (without bias voltage).
UNIT V: Bipolar Junction Transistors
Construction and working of bipolar junction transistor, CB, CE and CC Configurations and
characteristics.[Elementary treatment only], Transistors as amplifiers, op-amp basics.
Periodic functions Construction, Configuration
BJT construction &
and models
working
Working of BJT, Definitions of α, β and γ
5.a BJT
CB characteristics: Input, output characteristics ,
current relation, dynamic input and output
BJT CB,CE resistances and base-width modulation
characteristics CE characteristics: Input, output characteristics ,
current relation, dynamic input and output
resistances
BJT Amplifier Transistor as an amplifier
Block diagram of OP-AMP (Qualitative
Basics of OP-amp &
treatment)
5.b OP-Amp characteristics
Ideal characteristics of OP-AMP
basic
Inverting amplifier circuit
Basic OP-amp circuits
Non-inverting amplifier circuit
CO PO MAPPING:
CO1 3 2 1
CO2 3 2 1
CO3 3 1
CO4 3 2 1
CO5 3 1
*****
L T P C
1 0 3 2.5
ENGINEERING GRAPHICS & DESIGN
(Common to CE, CSE and IT)
Course Objectives:
 Expose the students to use Drafting packages for generating Engineering curves and
conventions followed in Preparation of engineering drawings.
 Make the students to understand the concepts of orthographic projections of Lines and
Plane Surfaces.
 To understand the concepts of orthographic projections of Regular Solids.
 Develop the ability of understanding sectional views and Development of Solid Surfaces.
 Enable them to use computer aided drafting packages for Conversion of Isometric view
to Orthographic Projection and vice versa.
UNIT-I: INTRODUCTION TO AUTOCAD:

Basic commands, Customization, ISO and ANSI standards for coordinate dimensioning,
Annotations, layering, 2D drawings of various mechanical components, 2D drawings of various
electrical and electronic circuits. Creation of engineering models- floor plans that include:
windows, doors, and fixtures such as WC, bath, sink, shower, etc. Applying colour coding
according to building drawing practice; (Experiments should be Planned According to respective
Core Branch Applications)
UNIT-II: THEORY OF PROJECTION:

Principles of Orthographic Projections-Convention: Projections of Points, Projections of Lines
inclined to both planes, Projections of planes inclined to one Plane & Projections of planes
inclined to both Planes
UNIT III: PROJECTIONS OF REGULAR SOLIDS:

Projections of Solids –with the axis perpendicular to one of the principal planes, with the axis
Inclined to one of the principal planes, Projections of Solids –with the axis Inclined to Both the
principal planes
UNIT IV: DEVELOPMENT OF SURFACES & SECTIONAL ORTHOGRAPHIC

VIEWS
Development of surfaces of Right Regular Solids – Prism, Pyramid, Cylinder and, Cone. Draw
the sectional orthographic views of geometrical solids
UNIT V: ISOMETRIC PROJECTIONS

Conversion of isometric views to orthographic views, drawing of isometric views - simple
Solids, Conversion of orthographic views to isometric views of simple Drawings
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Engineering Drawing by N.D. Butt, Chariot Publications
2. Engineering Graphics with Autocad by Kulkarni D.M, PHI Publishers
3. Engineering Drawing + AutoCad – K Venugopal, V. Prabhu Raja, New Age
4. Engineering Drawing by Agarwal & Agarwal, Tata McGraw Hill Publishers
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Engineering Drawing by K.L.Narayana& P. Kannaiah, Scitech Publishers
2. Engineering Graphics for Degree by K.C. John, PHI Publishers
3. Engineering Graphics by PI Varghese, McGrawHill Publishers
4. AutoCAD 2018 Training Guide (English, Paperback, Sagar Linkan) ISBN: 9789386551870,
938655187X RUPAPUBLICATIONS
Websites
1.https://www.autodesk.com.au/campaigns/autocad-tutorials
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112104172
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to
CO1: Prepare erinngineeg drawings as per BIS conventions Understand level, KL2}
Produce computer generated of orthographic projections of Lines and Plane surfaces
CO2:
using CAD software {Apply level, KL3}
Use the knowledge of orthographic projections of Solids to represent engineering
CO3: information/concepts and present the same in the form of drawings
{Apply level, KL3}
Use the knowledge of sectional views and Development of Solid Surfaces in Real time
CO4:
Applications {Apply level, KL3}
Develop isometric drawings of simple objects reading the orthographic projections of
CO5:
those objects {Analyze level, KL4}
CO-PO Matrix:
CO1 2 1 1 – 3 – – – – 2 – 1
CO2 2 1 1 – 3 – – – – 2 – 1
CO3 2 2 2 – 3 – – – – 2 – 1
CO4 2 2 2 – 3 – – – – 2 – 1
CO5 2 2 2 – 3 – – – – 2 – 1
CO-PSO Matrix:
PSO1 PSO2
CO1 – 1
CO2 – 1
CO3 – 1
CO4 – 1
CO5 – 1
*****
L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB
Course Objectives:
The Applied Physics Lab is designed to:
 Understand the concepts of interference and diffraction and their applications.
 Apply the concept of LASER in the determination of wavelength.
 Recognize the importance of energy gap in the study of conductivity and Hall Effect.
 Illustrate the magnetic and dielectric materials applications.
 Apply the principles of semiconductors in various electronic devices.
Course Outcomes:
The students will be able to:
1. Operate optical instruments like microscope and spectrometer
2. Determine thickness of a paper with the concept of interference
3. Estimate the wavelength of different colours using diffraction grating and resolving power
4. Plot the intensity of the magnetic field of circular coil carrying current with distance
5. Calculate the band gap of a given semiconductor
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
(Any 10 of the following listed 15 experiments)
1. Determination of wavelength of a Source-Diffraction Grating-Normal incidence.
2. Newton‘s rings – Radius of Curvature of Plano - Convex Lens.
3. Determination of thickness of a spacer using wedge film and parallel interference fringes.
4. Magnetic field along the axis of a current carrying coil – Stewart and Gee‘s apparatus.
5. Energy Band gap of a Semiconductor p - n junction.
6. Characteristics of Thermistor – Temperature Coefficients
7. Determination of dielectric constant by charging and discharging method
8. Variation of dielectric constant with temperature
9. Study the variation of B versus H by magnetizing the magnetic material (B-H curve).
10. LASER - Determination of wavelength by plane diffraction grating
11. Verification of laws of vibrations in stretched strings – Sonometer.
12. Determine the radius of gyration using compound pendulum
13. Rigidity modulus of material by wire-dynamic method (torsional pendulum)
14. Dispersive power of diffraction grating.
15. Determination of Hall voltage and Hall coefficients of a given semiconductor using Hall Effect.
Mapping
CO1 3 2 1
CO2 3 2 1
CO3 3 2 1
CO4 3 2 1
CO5 3 2 1
*****
L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
BASIS OF ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING LAB
(Common to CE, ME and CSE, IT)
Course Objectives:
 To Verify Kirchhoff‘s laws, Voltage and Current division rules.
 To learn speed control and testing of DC Shunt Motor.
 To learn and understand the operation of induction motor.
 To learn applications of diodes and transistors.
Course Outcomes: Verify Kirchhoff‘s Laws and voltage and current division rules for DC
supply.
 Analyze the performance of AC and DC Machines by testing.
 Perform speed control of DC shunt motor.
 Perform the half wave and full wave rectifier.
List of Experiments: -
1. Verification of Kirchhoff laws.
2. Verification of Voltage division rule and current division rule.
3. Speed control of DC Shunt Motor.
4. Perform Brake test on DC Shunt Motor.
5. Conduct Swinburne‘s test on DC Shunt Motor.
6. Brake test on 3-phase Induction Motor.
7. Draw the V-I characteristics of P-N Junction Diode.
8. Draw the V-I characteristics of zener Diode.
9. Half wave rectifier and Full wave rectifier operations using diodes.
10. Draw the BJT-CB Configuration characteristics.
11. Draw the BJT-CE Configuration characteristics.
12. Draw the BJT-CC Configuration characteristics.
13. Study of circuit simulation software (any one- TINA-PRO/ PSPICE/ CIRCUIT MAKER/
GPSIM/ SAPWIN etc).
Text Books:
1. D. P. Kothari and I. J. Nagrath- ―Basic Electrical Engineering‖ - Tata McGraw Hill - 2010.
2. Electronic Devices and Circuits, R. L. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky, 9th edition, PEI/PHI
2006.
References:
1. L. S. Bobrow- ―Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering‖ - Oxford University Press - 2011.
2. E. Hughes - ―Electrical and Electronics Technology‖ - Pearson - 2010.
CO PO MAPPING:
CO1 3 2 1
CO2 3 2 1
CO3 3 1
CO4 3 2 1
*****
L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH LAB
The main objective of the course is to adopt activity-based teaching-learning methods to ensure
that learners would be engaged in use of language both in the classroom and laboratory sessions
and appear confidently for competitive examinations for career development.
The specific objectives of the course are to

1. Facilitate effective listening skills for better comprehension of academic lectures and English
spoken by native and non-native speakers
authentic materials like newspapers, magazines, periodicals, journals, etc.
3. Help improve speaking skills through participation in activities such as role plays,
discussions and structured talks/oral presentations
4. Impart effective strategies for good writing and demonstrate the same in summarizing,
writing well organized essays, record and report useful information
5. Provide knowledge of grammatical structures and vocabulary and encourage their
appropriate use in speech and writing
Course Outcomes
CO1. prioritize information from reading texts after selecting relevant and useful points and
paraphrase short academic texts using suitable strategies and conventions (L3)
CO2. make formal structured presentations on academic topics using PPT slides with relevant
graphical elements (L3)
CO3. participate in group discussions using appropriate conventions and language strategies
(L3)
CO4. prepare a CV with a cover letter to seek internship/ job (L2)
CO5. collaborate with a partner to make presentations and Project Reports (L2)
Detailed Syllabus
CALL based activity. English course books selected for classroom teaching will be used for
practice in the computer-based language labs. Watching and listening to Video clips.
Listening Activity: Selected speeches of eminent personalities, audio texts, dialogues and
discussions
Speaking: JAM, Oral Presentations, Group Discussions
Writing: Different types of reports
Project: Power point presentation of 5 min on a specific topic
Pair work, Role play, conversational practice and Individual speaking activities based on
following essays from University of Success.
1. ―How to Get Yourself Organized‖ by Michael LeBeouf
2. ―How to Turn Your Desires into Gold‖ by Napoleon Hill
3. ―How to Look Like a Winner How to Increase Your Value‖ by Og Mandino
4. ―How to Swap a Losing Strategy‖ by Auren Uris and Jack Tarrant
5. ―How to Bounce Back from Failure‖ by Og Mandino
6. ―How to Prevent Your Success from Turning into Ashes‖ by Allan Fromme
7. ―How to Have a Happy Life‖ by Louis Binstock
8. ―How to Keep the Flame of Success Shining Brightly‖ by Howard Whitman
Any ten Supplementary Language Activities from UN Global Goals document

1. ―Developing children‘s understanding of the Global Goals‖ by Carol Read
2. ―End poverty in all its forms everywhere‖ by SylwiaZabor-Zakowska
3. ―End hunger, achieve food security and improved nutrition and promote sustainable
agriculture‖ by Linda Ruas
4. ‗Ensure healthy lives and promote well-being for all at all ages‖ by Carmen Flores
5. ―Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities
for all‖ by Daniel Xerri
6. ―Achieve gender equality and empower all women and girls‖ by Jemma Prior and Tessa
Woodward
7. ―Ensure availability and sustainable management of water and sanitation for all‖ by Wei
KeongToo
8. ―Ensure access to affordable, reliable, sustainable and modern energy for all‖ by Phil Wade
9. ―Promote sustained, inclusive and sustainable economic growth, full and productive
employment and decent work for all‖ by Nik Peachey
10. ―Build resilient infrastructure, promote inclusive and sustainable industrialisation and foster
innovation‖ by MaluSciamarelli
11. ―Reduce inequality within and among countries‖ by Alan Maley
12. ―Make cities and human settlements inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainable‖ by David
Brennan
13. ―Ensure sustainable consumption and production patterns‖ by Laszlo Katona and Nora
Tartsay
14. ―Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts‖ by Maria Theologidou
15. ―Conserve and sustainably use the oceans, seas and marine resources for sustainable
development‖ by Jill Hadfield and Charlie Hadfield
16. ―Protect, restore and promote sustainable use of terrestrial ecosystems, sustainably manage
forests, combat desertification, and halt and reverse land degradation and halt biodiversity
loss‖ by ChrysaPapalazarou
17. ―Promote peaceful and inclusive societies for sustainable development, provide access to
justice for all and build effective, accountable and inclusive institutions at all levels‖ by
Rebeca
Duriga
18. ―Strengthen the means of implementation and revitalise the global partnership for
sustainable development‖ by Jennifer Verschoor and Anna Maria Menezes
19. ―Content and the Sustainable Development Goals: going beyond language learning‖ by
AdrianTennant
20. ―Using extensive reading creatively to raise awareness of issues of equality and justice‖ by
SueLeather
21. ―Storytelling for a better world‖ by David Heathfield
22. ―Using the Sustainable Development Goals in the EAP classroom‖ by Averil Bolster and
Peter Levrai
Text Books
1. Alan Maley and Nik Peachy. Integrating global issues in the creative English Classroom:
Withreference to the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals. British Council Teaching
English, 2018 (Public Domain UN Document)
2. University of Success by Og Mandino, Jaico, 2015 (Reprint).
Reference Books
1. Bailey, Stephen. Academic writing: A handbook for international students. Routledge, 2014.
2. Chase, Becky Tarver. Pathways: Listening, Speaking and Critical Thinking. Heinley ELT;
2ndEdition, 2018.
3. Skillful Level 2 Reading & Writing Student's Book Pack (B1) Macmillan Educational.
4. Hewings, Martin. Cambridge Academic English (B2). CUP, 2012.
5. Chaturvedi, P. D. and ChaturvediMukesh. The Art and Science of Business Communication:
Skills, Concepts, Cases and Applications. 4Ed. Pearson, 2017.
AICTE Recommended Books

1. Meenakshi Raman and Sangeeta Sharma. Technical Communication. Oxford University
Press,2018.
2. Pushplata and Sanjay Kumar. Communication Skills, Oxford University Press, 2018.
3. Kulbushan Kumar. Effective Communication Skills. Khanna Publishing House, Delhi
Sample Web Resources

Reading
Grammar / Listening / Writing
https://www.usingenglish.com/comprehension/
1-language.com
https://www.englishclub.com/reading/short
http://www.5minuteenglish.com/
stories.htm
https://www.englishpractice.com/
https://www.english-online.at/
Grammar/Vocabulary
Listening
English Language Learning Online
https://learningenglish.voanews.com/z/3613
http://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/
http://www.englishmedialab.com/listening.html
http://www.better-english.com/
Speaking
http://www.nonstopenglish.com/
https://www.talkenglish.com/
https://www.vocabulary.com/
BBC Learning English – Pronunciation tips
BBC Vocabulary Games
Merriam-Webster – Perfect pronunciation
Free Rice Vocabulary Game
Exercises
All Skills
https://www.englishclub.com/
http://www.world-english.org/
http://l
CO-PO MAPPING
CO1 2 3 1
CO2 2 3 1
CO3 2 3 1
CO4 2 3 1
CO5 2 3 1
*****
L T P C
3 0 0 0
CONSTITUTION OF INDIA
Course Objectives:
⮚ To Enable the student to understand the importance of constitution
⮚ To understand the structure of executive, legislature and judiciary
⮚ To understand philosophy of fundamental rights and duties
⮚ To understand the autonomous nature of constitutional bodies like Supreme Court and
high court controller and auditor general of India and election commission of India.
⮚ To understand the central and state relation financial and administrative.
UNIT-I
Introduction to Indian Constitution: Constitution‘ meaning of the term, Indian Constitution -
Sources and constitutional history, Features - Citizenship, Preamble, Fundamental Rights and
Duties, Directive Principles of State Policy.
LEARNING OUTCOMES:
After completion of this unit student will
● Understand the concept of Indian constitution
● Apply the knowledge on directive principle of state policy
● Analyze the History, features of Indian constitution
● Evaluate Preamble Fundamental Rights and Duties
UNIT-II
Union Government and its Administration Structure of the Indian Union: Federalism, Centre-
State relationship, President: Role, power and position, PM and Council of ministers, Cabinet
and Central Secretariat, Lok Sabha, Rajya Sabha, The Supreme Court and High Court: Powers
and Functions;
LEARNING OUTCOMES: - After completion of this unit student will
● Understand the structure of Indian government
● Differentiate between the state and central government
● Explain the role of President and Prime Minister
● Know the Structure of supreme court and High court
UNIT-III
State Government and its Administration Governor - Role and Position - CM and Council of
ministers, State Secretariat: Organisation, Structure and Functions
● Understand the structure of state government
● Analyze the role Governor and Chief Minister
● Explain the role of state Secretariat
● Differentiate between structure and functions of state secretariate
UNIT-IV
Local Administration - District‘s Administration Head - Role and Importance, Municipalities -
Mayor and role of Elected Representative - CEO of Municipal Corporation Panchayati:
Functions PRI: Zila Panchayat, Elected officials and their roles, CEO Zila Panchayat: Block
level Organizational Hierarchy - (Different departments), Village level - Role of Elected and
Appointed officials - Importance of grass root democracy
● Understand the local Administration
● Compare and contrast district administration role and importance
● Analyze the role of Myer and elected representatives of Municipalities
● Evaluate Zilla panchayat block level organisation
UNIT-V
Election Commission: Election Commission- Role of Chief Election Commissioner and Election
Commissionerate State Election Commission: Functions of Commissions for the welfare of
SC/ST/OBC and women
● Know the role of Election Commission apply knowledge
● Contrast and compare the role of Chief Election commissioner and Commissionerate
● Analyze role of state election commission
● Evaluate various commissions of viz SC/ST/OBC and women
REFERENCES:
1. Durga Das Basu, Introduction to the Constitution of India, Prentice – Hall of India Pvt.
Ltd.. New Delhi
2. Subash Kashyap, Indian Constitution, National Book Trust
3. J.A. Siwach, Dynamics of Indian Government & Politics
4. D.C. Gupta, Indian Government and Politics
5. H.M.Sreevai, Constitutional Law of India, 4th edition in 3 volumes (Universal Law
Publication)
6. J.C. Johari, Indian Government and Politics Hans
7. J. Raj Indian Government and Politics
8. M.V. Pylee, Indian Constitution Durga Das Basu, Human Rights in Constitutional Law,
Prentice – Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.. New Delhi
9. Noorani, A.G., (South Asia Human Rights Documentation Centre), Challenges to Civil
Right), Challenges to Civil Rights Guarantees in India, Oxford University Press 2012
E-RESOURCES:
1. nptel.ac.in/courses/109104074/8
2. nptel.ac.in/courses/109104045/
3. nptel.ac.in/courses/101104065/
4. www.hss.iitb.ac.in/en/lecture-details
5. www.iitb.ac.in/en/event/2nd-lecture-institute-lecture-series-indian-constitution
Course Outcomes: At the end of the semester/course, the student will be able to have a clear
knowledge on the following:
⮚ Understand historical background of the constitution making and its importance for
building a democratic India.
⮚ Understand the functioning of three wings of the government ie., executive, legislative
and judiciary.
⮚ Understand the value of the fundamental rights and duties for becoming good citizen of
India.
⮚ Analyze the decentralization of power between central, state and local self-government.
⮚ Apply the knowledge in strengthening of the constitutional institutions like CAG,
Election Commission and UPSC for sustaining democracy.
Course Outcomes:
CO-1 Know the sources, features and principles of Indian Constitution.
CO-2 Learn about Union Government, State government and its administration.
CO-3 Get acquainted with Local administration and Pachayati Raj.
CO-4 Be aware of basic concepts and developments of Human Rights.
CO-5 Gain knowledge on roles and functioning of Election Commission
CO-PO Matrix:
CO1 3 - 3 3 2 3 - 3 2
CO2 2 - 2 2 2 2 - 3 2
CO3 3 - 3 2 2 2 - 3 3
CO4 2 - 3 2 2 2 - 3 3
CO5 3 - 1 3 3 3 - 3 2
*****
II Year – I SEMESTER
L T P C
2 1 0 3
COMPLEX VARIABLES AND STATISTICAL METHODS
(Common to CE. EEE, ME and ECE)
Course Objectives:
The student should be able to
⮚ Familiarize the complex variables.
⮚ Familiarize the students with the foundations of probability and statistical methods
⮚ Equip the students to solve application problems in their disciplines.
Pre-Requisites:
1. Calculus
2. Partial Differentiation
3. Multiple Integration
4. Set Theory
Unit-I: FUNCTIONS OF A COMPLEX VARIABLE AND COMPLEX INTEGRATION

Functions of a complex variable: Introduction – Continuity – Differentiability – Analyticity –
Properties – Cauchy-Riemann equations in Cartesian and polar coordinates – Harmonic and
conjugate harmonic functions – Milne-Thompson method.
Complex Integration: Complex integration – Line integral – Cauchy‘s integral theorem –
Cauchy‘s integral formula (All without proofs).
Unit– II: SERIES EXPANSIONS AND RESIDUE THEOREM
Series Expansions: Radius of convergence – Expansion in Taylor‘s series, Maclaurin‘s series -
Laurent‘s series.
Residue Theorem: Types of singularities – Isolated – pole of order m – Essential – Residues –
Residue theorem (without proof)
Unit-III: PROBABILITY, DISTRIBUTIONS AND SAMPLING THEORY

Probability, Distributions: Probability-Baye‘s Theorem-Random Variables-Discrete and
Continuous Random Variables-Distribution Function-Mathematical Expectation and Variance-
Binomial, Poisson and Normal distributions.
Sampling Theory: Population and Samples-Sampling distribution of Means -Point and Interval
Estimations-Maximum error of estimate.
Unit-IV: TEST OF HYPOTHESIS
Introduction–Hypothesis-Null and Alternative Hypothesis-Type I and Type II Errors-Level of
Significance-One tail and two-tail Tests-Tests concerning one mean and two means (Large and
Small samples)-Tests on proportions.
Unit-V: CURVE FITTING AND CORRELATION

Method of least Squares-Straight Line-Parabola-Exponential-Power Curves-Correlation-
Correlation Coefficient-Rank Correlation-Regression coefficient and Properties-Regression
lines.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. ―Higher Engineering Mathematics‖, by B.S. Grewal, 44th Edition, Khanna Publishers.
2. ―Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics‖, by S. C. Gupta and V. K. Kapoor 11/e
(Reprint) 2019, Sultan Chand & Sons Publications
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Miller and Freund‘s, Probability and Statistics for Engineers, 7/e, Pearson, 2008.
2. T. K. V. Iyenger, Probability and Statistics, S. Chand & Company Ltd, 2015.
3. Jay I. Devore, Probability and Statistics for Engineering and the Sciences, 8th Edition,
Cengage.
Course Outcomes:
Apply Cauchy-Riemann equations to complex function in order to determine whether given
continuous function is analytic (L3)
Find the differentiation, integration of complex functions used in engineering problems and
make use of Cauchy residue theorem to evaluate certain integrals (L3)
Apply discrete and continuous probability distributions and Design the components of a
classical hypothesis test (L3 &L6)
Infer the statistical inferential methods based on small and large sampling tests. (L4)
Interpret the association of characteristics and through correlation and regression tools (L4)
BL – Bloom’s Taxonomy Levels
1- Remembering, 2- Understanding, 3 – Applying, 4 – Analyzing, 5 – Evaluating, 6 - Creating
Micro-Syllabus of Complex Variables and Statistical Methods
Unit-I: FUNCTIONS OF A COMPLEX VARIABLE AND COMPLEX INTEGRATION

Functions of a complex variable: Introduction – Continuity – Differentiability – Analyticity –
Properties – Cauchy-Riemann equations in Cartesian and polar coordinates – Harmonic and
conjugate harmonic functions – Milne-Thompson method.
Complex Integration: Complex integration – Line integral – Cauchy‘s integral theorem –
Cauchy‘s integral formula (All without proofs).
Cauchy-Riemann equations in cartesian
Introduction of
Cauchy-Riemann equation in Polar form
Analytic function
Verify the given function is analytic or not.
Prove that real and imaginary parts of analytic
function are harmonic.
Harmonic function
Ia. Analytic Finding conjugate harmonic function for given part
Functions of analytic function.
Newton‘s Rings (reflected geometry)
Orthogonal trajectory Experimental arrangement & conditions for
diameters
Finding analytic Using Milen-Thomson method find analytic
function function whose real or imaginary are known.
Introduction of Evaluation of Complex Integration Using line
Complex integration integral along the given curve.
Ib. Complex Verification of Cauchy‘s Integral theorem
Integration Evaluation of Complex integration using Cauchy‘s
Cauchy‘s Integration
integral theorem.
Evaluation of Complex integration using Cauchy‘s
integral formula.
Unit– II: SERIES EXPANSIONS AND RESIDUE THEOREM
Series Expansions: Radius of convergence – Expansion in Taylor‘s series, Maclaurin‘s series -
Laurent‘s series.
Residue Theorem: Types of singularities – Isolated – pole of order m – Essential – Residues –
Residue theorem (without proof)
Expand given function as Taylor‘s series about
z = a.
Taylor‘s Expansion
Expand given function as Taylor‘s series in
powers of z.
IIa. Series Expand given function as Laurent series about z
Expansion of = a.
Complex Laurent‘s Expansion
Expand given function as Laurent series in
Function powers of z.
Ruby laser
LASERS construction
Helium-Neon laser
and working
Applications of Lasers
IIb. Residue Evaluation of integration Find poles and residue at each pole of f(z)
Theorem using residue theorem Evaluate integral of f(z) using residue theorem.
Unit-III: PROBABILITY, DISTRIBUTIONS AND SAMPLING THEORY

Probability, Distributions: Probability-Baye‘s Theorem-Random Variables-Discrete and
Continuous Random Variables-Distribution Function-Mathematical Expectation and Variance-
Binomial, Poisson and Normal distributions.
Sampling Theory: Population and Samples-Sampling distribution of Means -Point and Interval
Estimations-Maximum error of estimate.
Find probability using Baye‘e theorem
Probability Write probability distribution for given random
variable. And find mean , variance and S.D. of
IIIa. Probability, random variable.
Distributions Mean and variance of Binomial, Poisson and
normal distributions.
Probability distributions Find probability of Binomial event.
Find probability of Poisson event.
Find probability of Normal event.
Write sampling distribution of sample mean. And
IIIb. Sampling
Sampling theory find mean of sampling distribution and S.D. of
Theory
sampling distribution.
Unit-IV: TEST OF HYPOTHESIS
Introduction–Hypothesis-Null and Alternative Hypothesis-Type I and Type II Errors-Level of
Significance-One tail and two-tail Tests-Tests concerning one mean and two means (Large and
Small samples)-Tests on proportions.
IVa. Test of Test significance of Test significance of single mean or proportions.
Hypothesis large samples Test significance of two means or proportions.
IVb. Test of Test significance of Test significance of single mean
Hypothesis small samples Test significance of two means
Test significance of variances
Test of goodness of fit
Test for independence of attributes.
Unit-V: CURVE FITTING AND CORRELATION

Method of least Squares-Straight Line-Parabola-Exponential-Power Curves-Correlation-
Correlation Coefficient-Rank Correlation-Regression coefficient and Properties-Regression
lines.
Fit the data in to line equation.
By least square Fit the data into a second degree polynomial or
Va. Curve Fitting approximation method parabola.
fit the data in to given Fit the data into power curve y = a xb
curve Fit the data into power curve y = a bx
Fit the data into power curve y = a ebx
Va. Correlation Find correlation coefficient
Correlation
and Regression Find Karl Pearson‘s coefficient of correlation.
Regression Find regression coefficient and lines.
Mapping
CO1 2
CO2 2
CO3 2 1
CO4 1 1
CO5 2 3
*****
L T P C
3 0 0 3
STRENGTH OF MATERIALS-I
Course Objectives:
1. To give preliminary concepts of strength of materials and principles of elasticity and
plasticity, stress strain behaviour of materials and their governing laws. The moduli of
elasticity and their relations.
2. To impart concepts of bending moment and shear force for beams with different
boundary and loading conditions and to draw the diagrams which shows variation along
the span
3. To give concepts of stresses developed in the cross section using bending and shear
stress equations.
4. To give concepts of torsion and governing torque equation, the power transmitted by
shafts and springs and designs the cross section when subjected to loading using
different theories of failures.
5. To classify cylinders based on their thickness and to derive equations for measurement
of stresses across the cross section when subjected to internal pressure.
Unit-I: SIMPLE STRESSES AND STRAINS

Elasticity and plasticity (Definitions) – Types of stresses and strains– Hooke‘s law – stress –
strain diagram for mild steel – Working stress – Factor of safety, Lateral strain, Poisson‘s ratio
and volumetric strain – Elastic moduli and the relationship between them – Bars of varying
section-simple problems – composite bars (Concept and problems) – Temperature stresses
(Concept only-no problems).
Strain energy – Resilience – Gradual, sudden, impact and shock loadings – simple applications
Unit– II: SHEAR FORCE AND BENDING MOMENT
Definition of beam – Types of beams – Concept of shear force and bending moment – S.F and
B.M diagrams for cantilever, simply supported and overhanging beams subjected to point loads
(simple problems), uniformly distributed load, uniformly varying loads and combination of these
loads– Point of contra flexure – Relation between S.F., B.M and rate of loading at a section of a
beam.
Unit-III: FLEXURAL STRESSES AND SHEAR STRESSES
Flexural Stresses: Theory of simple bending – Assumptions – Derivation of bending equation:
M/I =f/y = E/R – Neutral axis – Determination of bending stresses – Section modulus of
rectangular and circular sections (Solid and Hollow), I, T Angle and Channel sections – Design
of simple beam sections.
Shear Stresses: Derivation of formula – Shear stress distribution across various beam sections
like rectangular, circular, triangular, I, T and angle sections.
Unit-IV: TORSION OF CIRCULAR SHAFTS AND SPRINGS
Torsion of Circular Shafts: Theory of pure torsion – Derivation of Torsion equations: –
Assumptions made in the theory of pure torsion – Torsion moment of resistance – Polar section
modulus – Power transmitted by shafts (concept and problems) – Combined bending and torsion
and end thrust (Concept only-no problems).
Springs: Introduction – Types of springs – deflection of close and open coiled helical springs
under axial pull and axial couple –springs in series and parallel (concept only).
Unit-V: THIN CYLINDERS AND THICK CYLINDERS
Thin Cylinders: Thin seamless cylindrical shells –Derivation of formula for longitudinal and
circumferential stresses – hoop, longitudinal and volumetric strains – changes in diameter, and
volume of thin cylinders.
Thick Cylinders: Introduction Lame‘s theory for thick cylinders –Derivation of Lame‘s
formulae – distribution of hoop and radial stresses across thickness – design of thick cylinders –
compound cylinders.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. ―Strength of materials‖, by R. K. Bansal, Volume 1 and 2.
2. ―Strength of materials‖, by S.S. Bhavakati.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Strength of Materials by S.S. Rattan, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd.
2. Strength of materials by R.K. Rajput, S. Chand & Co, New Delhi.
3. Strength of Materials by S. Ramamrutham, Dhanpat Rai Publishing Co., (P) Ltd. New Delhi
4. Theory of Structures by S. P. Timoshenko& DH. Young.
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Analyse the stresses and strains in a member subjected to different loadings and
understand the strain energy under different load conditions. (Understanding, Analysing)
CO2: Apply different methods and analyse the various beams subjected to different loads using
shear force and bending moment diagrams (Applying, Analysing)
CO3: Evaluate flexure and shear stresses for different beam sections. (Evaluating)
CO4: analyse the shafts and springs applying principle of torsion (Applying, Analysing)
CO5: Interpret the stresses in thick and thin cylindrical shells subjected to internal pressure
(Understanding)
1- Remembering, 2- Understanding, 3 – Applying, 4 – Analysing, 5 – Evaluating, 6 - Creating
Micro-Syllabus of Strength of Materials-I
Unit-I: SIMPLE STRESSES AND STRAINS

Elasticity and plasticity (Definitions) – Types of stresses and strains– Hooke‘s law – stress –
strain diagram for mild steel – Working stress – Factor of safety, Lateral strain, Poisson‘s ratio
and volumetric strain – Elastic moduli and the relationship between them – Bars of varying
section-simple problems – composite bars (Concept and problems) – Temperature stresses
(Concept only-no problems).
Strain energy – Resilience – Gradual, sudden, impact and shock loadings – simple applications
stress – strain Elasticity and plasticity , Types of stresses and
diagram for mild strains
Ia. Elasticity and steel Hooke‘s law ,Working stress, factor of safety
plasticity Young‘s modulus
Elastic moduli Shear modulus
Bulk modulus
Relation between them
Stress- strain diagram
stress – strain diagram for mild steel
for mild steel
Bars of varying
cross-section and Concept and problems (simple)
composite bars
Temperature stresses Concept only
Resilience, Gradual,
sudden, impact and Definitions
Ib. Strain energy shock loadings –
simple applications. Derivation of gradual and sudden loading
Problems
Unit– II: SHEAR FORCE AND BENDING MOMENT
Definition of beam – Types of beams – Concept of shear force and bending moment – S.F and
B.M diagrams for cantilever, simply supported and overhanging beams subjected to point loads
(simple problems), uniformly distributed load, uniformly varying loads and combination of these
loads– Point of contra flexure – Relation between S.F., B.M and rate of loading at a section of a
beam.
Definition of beam, Types of beams
Introduction
Concept of shear force and bending moment
Point loads
Beams (simply Uniformly Distributed Load
IIa/ IIb. Shear
supported , cantilever Uniformly Varying Load
Force And
and overhanging)
Bending Moment Simple problems
Point of contra flexure
Point of contra flexure and relation between
and relation between
load , SF and BM
load , SF and BM
Unit-III: FLEXURAL STRESSES AND SHEAR STRESSES
Flexural Stresses: Theory of simple bending – Assumptions – Derivation of bending equation:
M/I =f/y = E/R – Neutral axis – Determination of bending stresses – Section modulus of
rectangular and circular sections (Solid and Hollow), I, T Angle and Channel sections – Design
of simple beam sections.
Shear Stresses: Derivation of formula – Shear stress distribution across various beam sections
like rectangular, circular, triangular, I, T and angle sections.
Theory of simple bending, assumptions
Introduction
Neutral axis
IIIa. Flexural Derivation of bending M/I =f/y = E/R

Stresses equation Determination of bending stresses
Rectangular, circular sections (Solid and
Section modulus Hollow), I,T Angle and Channel sections
Design of simple beams sections.
Introduction Derivation and assumptions
IIIb. Shear
Stresses Shear stresses Rectangular, circular, triangular, I, T and angle
distribution sections.
Unit-IV: TORSION OF CIRCULAR SHAFTS AND SPRINGS
Torsion of Circular Shafts: Theory of pure torsion – Derivation of Torsion equations: –
Assumptions made in the theory of pure torsion – Torsion moment of resistance – Polar section
modulus – Power transmitted by shafts (concept and problems) – Combined bending and torsion
and end thrust (Concept only-no problems).
Springs: Introduction – Types of springs – deflection of close and open coiled helical springs
under axial pull and axial couple –springs in series and parallel (concept only).
Theory of pure torsion, derivation and
assumptions
Introduction
Polar moment of inertia and torsion moment of
resistance
IVa. Torsion of Power transmitted by shafts (concept and
Circular Shafts problems
Power transmitted by Combined bending and torsion and end thrust
shafts (Concept only).
Introduction Types of springs

Close coiled helical spring under axial pull and
axial couple
IVb. Springs Open coiled helical spring axial pull and axial
Deflection couple
springs in series and parallel (concept only)
Unit-V: THIN CYLINDERS AND THICK CYLINDERS

Thin Cylinders: Thin seamless cylindrical shells –Derivation of formula for longitudinal and
circumferential stresses – hoop, longitudinal and volumetric strains – changes in diameter, and
volume of thin cylinders.
Thick Cylinders: Introduction Lame‘s theory for thick cylinders –Derivation of Lame‘s
formulae – distribution of hoop and radial stresses across thickness – design of thick cylinders –
compound cylinders.
Thin cylindrical shells
Introduction Derivation of longitudinal and circumferential
stresses
Va. Thin
Hoop strain
Cylinders
Longitudinal strain
Strains Volumetric strain
changes in diameter, and volume of thin
cylinders.
Introduction Lame‘s theory for thick cylinders
Vb. Thick Hoop stresses
Cylinders Derivation Radial stresses
Thick cylinders (simple problems)
Compound cylinders (simple problems)
Mapping
CO1 2 2 2
CO2 3 2 2
CO3 2 2 2 1
CO4 3 2 1 2 1
CO5 3 2 2 2 3
*****
L T P C
3 0 0 3
SURVEYING
Course Objectives:
1. To understand the concept of chain surveying, instruments for chaining and the concept
of linear measurements.
2. To Know about the compass, angles and bearings. To know the application of compass in
the field work. To know the concept of traversing.
3. To find the elevation difference between various points. To know about various methods
of levelling. To Know the uses of contour maps and locating the contours.
4. To know how to operate the theodolite. To find the horizontal & vertical angles. To
understand the concept of tachometry.
5. To calculate the areas along irregular boundaries and volume of earthwork from various
rules. To Know the elements of simple & compound curves. To understand the basic
concepts behind the EDM, Total station, GIS & GPS.
Unit-I: FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS, LINEAR MEASUREMENTS & CHAIN
SURVEYING
Introduction: Object, Primary divisions, Classification & Principles of Surveying. Scales- Plane
& Diagonal. Error due to use of wrong scale, Shrunk scale.
Chain Surveying: Instruments for chaining, Ranging out survey lines, Error due to incorrect
chain, Errors in chaining, Tape corrections. Chain triangulation, Survey stations, Survey lines,
Field book, Obstacles in chaining, Cross staff survey.
Unit– II: COMPASS SURVEYING & TRAVERSING
Compass Surveying: Introduction, Definitions, Designation of bearings, Types of compass,
temporary adjustments of compass, Included angles, Magnetic declination, Dip, Local attraction,
Errors in compass survey.
Traversing: Introduction of traversing, Methods of traversing, Closing error, Balancing a
traverse.
Unit-III: LEVELLING AND CONTOURING
Levelling: Definitions in levelling, Methods of levelling, levelling instruments, Temporary
adjustments of a level, Principles of levelling, Bookings & Reducing levels, Curvature &
Refraction, Errors in Levelling.
Contouring: Introduction of contouring, Definitions, Characteristics of contours, Methods of
locating contours, Uses of contour maps.
Unit-IV: THEODOLITE & TACHEOMETRIC SURVEYING
Theodolite: Introduction of theodolite, Definitions, Temporary adjustments, Measurement of
Horizontal angles & Vertical angles. Fundamental lines and desired relations.
Tachometric Surveying: Introduction of tachometry, Methods of tachometry- Fixed hair
method, Movable hair method & Tangential method.
Unit-V: CALCULATION OF AREA & VOLUME, CURVES, EDM, TOTAL STATION,
GIS & GPS
Calculation of Area & Volume: Computation of area from offsets area from coordinates.
Volume- Measurements from cross sections, Prismoidal formula, Trapezoidal formula. Volume
from spot levels & volume from contour plan.
Total Station: Introduction of curves & Classification. Elements of simple & compound curves.
Introduction of EDM, Total station, Remote sensing, GIS (Geographic Information System) &
GPS (Global Positioning System).
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Surveying, Vol. I & II by Dr. B. C. Punmia, Ashok K. Jain, ArunK.Jain, Laxmi Publications.
2. Surveying, Vol. I & II by S. K. Duggal, TataMc-Graw Hill.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Surveying and Levelling by N. N. Basak, Tata McGraw Hill.
2. Surveying Vol. I & II by Dr. K. R. Arora, Standard Book House.
3. Surveying and Levelling by Subramanian, Oxford University Press.
4. Textbook of Surveying by C. Venkatramaiah , University Press.
Digital Materials:
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105/107/105107122/
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105/104/105104101/
Course Outcomes:
After completing this course, Students will be able to
CO1 Understand the concept of chain surveying, instruments for chaining and the overall
concept of linear measurements. (Remembering, Understanding & Applying)
CO2 Know the uses of compass, calculate the angles from bearings. Understand the concept of
declination & Local attraction. Application of compass in the field work. Know the
Concept of traversing & its applications. (Remembering, Understanding & Applying)
CO3 Find the elevation difference between various points using a level. Understand the
concept of various methods of levelling. Know the uses of contour maps in the field and
locating the contours. (Remembering, Understanding & Applying)
CO4 Operate the theodolite & find the horizontal & vertical angles. Know the uses of
tacheometry & find the distance & elevation of different points (Remembering,
Understanding & Applying)
CO5 Calculate the areas along irregular boundaries & area from coordinates. Find the volume
of earthwork from various rules. Know the elements of simple & compound curves.
Understand the basic concepts behind the EDM, Total station, GIS & GPS.
(Remembering, Understanding & Applying)
Micro-Syllabus of Surveying
Unit-I: FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS, LINEAR MEASUREMENTS & CHAIN

SURVEYING
Introduction: Object, Primary divisions, Classification & Principles of Surveying. Scales- Plane
& Diagonal. Error due to use of wrong scale, Shrunk scale.
Chain Surveying: Instruments for chaining, Ranging out survey lines, Error due to incorrect
chain, Errors in chaining, Tape corrections. Chain triangulation, Survey stations, Survey lines,
Field book, Obstacles in chaining, Cross staff survey.
Ia/Ib. Object of surveying,
Object, Primary divisions, Classification
Fundamental Divisions: Plane & Geodetic
& Principles of Surveying
Concepts, Linear Classification of surveying
Measurements and Principles of surveying
Chain Surveying Scales- Plane scale &
Diagonal scale
Scales- Plane & Diagonal. Error due to Formula of error due to wrong
use of wrong scale, Shrunk scale scale- Short problems
Formula of Shrunkscale-
Short problems
Instruments for chaining Instruments for chaining
Direct & Indirect ranging
Ranging out survey lines
Ranging
Formula for error due to
Error due to incorrect chain incorrect chain- Short
problems
Cumulative & Compensating
Errors in chaining
errors
Absolute length, temperature,
Tape corrections pull, sag, slope corrections-
Short problems
Chain triangulation,
Chain triangulation, Survey stations, Terminology, Field book-
Survey lines, Field book Single line & Double line
field book
Obstacles to chaining,
Obstacles to Ranging,
Obstacles in chaining
Obstacles to both (Concept
only, No problems)
Concept & problems on Cross
Cross staff survey
staff survey
Unit– II: COMPASS SURVEYING & TRAVERSING
Compass Surveying: Introduction, Definitions, Designation of bearings, Types of compass,
temporary adjustments of compass, Included angles, Magnetic declination, Dip, Local attraction,
Errors in compass survey.
Traversing: Introduction of traversing, Methods of traversing, Closing error, Balancing a
traverse.
Introduction, Definitions
Designation of bearings-
Introduction, Definitions, Designation of Whole circle bearings &
bearings Quadrantal bearings,
Conversions- Fore bearing &
Back bearing, Conversions.
IIa/ IIb. Compass Prismatic compass &
Surveying & Surveyor‘s compass,
Traversing Difference between
Types of compass, temporary
Surveyor‘s & Prismatic
adjustments of compass
compass
Temporary adjustments of
Prismatic compass
Included angles, Magnetic declination, Angles from bearings,
Dip, Local attraction, Errors in compass Bearings from angles.
survey Magnetic declination,
Variations in Declinations.
Problems in Declination
Local attraction, Elimination
of local attraction, Problems
on local attraction
Errors in compass survey
Introduction, Methods of
traversing
Introduction of traversing, Methods of
Closing error concept
traversing, Closing error, Balancing a
Balancing the traverse by
traverse.
Bowditch‘s method, Transit
method & Axis method only.
Unit-III: LEVELLING AND CONTOURING
Levelling: Definitions in levelling, Methods of levelling, levelling instruments, Temporary
adjustments of a level, Principles of levelling, Bookings & Reducing levels, Curvature &
Refraction, Errors in Levelling.
Contouring: Introduction of contouring, Definitions, Characteristics of contours, Methods of
Definitions in levelling
Methods of levelling
Definitions in levelling, Methods of
Levelling instruments- Level
levelling, Levelling instruments,
& Staff only
Temporary adjustments of a level
Temporary adjustments of a
level
Steps in levelling, Differential
levelling
Bookings & Reducing levels-
IIIa/IIIb. Levelling Principles of leveling, Bookings & H.I Method & Rise and fall
and Contouring Reducing levels, Curvature & method. Problems on both
Refraction, Errors in Levelling. methods
Correction for Curvature &
Refraction
Errors in levelling
Introduction of contouring
Introduction of contouring, Definitions, Characteristics of contours
Characteristics of contours, Methods of Methods of locating contours
Uses of contour maps.
Unit-IV: THEODOLITE AND TACHEOMETRIC SURVEYING
Theodolite: Introduction of theodolite, Definitions, Temporary adjustments, Measurement of
Horizontal angles & Vertical angles. Fundamental lines and desired relations.
Tachometric Surveying: Introduction of tachometry, Methods of tachometry- Fixed hair
method, Movable hair method & Tangential method.
Iva/ IVb. Introduction of theodolite, Definitions, Introduction of theodolite,
Theodolite And Temporary adjustments, Measurement Definitions
Tacheometric of Horizontal angles & Vertical angles. Temporary adjustments,
Surveying Fundamental lines and desired relations. Measurement of Horizontal
angles by Repitition method &
Reiteration methods
Vertical angle by general
method
Fundamental lines and desired
relations, Errors in theodolite
survey
Introduction of tacheometry
Methods of tacheometry-
Fixed hair method, Movable
Introduction of tacheometry, Methods of hair method & Tangential
tacheometry- Fixed hair method, method
Movable hair method & Tangential Principle of stadia method,
method. Distance & Elevation
formulae for staff vertical
condition. Problems
Tangential method, Problems
Unit-V: CALCULATION OF AREA & VOLUME, CURVES, EDM, TOTAL STATION,
GIS & GPS
Calculation of Area & Volume: Computation of area from offsets area from coordinates.
Volume- Measurements from cross sections, Prismoidal formula, Trapezoidal formula. Volume
from spot levels & volume from contour plan.
Total Station: Introduction of curves & Classification. Elements of simple & compound curves.
Introduction of EDM, Total station, Remote sensing, GIS (Geographic Information System) &
GPS (Global Positioning System).
Computation of area from
offsets- Mid ordinate, Average
ordinate, Trapezoidal &
Computation of area from offsets area Simpson‘s rule
from coordinates. Volume- Area by co-ordinates
Measurements from cross sections, Volume- Measurements from
Prismoidal formula, Trapezoidal cross sections- Level section
formula. Volume from spot levels & only
volume from contour plan. Volume by Trapezoidal &
Prismoidal rules only
Va/ Vb. Volume from spot levels &
Calculation of volume from contour plan.
Area & Volume,
Introduction of curves &
Curves, Edm,
Introduction of curves & Classification. Classification
Total Station, GIS
Elements of simple & compound curves. Elements of simple curve
& GPS
Elements of compound curve
Introduction of EDM, Total
station
Introduction of Remote
Introduction of EDM, Total station,
sensing
Remote sensing, GIS (Geographic
Introduction of GIS
Information System) & GPS (Global
(Geographic Information
Positioning System).
System)
Introduction of GPS (Global
Positioning System)
Mapping
CO1 2 2 2
CO2 3 2 2
CO3 2 2 2 1
CO4 3 2 1 2 1
CO5 3 2 2 2 3
*****
L T P C
3 0 0 3
FLUID MECHANICS
Course Objectives:
1. Understand the properties of fluid and their behaviour at various conditions.
2. Understand the various forces acting on hydraulic structures and flow properties.
3. Understand the concept of conservation of mass and its application.
4. Understand the concept of energy and momentum conservation and their applications.
5. Study behaviour of fluid at various fluid properties and characteristics
6. Study the energy losses in pipe flow and measurement of flow in pipes.
Unit-I: FLUID PROPERTIES

Physical properties of fluids – specific weight, specific gravity, viscosity, surface tension, vapor
pressure and their influences on fluid motion, pressure at a point, classification of fluids,
Pascal‘s law and its practical significance, Hydrostatic law of pressure distribution -
atmospheric, absolute, gauge and vacuum pressures - measurement of pressure. Pressure gauges,
Manometers – Piezometer, Differential U – tube Manometer and inverted U-tube manometer.
Digital Manometers; Application of fluid properties in day to day life.
Unit– II: HYDRO STATICS AND FLUID KINEMATICS
Hydro Statics: Hydrostatic forces on submerged plane, Horizontal, Vertical, inclined and
curved surfaces – Centre of pressure.
Fluid Kinematics: Description of fluid flow, Stream line, path line and streak line and stream
tube. Classification of flows: Steady, unsteady, uniform, non-uniform, laminar, turbulent,
rotational and ir-rotational flows – Equation of continuity for one, two, three dimensional flows
– stream function and velocity potential function. Application of hydrostatic in regulation of
flow in canals.
Unit-III: FLUID DYNAMICS
Surface and body forces – Euler‘s and Bernoulli‘s equations for flow along a stream line from
the fundamentals and from Euler‘s equation – its limitations and applications. Momentum
equation and its application – hydraulic analysis of the pipe bend. Application of energy
equations in the field.
Unit-IV: MEASUREMENT OF FLOW
Classification of orifices, small orifice and large orifice. Difference between mouthpiece and
orifice. Pitot tube, Venturimeter and Orifice meter - flow over rectangular, triangular, trapezoidal
and Stepped notches - –Broad crested weirs. Digital flow measuring devices.
Unit-V: LAMINAR FLOW AND TURBULENT FLOWS
Reynold‘s experiment – its practical significance. Characteristics of Laminar & Turbulent flows,
Laws of Fluid friction, Hagen-Poiseulle Formula, Flow between parallel plates, Flow through
long tubes, hydrodynamically smooth and rough flows. Darcy-Weisbach equation, Minor losses
– pipes in series – pipes in parallel – Total energy line and hydraulic gradient line, variation of
friction factor with Reynold‘s number – Moody‘s Chart, Hazen-Williams formula. Conducting
field survey for new advanced pipes and their losses (Case Base learning).
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Fluid Mechanics, P. N. Modi and S. M. Seth, Standard book house, New Delhi
2. A text of Fluid mechanics and hydraulic machines, R. K. Bansal – Laxmi Publications (P)
ltd., New Delhi Digital Design by Mano, PHI
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Mechanics of Fluids, Merle C. Potter, David C. Wiggert and Bassem H. Ramadan,
CENGAGE Learning
2. Fluid Mechanics and Machinery, C.S.P. Ojha, R. Berndtsson and P.N. Chandramouli, Oxford
Higher Education
Course Outcomes:
CO1 Explain the influence of the fluid properties in static condition and motion. (Understand)
CO2 State and explain hydrostatic forces on submersible hydraulic structures. (Apply)
CO3 Estimate various properties and characteristics in a pipe flow using continuity,
momentum and energy equations. (Apply)
CO4 Analyze the behavior of fluids using mathematical equations in Laminar and Turbulent
conditions. ( Analyze)
CO5 Apply various devices to measure the flow in pipes and tanks. (Apply)
Micro-Syllabus of Fluid Mechanics
Unit-I: FLUID PROPERTIES

Physical properties of fluids – specific weight, specific gravity, viscosity, surface tension, vapor
pressure and their influences on fluid motion, pressure at a point, classification of fluids,
Pascal‘s law and its practical significance, Hydrostatic law of pressure distribution -
atmospheric, absolute, gauge and vacuum pressures - measurement of pressure. Pressure gauges,
Manometers – Piezometer, Differential U – tube Manometer and inverted U-tube manometer.
Digital Manometers; Application of fluid properties in day to day life.
specific weight of fluids
specific gravity of fluids
viscosity of fluids
Physical properties surface tension of fluids
vapour pressure of fluids
simple problems on relationship among the
properties of fluids
Ia/Ib. Fluid Pascal‘s law
Pascal‘s law
Properties its practical significance
Hydrostatic law of pressure distribution
Hydrostatic law of
problems on Hydrostatic law of pressure
pressure distribution
distribution
Pressure gauges
Measurement of Manometers
pressure Piezometer
Differential U – tube Manometer
inverted U-tube manometer
simple problems on U – tube differential
manometer.
Unit– II: HYDRO STATICS AND FLUID KINEMATICS

Hydro Statics: Hydrostatic forces on submerged plane, Horizontal, Vertical, inclined and
curved surfaces – Centre of pressure.
Fluid Kinematics: Description of fluid flow, Stream line, path line and streak line and stream
tube. Classification of flows: Steady, unsteady, uniform, non-uniform, laminar, turbulent,
rotational and ir-rotational flows – Equation of continuity for one, two, three dimensional flows
– stream function and velocity potential function. Application of hydrostatic in regulation of
flow in canals.
Horizontal surfaces
Hydrostatic forces on submerged Vertical surfaces
plane Inclined surfaces
curved surfaces
problems on vertical place
surfaces
Center of pressure
problems on inclined place
surfaces
IIa/ IIb. Hydro Stream line Definitions and properties
Statics and Fluid path line Definitions and properties
Kinematics stream tube Definitions and properties
Classification of flows
Classification of flows
practical examples
continuity equation for three Derivation
dimensional flows simple problems
Stream function
Stream function
properties
Velocity potential function
Velocity potential function
properties
Unit-III: FLUID DYNAMICS
Surface and body forces – Euler‘s and Bernoulli‘s equations for flow along a stream line from
the fundamentals and from Euler‘s equation – its limitations and applications. Momentum
equation and its application – hydraulic analysis of the pipe bend. Application of energy
equations in the field.
Derivation
Euler‘s Equation
Bernoulli‘s equation along a stream Derivation
IIIa/IIIb. Fluid
line applications
Dynamics
simple problems.
Momentum equation
Momentum equation
application
Hydraulic analysis of pipe bend simple problems on pipe bend
Unit-IV: MEASUREMENT OF FLOW
Classification of orifices, small orifice and large orifice. Difference between mouthpiece and
orifice. Pitot tube, Venturimeter and Orifice meter - flow over rectangular, triangular, trapezoidal
and Stepped notches - –Broad crested weirs. Digital flow measuring devices.
Derivation using the small
orifice
flow measurement Derivation using the large
orifice
numerical problems.
Derivation using Pitot tube
velocity of flow
numerical problems
Derivation using Venturi meter
Derivation using Orifice meter
Derivation using rectangular
notches
flow measurement Derivation using broad crested
IVa/ IVb. weirs
Measurement of numerical problems
Flow error estimation in measured
discharge
Derivation using triangular
notches
error estimation in measured
discharge.
Derivation using trapezoidal
notches
discharge measurement
discharge.
Derivation using stepped
notches
discharge.
long tubes, hydro dynamically smooth and rough flows. Darcy-Weisbach equation, Minor
losses – pipes in series – pipes in parallel – Total energy line and hydraulic gradient line,
variation of friction factor with Reynold‘s number – Moody‘s Chart, Hazen-Williams formula.
Conducting field survey for new advanced pipes and their losses (Case Base learning).
Reynold‘s experiment
Reynold‘s experiment
practical significance
Difference between laminar and
Va/Vb. Laminar laminar and turbulent flow
turbulent flow
Flow and
Derivation
Turbulent Flow Hagen-Poiseulle Formula
simple numerical problems
Flow between parallel plates
Flow between parallel plates
simple numerical problems
Derivation
Darcy-Weisbach equation
Numerical problems
minor losses Various types of minor losses
Pipes in series Numerical Problems
pipes in parallel Numerical Problems
energy line Total energy line
gradient line hydraulic gradient line
variation of friction factor with
friction factor
Reynold‘s number
Moody‘s Chart Theory only
Hazen-Williams formula Theory only
Mapping
CO1 3 1
CO2 2 3
CO3 2 3
CO4 2 3
CO5 3 1 2
*****
L T P C
2 0 0 2
BUILDING MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
Course Objectives:
1. Identify various building materials and their structural requirements.
2. Review different types of masonry construction.
3. Explain the significance of cement and lime in construction.
4. Identify the suitable material for construction and various building components.
5. Discuss about various building services and finishing.
Unit-I: BUILDING MATERIALS-I

Stones: Properties of building stones – relation to their structural requirements, classification of
stones – stone quarrying – precautions in blasting, dressing of stone
Aggregates: Classification of aggregate – Coarse and fine aggregates
Bricks: Composition of good brick earth, various methods of manufacturing of bricks.
Unit– II: BUILDING MATERIALS-II
Tiles: Characteristics of good tile - manufacturing methods, types of tiles.
Steel: General; Manufacture of steel; Uses of steel; Market forms of steel.
Glass: Manufacture of glass
Wood: Structure – Properties- Seasoning of timber- Classification of various types of woods
used in buildings- Defects in timber.
Unit-III: BUILDING MATERIALS-III
Lime: Various ingredients of lime – Constituents of lime stone – classification of lime – various
methods of manufacture of lime.
Cement: Portland cement- Chemical Composition – Hydration, setting and fineness of cement.
Various types of cement and their properties. Various field and laboratory tests for Cement.
Various ingredients of cement concrete and their importance
Unit-IV: BUILDING COMPONENTS AND MASONRY
Building Components: Lintels, arches, stair cases – types. Different types of floors – Concrete,
Mosaic, Terrazzo floors, Pitched, Types of roofs – King and Queen post Trusses. R.C.C Roofs,
Pre-fabricated roofs.
Masonry: Types of masonry, English and Flemish bonds, Rubble and Ashlar Masonry. Cavity
and partition walls.
Unit-V: BUILDING SERVICES AND FINISHES
Building Services: Plumbing services, water distribution, sanitary lines and fittings, ventilators,
functional requirements.
Finishing: Damp Proofing and water proofing materials and uses – Plastering Pointing, white
washing and distempering. Paints: Constituents of a paint – Types of paints – Painting of
new/old wood- Varnish.
Formwork, Scaffolding
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Engineering Materials by S.C.Rangwala
2. Building Materials, B. C. Punmia, Laxmi Publications private ltd.
3. Building Construction, B.C. Punmia, Laxmi Publications (p) ltd.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. S.K. Duggal ―Building Materials‖- New age International Publisher,
2. R.K. Rajput ―Engineering Materials (Including construction materials)‖-, S.Chand
Publications.
3. P.C Varghese ―Building Construction‖ Prentice-Hall of India Private Ltd.
Course Outcomes:
Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1: Identify suitability of stones, bricks, tiles, glass and steel as building materials.
{Understand level, KL2}
CO2: Make out the appropriate masonry to be used for building construction and importance of
wood {Apply level, KL3}
CO3: Recognize the importance of lime and cement as building materials. {Understand level,
KL2}
CO4: Pick up the appropriate building components for comfortable construction. {Apply level,
KL3}
CO5: Identify the appropriate type of finishing techniques and building services which are
generally used in buildings. {Understand level, KL2}
Micro-Syllabus of Building Materials and Construction
Unit-I: BUILDING MATERIALS-I

Stones: Properties of building stones – relation to their structural requirements, classification of
stones – stone quarrying – precautions in blasting, dressing of stone
Aggregates: Classification of aggregate – Coarse and fine aggregates
Bricks: Composition of good brick earth, various methods of manufacturing of bricks.
Properties of building stones
Classification of Stone- Physical, Chemical and
Geological
Stones
Stone Quarrying
Precaution in Blasting
Dressing of Stone
Ia/Ib. Building Aggregates definition
Materials-I Aggregates Classifications of Aggregates based on size,
Geological origin, Shape
Composition of Goof Brick Earth
Harmful Ingredients in Brick Earth
Bricks Comparison between brickwork and stonework
Manufacturing of Bricks
Tempering of Clay- Pug Mill
Burning- Clamps
Burning- Intermittent and Continuous Kilns
Qualities of good Brick
Unit– II: BUILDING MATERIALS-II

Tiles: Characteristics of good tile - manufacturing methods, types of tiles.
Steel: General; Manufacture of steel; Uses of steel; Market forms of steel.
Glass: Manufacture of glass
Wood: Structure – Properties- Seasoning of timber- Classification of various types of woods
used in buildings- Defects in timber.
Types of Tiles- Common Tiles, Encaustic tiles
Manufacturing of Common and Encaustic Tiles
Tiles Characteristic of Good Tile
Types of Common Tiles- Drain Tiles, Roof Tiles,
Floor or paving Tiles
Steel- Introduction
Manufacturing of Steel
Bessemer‘s Process
Cementation Process
Crucible steel process
Steel Duplex Process
Eletyric Process
L.D. Process
Open-Hearth process
Uses of Steel
Market forms of Steel
IIa/ IIb. Building Introduction to Glass
Materials-II Classification of Glass based on chemical
Glass composition
Types of Glass properties and their uses
Manufacturing of Glass
Classification of Trees
Structure of Tree- Macro and Micro Structure
Processing of Timber
Seasoning of Timber
Different of methods of Seasoning
Conversion of Timber
Preservation of Timber
Wood
Defects in Timber
Industrial Timber- Vbeneers, Plywood,
Fiberboard, Impreg timber, compreg Timber,
Hard Board, GUlam, Chip Board, Block Board,
Flush Door Shutters
List of Indian Timber Trees used for Engineering
purposes
Unit-III: BUILDING MATERIALS-III
Lime: Various ingredients of lime – Constituents of lime stone – classification of lime – various
methods of manufacture of lime.
Cement: Portland cement- Chemical Composition – Hydration, setting and fineness of cement.
Various types of cement and their properties. Various field and laboratory tests for Cement.
Various ingredients of cement concrete and their importance
Classification of Binding Materials
Sources of Lime
Constituent of Limestone
Classification of Lime- Fat Lime, Hydraulic
Lime, Poor Lime
I.S Classification of Lime
Lime Comparison between fat lime and Hydraulic
Lime
Manufacturing of Fat Lime
Manufacturing of Natural Hydraulic Lime
Manufacturing of Artificial Hydraulic Lime
IIIa/IIIb. Building
Uses of Lime
Materials-III
Precaution while handling Lime
Characteristics of Cement
Properties of Cement
Composition of Ordinary Cement
Function of Cement Ingredients
Harmful Constituents of cement
Cement
Setting action of Cement
Field Test for cement
Laboratory Test for Cement
Uses of Cement
Varieties of Cement
Unit-IV: BUILDING COMPONENTS AND MASONRY
Building Components: Lintels, arches, stair cases – types. Different types of floors – Concrete,
Mosaic, Terrazzo floors, Pitched, Types of roofs – King and Queen post Trusses. R.C.C Roofs,
Pre-fabricated roofs.
Masonry: Types of masonry, English and Flemish bonds, Rubble and Ashlar Masonry. Cavity
and partition walls.
Lintels
Definition
Classification of Arches
IVa/ IVb. Building Arches
Components and Building Definition
Masonry Components Components of Arches
Stair Case
Definition, terminology
Classification of Stairs
Floor
Different Types of Floors
Cement Concrete Flooring
Mosaic Flooring
Terrazzo Flooring
Roof
Types of Roofs
King-Post Truss
Queen Post Truss
Madras- Terrace roofing
Pre-fabricated roof
Advantage of Masonry
Terminology
Types of bonds
Classification of Stone Masonry
Masonry Rubble Masonry
Ashlar Masonry
Cavity Walls
Partition Walls
Types of Partition walls
long tubes, hydro dynamically smooth and rough flows. Darcy-Weisbach equation, Minor
losses – pipes in series – pipes in parallel – Total energy line and hydraulic gradient line,
variation of friction factor with Reynold‘s number – Moody‘s Chart, Hazen-Williams formula.
Conducting field survey for new advanced pipes and their losses (Case Base learning).
Plumbing Services
Water distribution
Building Services Sanitary Line
Sanitary Fittings
Ventilator and its requirements
Damp Proofing
Types of Damp proofing
Materials used for Damp Proofing
Water Proofing
Types of Water proofing
Va/Vb. Laminar Materials used for Water Proofing
Flow and Plastering
Turbulent Flow Types of Plastering
Finishing
Pointing
Paint
Constituents of paint
Types of paint
Painting of various Surfaces
Varnish
Types of varnishes
White washing and Colour Washing
Scaffolding and Scaffolding
formwork Components
Types of Scaffolding
Form Work
Classification of formwork
Mapping
CO1 1 2 1 2 1
CO2 1 2 2 2
CO3 1 2 3
CO4 1 3
CO5 1 3
*****
L T P C
3 0 0 3
SCIENTIFIC COMPUTING USING PYTHON
Pre-Requisites: Engineering Mathematics

Course objectives:
1. To understand basic operations in Python
2. To apply use if-else statements and switch-case statements to write programs in Python
to tackle any decision-making scenario
3. To Perform, Store and retrieve information using Data structures
4. To Understand Use of python libraries for problem solving
5. To Create graphical form representation for computed data.
Unit-I: INTRODUCTION AND DATA TYPES
Introduction: History of Python, Need of Python Programming, Applications of python,
Running Python Scripts, Variables, Assignment, Keywords and Identifiers, Input-Output,
Indentation.
Data Types: Integers, Floats, Complex Numbers, Strings, Booleans; Type Conversion.
Unit– II: OPERATORS AND CONTROL FLOW
Operators: Arithmetic Operators, Comparison (Relational) Operators, Assignment Operators,
Logical Operators, Bitwise Operators, Membership Operators, Identity Operators, Expressions
and order of evaluations
Control Flow: Boolean Expression, if, if-else, for, while, break, continue, pass.
Unit-III: DATA STRUCTURES AND FUNCTIONS
Data Structures: Lists - Operations, Slicing, Methods; Tuples, Sets, Dictionaries, Sequences
and Comprehensions.
Functions: Defining Functions, Calling Functions, Passing Arguments, Keyword Arguments,
Default Arguments, Variable-length arguments, Recursive and Anonymous Functions, Fruitful
Functions (Function Returning Values), Scope of the Variables in a Function - Global and Local
Variables.
Unit-IV: MODULES, PYTHON PACKAGES, LIBRARIES
Modules: Creating modules, import statement, from.
Math Module: Constants, Power and logarithmic functions, Trigonometric functions, Angular
conversion, Hyperbolic functions.
Python package: Introduction to PIP, Installing Packages via PIP, Using Python Packages.
Popular libraries: Introduction and applications of popular libraries: Scipy, Numpy, Sympy,
Matplotlib, and Pandas
Numpy Library: Numpy import, Basic functions, Matrices Addition, Subtraction,
Multiplication, Transpose, Inverse, Eigen values and Eigenvectors using Numpy.
Unit-V: DATA VISUALIZATION
Matplotlib: Loading the library and importing the data, How Mat plot lib works, different types
of plots: line plots, Scatter plots, Bar plots, contour plot modifying the appearance of a plot,
plotting multiple plots, Modifying the tick marks, axes labelling.
Scipy: Interpolation and Numerical Integrations Using Scipy
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Python for civil and structural engineers by Vittorio Lora.
2. Scientific Computing In Python By Abhijit Kar Gupta. TECHNO WORLD PUB
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Python Programming: A Modern Approach, Vamsi Kurama, Pearson
2. Numerical Python: Scientific Computing and Data Science Applications by Robert Johansson.
3. Let Us Python by Yashavant Kanetka
Course Outcomes:
Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1: Understand basic operations in Python {Understand level, KL2}
CO2: Apply use if-else statements and switch-case statements to write programs in Python to
tackle any decision-making scenario {Apply, KL3}
CO3: Perform, Store and retrieve information using Data structures {analyse, KL4}
CO4: Understand Use of python libraries for problem solving. {Understand level, KL2}
CO5: Create graphical form representation for computed data. {Create, KL6}
Micro-Syllabus of Scientific Computing Using Python
Unit-I: INTRODUCTION AND DATA TYPES
Introduction: History of Python, Need of Python Programming, Applications of python,
Running Python Scripts, Variables, Assignment, Keywords and Identifiers, Input-Output,
Indentation.
Data Types: Integers, Floats, Complex Numbers, Strings, Booleans; Type Conversion.
History of Python
Need of Python Programming
Introduction
Applications of python
Running Python Scripts using Jupyter Notebook
Ia. Introduction to and Spyder.
Python Variables
Assignment, list of Keywords and Identifiers,
Variables and literals
Naming rules
Input-Output (print, input),
Indentation.
Integers, Floats, Complex Numbers, Strings,
Booleans
Ib. Data Types python data types
Finding of variable type
Type Conversion
Unit– II: OPERATORS AND CONTROL FLOW
Operators: Arithmetic Operators, Comparison (Relational) Operators, Assignment Operators,
Logical Operators, Bitwise Operators, Membership Operators, Identity Operators, Expressions
and order of evaluations
Control Flow: Boolean Expression, if, if-else, for, while, break, continue, pass.
Arithmetic Operators
Comparison (Relational) Operators
Operators Assignment Operators
IIa. Operator Logical Operators
Membership Operators
Identity Operators
Expressions and order of evaluations.
if, if-elif-else,
For,
While,
IIb. Control Flow Control Flow
Break,
Continue,
Pass
Unit-III: DATA STRUCTURES AND FUNCTIONS
Data Structures: Lists - Operations, Slicing, Methods; Tuples, Sets, Dictionaries, Sequences
and Comprehensions.
Functions: Defining Functions, Calling Functions, Passing Arguments, Keyword Arguments,
Default Arguments, Variable-length arguments, Recursive and Anonymous Functions, Fruitful
Functions (Function Returning Values), Scope of the Variables in a Function - Global and Local
Variables.
Lists - Operations, Slicing,
tuples
IIIa. Data
Data Structures sets
Structures
Dictionaries
Sequences and list comprehensions
Defining Functions, Calling Functions, Passing
Arguments
Keyword Arguments, Default Arguments,
arbitrary arguments
IIIb. Functions Functions
Recursive and Anonymous Functions
Fruitful Functions (Function Returning Values),
Scope of the Variables in a Function - Global and
Local Variables.
Unit-IV: MODULES, PYTHON PACKAGES, LIBRARIES
Modules: Creating modules, import statement, from.
Math Module: Constants, Power and logarithmic functions, Trigonometric functions, Angular
Python package: Introduction to PIP, Installing Packages via PIP, Using Python Packages.
Popular libraries: Introduction and applications of popular libraries: Scipy, Numpy, Sympy,
Matplotlib, and Pandas
Numpy Library: Numpy import, Basic functions, Matrices Addition, Subtraction,
Multiplication, Transpose, Inverse, Eigen values and Eigenvectors using Numpy.
IVa/ IVb. Creating modules, import statement, from
Modules
Modulues, Python, Math Module: Constants, Power and logarithmic
Packages, Libraries functions, Trigonometric functions, Angular
Introduction to PIP, Installing Packages via PIP,

Python package Using Python Packages.
Introduction and applications of popular libraries:

Popular libraries Scipy, Numpy, Sympy, Matplotlib, and Pandas
Numpy import, Basic functions,

Matrices Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication,
Numpy Library
Transpose, Inverse
, Eigen values and Eigenvectors using Numpy
Unit-V: DATA VISUALIZATION
Matplotlib: Loading the library and importing the data, How Mat plot lib works, different types
of plots: line plots, Scatter plots, Bar plots, contour plot modifying the appearance of a plot,
plotting multiple plots, Modifying the tick marks, axes labelling.
Scipy: Interpolation and Numerical Integrations Using Scipy
Loading the library and importing the data, How
Mat plot lib works
different types of plots: line plots, Scatter plots,
Matplotlib Bar plots, contour plot modifying the appearance
Va/Vb. Data of a plot, plotting multiple plots, Modifying the
Visualization tick marks, axes labeling.
Interpolation and Numerical Integrations Using

Scipy
Scipy
Mapping
CO1 3 3 3 2 1 1
CO2 3 3 3 3 1
CO3 2 3 2
CO4 2 3 1 1 3 1 2
CO5 3 3 2 1 2 2 1
*****
L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
SURVEYING FIELD WORK
Course Objectives:
To know about various surveying instruments & their applications in the field.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course the students can able to
CO1: Do plane surveying with chain, compass & plane table.
CO2: Do levelling & contouring.
CO3: Operate the theodolite & tachometer in the field applications.
CO4: Setting out simple curve.
CO5: Operate the Total station in the field applications.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Survey of an area by Chain surveying using chain & cross staff.
2. Chaining across obstacles.
3. Determination of distance between two inaccessible points using prismatic compass.
4. Radiation & intersection methods by Plane table.
5. Differential levelling using auto level.
6. Contouring by Indirect method
7. Measurement of horizontal & vertical angles using theodolite.
8. Trigonometric levelling: Base is accessible & inaccessible conditions.
9. Determination of Tachometric constants- Field procedure.
10. Determination of elevation & horizontal distance of a point using tachometer.
11. Setting out simple curve.
12. Temporary adjustments of Total station.
13. Measurement of horizontal, vertical angles & REM using Total station.
14. Area measurement using Total station
15. Stakeout using Total station.
Mapping
CO1 3 2 2
CO2 3 2 2
CO3 3 2 2
CO4 3 2 2
CO5 3 2 2
PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 2
CO2 2 2
CO3 2 2
CO4 2 2
CO5 2 2
*****
L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
STRENGTH OF MATERIALS LABORATORY
Course Objectives:
The course aims for providing hands on practice on material behaviour subjected to tensile,
compressive, torsion and shear loadings. The course also deals with material hardness and
impact resistance.
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Perform necessary experiments to determine the mechanical properties of materials under
different loading conditions
CO2: Analyze the experimental results for assessment of the strength of the given material
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Study of stress-strain characteristics of Mild steel/HYSD bars by UTM.
2. Determination of modulus of elasticity of the material of the beam by conducting bending test on
simply supported beam.
Cantilever beam.
4. Verification of Maxwell‘s Reciprocal theorem on beams.
simply supported beam with one end overhang.
6. Determination of modulus of rigidity by conducting torsion test on solid circular shaft.
7. Determination of hardness of the given material by Brinnel‘s/Vicker‘s/ test
8. Determination of hardness of the given material by Rockwell hardness test.
9. Determination of impact strength of the given material by conducting Charpy/Izod test
10. Determination of ultimate shear strength of steel by conducting direct shear test.
11. Determination of modulus of rigidity of the material of closely coiled helical spring.
12. Determination of compressive strength of wood/ concrete cube/ brick/ with grain parallel /
perpendicular to loading.
Mapping
CO1 3 2
CO2 3 2
PSO1 PSO2
CO1 1 2
CO2 1 2
*****
L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
SCIENTIFIC COMPUTING PYTHON LAB
Course Objectives:
1. To understand basic operations in Python
2. To apply use if-else statements and switch-case statements to write programs in Python
to tackle any decision-making scenario.
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Perform necessary experiments to det Understand basic oprations in Python.
CO2: Apply use if-else statements and switch-case statements to write programs in Python to tackle any
decision-making scenario.
CO3: Perform, Store and retrieve information using Data structures.
CO4: Understand Use of python libraries for problem solving.
CO5: Create graphical form representation for computed data.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Section 1
Exercise 1 – Input and Output
a) Write a Python program which accepts the user's first and last name and print them in reverse
order with a space between them.
b) Write a Program which takes input for a variable and returns its type.
c) Write a Python program to get the Python version you are using.
Exercise 2 - Operations
a) Write a Python program that will accept the base and height of a triangle and compute the area.
b) Write a program to compute distance between two points coordinates taking (x1, y1) and (x2, y2)
input from the user (Pythagorean Theorem)
c) Write a program to convert length in m to Ft-in
Section 2
Exercise - 3 Control Flow: If-Else
a) Write a Program for checking whether the given number is an Even or Odd.
b) Write a program to convert angles bearings) in Whole circle bearing (WCB) system to Reduced
Bearing (RB) system.
c) Write a Python program to convert temperatures to and from Celsius, Fahrenheit. Or vice versa.
Exercise 4 - Control Flow – For, while
a) Python Program to Find the Sum of first N Natural Numbers
b) Python Program to Display the multiplication Table
c) Write a program using a while loop that asks the user for a number, and prints a countdown from
that number to zero.
Section 3
Exercise - 5 - DS
a) write a Program to Illustrate Different List Operations
b) Find mean and standard deviation for the given set of numbers in a list.
c) write a Program to Illustrate Different Tuples Operations
Exercise - 6 DS - Continued
a) Python Program to Illustrate Different Set Operations
b) Python Program to Illustrate Different Dictionaries Operations
Exercise - 7 Functions
a) Python Program to Make a Simple Calculator using functions
b) Write a function to compute and return area of triangle with user give three sides.
c) Write a program to find the sum of natural using recursive function
Section 4
Exercise - 8 - Modules
a) Define all functions used in Exercise 7 create as module and save it as ―functions.py‖.
b) Execute all the operations performed in Exercise 7 by importing above module ―functions.py‖
without defining any function.
c) Install any package using (pip) and list all the available functions using dir() function.
Exercise 9 - Math Module
a) write a Program to Illustrate Different Constants, Power and logarithmic, Angular conversion
functions in math module
b) write a Program to Illustrate Different Trigonometric and Hyperbolic functions in math module
Exercise 10 - Numpy
a) Write a program that defines a matrix and prints using Numpy.
b) Write a program to perform Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication of two square matrices of same
size using Numpy.
c) Write a program to perform Transpose, Inverse, Eigen values and Eigenvectors of a 5x5 matrix
using Numpy.
Section 5
Exercise 11 – Matplotlib
a) Write a Program to Draw bending moment and shear force diagram of a cantilever with point load
at end.
b) Write a Program to Draw bending moment and shear force diagram of a simply supported beam
with UDL.
Exercise 12 - Scipy
a) Write a program to find numerical integration of a given equation and range [a,b] using Scipy.
b) Write a program to perform 1D linear interpolation between two numbers using Scipy.
Mapping
CO1 3 3 3 2 1 1
CO2 3 3 3 3 1
CO3 2 3 2
CO4 2 3 1 1 3 1 2
CO5 3 3 2 1 2 2 1
PSO1 PSO2 PSO3

CO1 3 3 1
CO2 3 3 1
CO3 2 3
CO4 2 3
CO5 3 3 1
*****
L T P C
2 0 0 0
ESSENCE OF INDIAN TRADITIONAL KNOWLEDGE
OBJECTIVE:
To facilitate the students with the concepts of Indian traditional knowledge and to make them
understand the Importance of roots of knowledge system.
1. The course aim of the importing basic principle of third process reasoning and inference
sustainability is at the course of Indian traditional knowledge system
2. To understand the legal framework and traditional knowledge and biological diversity act
2002 and geographical indication act 2003.
3. The courses focus on traditional knowledge and intellectual property mechanism of traditional
knowledge and protection.
4. To know the student traditional knowledge in different sector.
UNIT – I:
Introduction to traditional knowledge: Define traditional knowledge, nature and
characteristics, scope and importance, kinds of traditional knowledge, the physical and social
contexts in which traditional knowledge develop, the historical impact of social change on
traditional knowledge systems. Indigenous Knowledge (IK), characteristics, traditional
knowledge vis-à-vis indigenous knowledge, traditional knowledge Vs western knowledge
traditional knowledge vis-à-vis formal knowledge
UNIT – II:
. Protection of traditional knowledge: the need for protecting traditional knowledge Significance
of TK Protection, value of TK in global economy, Role of Government to harness TK.
UNIT – III:
Legal framework and TK: A: The Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers
(Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006, Plant Varieties Protection and Farmers Rights Act,
2001 (PPVFR Act); B: The Biological Diversity Act 2002 and Rules 2004, the protection of
traditional knowledge bill, 2016. Geographical indications act 2003.
UNIT – IV:
Traditional knowledge and intellectual property: Systems of traditional knowledge protection,
Legal concepts for the protection of traditional knowledge, Certain non IPR mechanisms of
traditional knowledge protection, Patents and traditional knowledge, Strategies to increase
protection of traditional knowledge, global legal FORA for increasing protection of Indian
Traditional Knowledge.
UNIT – V:
Traditional knowledge in different sectors: Traditional knowledge and engineering, Traditional
medicine system, TK and biotechnology, TK in agriculture, Traditional societies depend on it for
their food and healthcare needs, Importance of conservation and sustainable development of
environment, Management of biodiversity, Food security of the country and protection of TK.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Traditional Knowledge System in India, by Amit Jha, 2009
2. Traditional Knowledge System and Technology in India by Basanta Kumar Mohanta and
Vipin Kumar Singh, Pratibha Prakashan 2012.
3. Traditional Knowledge System in India by Amit Jha Atlantic publishers, 2002
4. "Knowledge Traditions and Practices of India" Kapil Kapoor, Michel Danino
e- Resources & other digital material:
1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LZP1StpYEPM
2. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/121106003/
Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1: understand the concept of Traditional knowledge and its importance
CO2: Know the need and importance of protecting traditional knowledge.

CO3: Understand legal framework of TK, Contrast and compare the ST and other
traditional forest dwellers
CO4: Know the various enactments related to the protection of traditional
knowledge.
CO5: Understand the concepts of Intellectual property to protect the traditional
knowledge
*****
II Year – II SEMESTER
L T P C
3 0 0 3
STRENGTH OF MATERIALS-II
Course Objectives:
1. To give preliminary concepts of Principal stresses and strains developed in cross section of
the beams analytically as well as graphically due to stresses acting on the cross section and
stresses on any inclined plane and to know different failure theories adopted in designing of
structural members
2. The concepts above will be utilized in measuring deflections in beams under various loading
and support conditions.
3. To classify columns and calculation of load carrying capacity using different empirical
formulas and to assess stresses due to axial loads for different end conditions.
4. To calculate combined effect of direct and bending stresses with different engineering
structures.
5. Impart the concept of unsymmetrical bending, location of neutral axis and shear centre.
Unit-I: PRINCIPAL STRESSES AND STRAINS

Stresses and strains: Introduction –Stresses on an inclined section of a bar under axial loading
– compound stresses – Normal and tangential stresses on an inclined plane for biaxial stresses–
Two perpendicular normal stresses accompanied by a state of simple shear –– Principal stresses
and strains, Mohr‘s circle of stresses -graphical solutions
Theories of failures: Introduction – Various Theories of failures like Maximum Principal Stress
theory – Maximum Principal Strain theory – Maximum shear stress theory – Maximum strain
energy theory – Maximum shear strain energy theory- Simple applications.
Unit-II: DEFLECTION OF BEAMS
Bending into a circular arc – slope, deflection and radius of curvature – Differential equation for
the elastic line of a beam – Double integration and Macaulay‘s methods. Determination of slope
and deflection for cantilever and simply supported beams subjected to point loads, U.D.L.
uniformly varying load- Mohr‘s theorems – Moment area method – application to simple cases
including overhanging beams-deflections of propped cantilevers.
Unit-III: COLUMNS AND STRUTS
Introduction – Types of columns – Short, medium and long columns – Axially loaded
compression members – Crushing load – Euler‘s theorem for long columns- assumptions-
derivation of Euler‘s critical load formulae for various end conditions – Equivalent length of a
column – slenderness ratio – Euler‘s critical stress – Limitations of Euler‘s theory – Rankine –
Gordon formula – Long columns subjected to eccentric loading – Secant formula – Empirical
formulae – Straight line formula – Prof. Perry‘s formula.
Unit-IV: DIRECT AND BENDING STRESSES
Stresses under the combined action of direct loading and B.M., Core of a sections –
determination of stresses in the case of chimneys, retaining walls and dams – conditions for
stability – stresses due to direct loading and B.M. about both axes.
Unit-V: UNSYMMETRICAL BENDING
Introduction – Centroidal principal axes of section –Moments of inertia referred to any set of
rectangular axes – Stresses in beams subjected to unsymmetrical bending – Principal axes –
Resolution of bending moment into two rectangular axes through the centroid – Location of
neutral axis.
Shear Centre: Introduction - Shear centre for symmetrical and unsymmetrical sections- Basic
concepts.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Mechanics of Materials- by R. C. Hibbler
2. Strength of materials by S. S. Bhavakatti
3. Strength of materials by R.K.Bansal vol. 1 & 2
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Fundamentals of Solid Mechanics M.L. Gambhir, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
2. Introduction to text book of strength of material by U.C. Jindal, Galgotia publications.
3. Strength of materials by R. Subramanian, Oxford university press, New Delhi
4. Strength of Materials by S. Ramamrutham Dhanpat Rai Publishing Co., (P) Ltd. New
Delhi
5. Theory of structures by S.P. Timoshenko & DH. Young
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Analyse principal stresses and strains and understands theories of failure and its
application (Understanding, Analysing level- KL2, KL4)
CO2: Compute deflections in beams due to different loading conditions. (Applying- KL3)
CO3: Analyze and evaluate the stresses in columns by various theories. (Analysing, Evaluating
Level- KL4, KL5)
CO4: Analyze strength and stability of structural members subjected to, direct and bending
Stresses. (Applying, Analysing level- KL3, KL4)
CO5: Understand the concepts of unsymmetrical bending and shear center. (Understanding
level- KL2)

Micro-Syllabus of Strength of Materials-II
Unit-I: PRINCIPAL STRESSES AND STRAINS

Stresses and strains: Introduction –Stresses on an inclined section of a bar under axial loading
– compound stresses – Normal and tangential stresses on an inclined plane for biaxial stresses–
Two perpendicular normal stresses accompanied by a state of simple shear –– Principal stresses
and strains, Mohr‘s circle of stresses -graphical solutions
Theories of failures: Introduction – Various Theories of failures like Maximum Principal Stress
theory – Maximum Principal Strain theory – Maximum shear stress theory – Maximum strain
energy theory – Maximum shear strain energy theory- Simple applications.
Ia. Principal Stresses on an inclined section of a bar under
Stresses and Introduction axial loading
Strains
Compound stresses Normal and tangential stresses on an inclined
plane for biaxial stresses
Two perpendicular normal stresses
accompanied by a state of simple shear( Concept
and problems)
Principal stresses and strains (Concept and
problems)
Principal stresses and Principal stresses and strains (Concept and

strains problems)
Mohr‘s circle of Mohr‘s circle of stresses- graphical solutions
stresses- graphical ( Concept only)
solutions
Maximum Principal Stress theory – Maximum
Principal Strain theory
Ib. Theories of Theories of Failures Maximum shear stress theory – Maximum strain
Failures energy theory – Maximum shear strain energy
theory
Simple applications
Unit-II: DEFLECTION OF BEAMS
Bending into a circular arc – slope, deflection and radius of curvature – Differential equation for
the elastic line of a beam – Double integration and Macaulay‘s methods. Determination of slope
and deflection for cantilever and simply supported beams subjected to point loads, U.D.L.
uniformly varying load- Mohr‘s theorems – Moment area method – application to simple cases
including overhanging beams-deflections of propped cantilevers.
slope, deflection and radius of curvature (Concept
Bending into a only)
circular arc
Differential equation for the elastic line of a beam
Double integration slope and deflection for cantilever and simply

IIa/IIb. Deflection and Macaulay‘s supported beams subjected to point loads, U.D.L,
of Beams methods. uniformly varying load.
application to simple cases including overhanging
Mohr‘s theorems –
beams-deflections of propped cantilevers for
Moment area
method simple loading cases
Unit-III: COLUMNS AND STRUTS

Introduction – Types of columns – Short, medium and long columns – Axially loaded
compression members – Crushing load – Euler‘s theorem for long columns- assumptions-
derivation of Euler‘s critical load formulae for various end conditions – Equivalent length of a
column – slenderness ratio – Euler‘s critical stress – Limitations of Euler‘s theory – Rankine –
Gordon formula – Long columns subjected to eccentric loading – Secant formula – Empirical
formulae – Straight line formula – Prof. Perry‘s formula.
IIIa/IIIb. Columns Introduction Types of columns – Short, medium and long
and Struts columns
Axially loaded compression members – Crushing
load
For long columns- assumptions- derivation of
Euler‘s critical load formulae for various end
conditions
Euler‘s theorem
Equivalent length of a column – slenderness ratio
– Euler‘s critical stress – Limitations of Euler‘s
theory
Rankin‘s formula For long and short columns
Long columns
subjected to Secant formula (concepts and problems)
eccentric loading
Straight line formula (concept only). – Prof.
Empirical formulae
Perry‘s formula (concept only)
Unit-IV: DIRECT AND BENDING STRESSES
Stresses under the combined action of direct loading and B.M., Core of a sections –
determination of stresses in the case of chimneys, retaining walls and dams – conditions for
stability – stresses due to direct loading and B.M. about both axes.
Introduction Direct and bending stresses
Stresses under the Stresses under the combined action of direct
combined action of loading and B.M.
direct loading and
Core of a sections (concept and problems)
B.M.
IVa/IVb. Direct
Stresses in the case Stresses in the case of chimneys, retaining walls
and Bending
of chimneys, and dams (Concept and problems)
Stresses
retaining walls and
Conditions for stability
dams.
Stresses due to direct
Stresses due to direct loading and B.M. about
loading and B.M.
both axis.( Concept and problems)
about both axis
Unit-V: UNSYMMETRICAL BENDING
Introduction – Centroidal principal axes of section –Moments of inertia referred to any set of
rectangular axes – Stresses in beams subjected to unsymmetrical bending – Principal axes –
Resolution of bending moment into two rectangular axes through the centroid – Location of
neutral axis.
concepts.
Centroidal principal axes of section
Introduction Moments of inertia referred to any set of
rectangular axes
Va/Vb. Stresses in beams Principal axes – Resolution of bending moment
Unsymmtrical subjected to into two rectangular axes through the centroid
Bending unsymmetrical
Location of neutral axis
bending
Introduction - Shear centre for symmetrical and
Shear Centre
unsymmetrical sections-(Concepts only)
Mapping
CO1 3 2 1 2
CO2 3 2 2 2
CO3 3 2 1 1
CO4 3 2 1 2
CO5 3 2 1 1
PSO1 PSO2 PSO3

CO1 2 2 1
CO2 2 2 1
CO3 2 2 1
CO4 2 2 1
CO5 1 1 1
*****
L T P C
3 0 0 3
HYDRAULICS AND HYDRAULIC MACHINERY
Prerequisites: 1. Fluid Mechanics
Course Objectives:
1. To understand the fundamental concepts of open channel uniform flow and Non-uniform
flow conditions.
2. To study the concept of boundary layer control and its practical applications.
3. To understand the need of relationship between model and prototype and able to predict the
prototype behavior based on the field conditions
4. To predict the influence of hydrodynamic forces acting on vanes at different conditions.
5. To understand the working mechanism and performance characteristics of a turbine.
6. To understand the working mechanism and performance characteristics of a pump.
Unit-I: FLOW IN OPEN CHANNELS
Uniform Flow in Open Channels: Types of channels –Types of flows – Velocity and pressure
distribution – Chezy‘s, and Manning‘s formulae for uniform flow – Most Economical sections,
Critical flow: Specific energy-critical depth – computation of critical depth.
Non-Uniform Flow in Open Channels: Steady Gradually Varied flow-Dynamic equation,
Mild, Critical, Steep, horizontal and adverse slopes-surface profiles-direct step method- Rapidly
varied flow, hydraulic jump, energy dissipation.
Unit-II: BOUNDARY LAYER THEORY
Boundary layer (BL) – concepts, Characteristics of boundary layer along a thin flat plate -
laminar and turbulent Boundary layer, separation of BL, Control of BL, flow around submerged
Objects-Drag and Lift- Magnus effect.
Unit-III: HYDRAULIC SIMILITUDE
Dimensional Analysis-Rayleigh‘s method and Buckingham‘s pi theorem-study of Hydraulic
models – Geometric, kinematic and dynamic similarities-dimensionless numbers – model and
prototype relations.
Unit-IV: HYDRAULIC TURBINES
Basics of Turbo Machinery: Hydrodynamic force of jets on stationary and moving flat,
inclined and curved vanes, jet striking centrally and at tip, velocity triangles at inlet and outlet,
expressions for work done and efficiency - Angular momentum principle.
Hydraulic Turbines: Classification of turbines. Pelton wheel - Francis turbine – Kaplan
turbine - working, velocity diagram, work done and efficiency, hydraulic design, draft tube –
theory and efficiency. Unit and specific quantities, performance characteristics curves of the
turbine.
Unit-V: PUMPS
Centrifugal Pumps: Classification, different heads and efficiencies, work done - Manometric
head-minimum starting speed of the pump-specific speed, performance characteristics curves of
pumps.
Reciprocating Pumps: Classification, working principle, work done, indicator diagram and slip.
concepts.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Open Channel flow, K. Subramanya, Tata McGraw Hill Publishers
2. A text of Fluid mechanics and hydraulic machines, Rajput
3. Fluid Mechanics, P. N. Modi and S. M. Seth, Standard book house, New Delhi
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Fluid Flow in Pipes and Channels, G.L. Asawa, CBS
2. Fluid Mechanics and Machinery, C.S.P. Ojha, R. Berndtsson and P.N. Chandramouli,
Oxford Higher Education.
3. A text of Fluid mechanics and hydraulic machines, R. K. Bansal – Laxmi Publications
(P) ltd., New Delhi Digital Design by Mano, PHI
4. Mechanics of Fluids, Merle C. Potter, David C. Wiggert and Bassem H. Ramadan,
CENGAGE Learning.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of successful completion of this course, the student will be able to
CO1: Able to Design of an economical open channel section and estimate the energy profile of
the flow in the channel.
CO2: Able to apply concept of boundary layer in operation and design of moving vehicles
CO3: Able to establish relationship among the variables in any natural phenomena and predict
design parameters of the prototype using similitude.
CO4: Able to predict the type of material, size and shape of vanes using the analysis of impact
of jet.
CO5: Able to configure various components of turbines, pumps and their installation.
Micro-Syllabus of Hydraulics and Hydraulic Machinery
Unit-I: FLOW IN OPEN CHANNELS
Uniform Flow in Open Channels: Types of channels –Types of flows – Velocity and pressure
distribution – Chezy‘s, and Manning‘s formulae for uniform flow – Most Economical sections,
Critical flow: Specific energy-critical depth – computation of critical depth.
Non-Uniform Flow in Open Channels: Steady Gradually Varied flow-Dynamic equation,
Mild, Critical, Steep, horizontal and adverse slopes-surface profiles-direct step method- Rapidly
varied flow, hydraulic jump, energy dissipation.
Velocity and pressure distribution in various
channels
Most Economical channel sections –
Ia. Uniform Flow Rectangular Channel section, Circular Channel
in Open Channels Uniform Flow in Section and Trapezoidal channel section
Open Channels
Specific Energy Diagram – Critical depth,
critical velocity & critical discharge – numerical
problems on critical depth in rectangular
channel.
Difference between Gradually varied flow and
Ib. Non-Uniform rapid varied flow
Non-Uniform Flow
Flow in Open
in Open Channels
Channels Dynamic equation for gradually varied flow
Various type of flow profiles
Direct step method – rectangular channel
Hydraulic Jump – Typical features
The relationship between initial depth and final
depth
Unit-II: BOUNDARY LAYER THEORY
Boundary layer (BL) – concepts, Characteristics of boundary layer along a thin flat plate -
laminar and turbulent Boundary layer, separation of BL, Control of BL, flow around submerged
Objects-Drag and Lift- Magnus effect.

Formation of Boundary layer
Characteristics of Boundary along the thin flat
plate
Mechanism of Separation of Boundary layer
Boundary Layer
IIa/IIb. Boundary Theory Control measures for separation of boundary
Layer Theory layer
Drag - Lift – Types – Empirical formulae
Flow around the cylindrical object
Magnus effect
Unit-III: HYDRAULIC SIMILITUDE

Dimensional Analysis-Rayleigh‘s method and Buckingham‘s pi theorem-study of Hydraulic
models – Geometric, kinematic and dynamic similarities-dimensionless numbers – model and
prototype relations.

Dimensional analysis using Rayligh‘s and
IIIa/IIIb. Buckingham method
Hydraulic Hydraulic Different types of hydraulic models
Similitude Similitude Dimensionless numbers
Relationship between varies variables of model
and prototypes
Unit-IV: HYDRAULIC TURBINES
Basics of Turbo Machinery: Hydrodynamic force of jets on stationary and moving flat,
inclined and curved vanes, jet striking centrally and at tip, velocity triangles at inlet and outlet,
expressions for work done and efficiency - Angular momentum principle.
Hydraulic Turbines: Classification of turbines. Pelton wheel - Francis turbine – Kaplan
turbine - working, velocity diagram, work done and efficiency, hydraulic design, draft tube –
theory and efficiency. Unit and specific quantities, performance characteristics curves of the
turbine.
IVa. Basics of Basics of Turbo Impact of jet on stationary, moving and inclined
Turbo Machinery Machinery curved vanes – velocity triangles
Angular momentum principle
Difference between Pelton and Francis Turbine
Working principle, velocity triangle and work
done
IVa. Hydraulic Different types of efficiencies
Turbines Hydraulic Turbines
Draft tube – functional significance of draft tube
Relationship between the unit variables
Performance characteristics curves of the turbines
Unit-V: PUMPS
Centrifugal Pumps: Classification, different heads and efficiencies, work done - Manometric
head-minimum starting speed of the pump-specific speed, performance characteristics curves of
pumps.
Reciprocating Pumps: Classification, working principle, work done, indicator diagram and slip.
concepts.
Working principle and efficiencies of centrifugal
pump
Minimum starting speed of the pump
Specific speed – empirical formula and its
significance
Va/Vb. Pumps Pumps Performance characteristics curves of the pumps
Difference between reciprocating pump and
centrifugal pump
Working principle and work done of
reciprocating pump
Slip and its practical significance
Mapping
CO1 3 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 1
CO2 3 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 1
CO3 3 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 1
CO4 3 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 1
CO5 3 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 1
*****
L T P C
3 1 0 4
STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS-I
Prerequisites:
1. Strength of Materials
Course Objectives:
1) To give preliminary concepts of Indeterminacy and Structural Integrity of beams, plane
trusses and plane frames
2) Assessment of bending moment and shear force in Propped cantilevers, Fixed beams and
Continuous beams due to various loading conditions.
3) To analyze continuous beams with and without settlement of supports by applying Slope-
Deflection method
4) Estimate the deflection of simple beams using Strain – Energy method (Castigliano‘s
theorem)
5) Impart the concept of influence lines for assessment of maximum SF and BM at a given
section of beams, Pratt and Warren trusses.
Unit-I: Determinacy and structural Integrity

Static Determinacy and Indeterminacy of Beams, Plane Trusses and Plane Frames, Internal and
External Structural Integrity (Stability) of Beams, Plane Trusses and Plane Frames: Stable, Un-
Stable and Over-Rigid, Statically Determinate Vs Indeterminate Structures.
Propped Cantilevers: Analysis of propped cantilever beams - shear force and Bending Moment
Diagrams-Deflection of propped cantilevers.
Unit-II: FIXED BEAMS
Introduction to statically indeterminate beams with U. D. load, central point load, eccentric point
load, number of point loads, uniformly varying load, couple and combination of loads - shear
force and Bending Moment Diagrams-Deflection of fixed beams including effect of sinking of
support, effect of rotation of a support.
Unit-III: CONTINUOUS BEAMS
Introduction-Clapeyron‘s theorem of three moments- Analysis of continuous beams with
constant moment of inertia with one or both ends fixed- continuous beams with overhang,
continuous beams with different moment of inertia for different Spans-Effects of sinking of
supports-shear force and Bending moment diagrams
Unit-IV: SLOPE AND DEFLECTION METHOD
Introduction, Kinematic Indeterminacy / Degrees of Freedom, derivation of slope
deflection equation, application to continuous beams with and without settlement of
supports.
Energy Theorems: Introduction-Strain energy in linear elastic system, expression of strain
energy due to axial load, bending moment and shear forces - Castigliano‘s first theorem-
Deflections of simple beams.
Unit-V: INFLUENCE LINES
Definition of influence line for SF, Influence line for BM- load position for maximum SF at a
Section-Load position for maximum BM at a sections, single point load, U.D. load longer than
the span, U.D. load shorter than the span- Influence lines for forces in members of Pratt and
Warren trusses.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. C. S. Reddy, Basic Structural Analysis, Tata Mc.Graw-Hill, NewDelhi.
2. R. C. Hibbeler, Structural Analysis, Pearson, New Delhi
3. T. S. Thandavamoorthy, Analysis of Structures , Oxford University Press, NewDelhi
4. V. N. Vazirani , M. M. Ratwani and S. K. Duggal, Analysis of Structures- Vol. I and II,
Khanna Publishers, NewDelhi
5. S. S. Bhavikatti, Structural Analysis – Vol.I & II, Vikas Publications
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Devdas Menon, Structural Analysis, Narosa Publishers
2. A. Kassimali, Structural Analysis, Cengage Learning
3. R. Vaidyanathan and P. Perumal, Structural Analysis Vol I & II, Laxmi Publications
4. K. U. Muthu, H. Narendra, Maganti Janardhana and M. Vijayanand, Basic Structural
Analysis, I k International
5. Theory of Structures, B. C Punmia, A. K Jain & Arun K. Jain, LakshmiPublications
Course Outcomes:
CO1 Distinguish between the determinate and indeterminate structures.
CO2 Estimate the bending moment and shear forces in fixed and propped cantilever beams
CO3 Analyze the continuous beams using various methods - three moment method and
slope deflection method.
CO4 Apply Strain – Energy Method (Castigliano‘s theorem) to determine the deflection of
simple beams
CO5 Draw the influence line diagrams for beams, Pratt and Warren trusses
Micro-Syllabus of Structural Analysis
Unit-I: Determinacy and structural Integrity
Static Determinacy and Indeterminacy of Beams, Plane Trusses and Plane Frames, Internal and
External Structural Integrity (Stability) of Beams, Plane Trusses and Plane Frames: Stable, Un-
Stable and Over-Rigid, Statically Determinate Vs Indeterminate Structures.
Propped Cantilevers: Analysis of propped cantilever beams - shear force and Bending Moment
Diagrams-Deflection of propped cantilevers.
Static Determinate and indeterminate members
Degree of Indeterminacy of Beams,
Ia. Determinacy D.I of Plane Trusses and Plane Frames,

and Structural Introduction
Structural Integrity (Stability) of Beams
Integrity
S.I of Plane Trusses and Plane Frames
Stable, Un Stable and Over-Rigid structures
Statically Determinate vs Indeterminate
Structures.
propped cantilever beams subjected to udl over
full span
Analysis of propped subjected to concentrated load at different
cantilever beams and lengths
S.F and B.M
Ib. Propped diagrams subjected to different number of loads
Cantilever
Effect of yield
propped cantilever beams subjected to udl over
Deflection of propped full span
cantilevers subjected to concentrated load at different
lengths
Unit-II: FIXED BEAMS
Introduction to statically indeterminate beams with U. D. load, central point load, eccentric point
load, number of point loads, uniformly varying load, couple and combination of loads - shear
force and Bending Moment Diagrams-Deflection of fixed beams including effect of sinking of
support, effect of rotation of a support.
statically indeterminate beams with U. D. load
central point load
eccentric point load
Fixed end moments
SFD and BMD number of point loads and uniformly varying load
IIa/IIb. Fixed couple and combination of loads
Beams
Practice problems
Deflection of fixed beam with different loading
Deflection Effect of sinking of support

Effect of rotation of a support.
Unit-III: CONTINUOUS BEAMS

Introduction-Clapeyron‘s theorem of three moments- Analysis of continuous beams with
constant moment of inertia with one or both ends fixed- continuous beams with overhang,
continuous beams with different moment of inertia for different Spans-Effects of sinking of
supports-shear force and Bending moment diagrams
Introduction
Introduction Clapeyron‘s theorem of three moment equation
derivation
Analysis of Analysis of C.B with one end fixed
IIIa/IIIb.
continuous beam Analysis of C.B with both ends fixed
Continuous Beams
with constant Analysis of C.B with overhang
Moment of inertia Practice problems
Analysis of Analysis of C.B with one end fixed
continuous beam Analysis of C.B with both ends fixed
with different Analysis of C.B with overhang
Moment of inertia Practice problems
Effect of sinking of supports
Practice problems
Unit-IV: SLOPE AND DEFLECTION METHOD
Introduction, Kinematic Indeterminacy / Degrees of Freedom, derivation of slope
deflection equation, application to continuous beams with and without settlement of
supports.
Energy Theorems: Introduction-Strain energy in linear elastic system, expression of strain
energy due to axial load, bending moment and shear forces - Castigliano‘s first theorem-
Deflections of simple beams.
Degrees of freedom
Introduction
Slope-deflection equation derivation
Analysis of Continuous beam with different loadings like
IVa. Slope-
continuous beams concentrated load, udl and uvl
Deflection Method
with and without Slope and deflection calculation for different
settlement of combination of loadings in continuous beams
supports Model problems
Definition for Strain Energy
Expression of Strain Energy due to Axial Load
Expression of Strain Energy due to S.F
IVb. Energy Expression of Strain Energy due to B.M
Strain Energy
Theorems Castigliano‘s First Theorem
Deflections of Simple Beams Using Energy
Theorem
Practice Problems
Unit-V: INFLUENCE LINES
Definition of influence line for SF, Influence line for BM- load position for maximum SF at a
Section-Load position for maximum BM at a sections, single point load, U.D. load longer than
the span, U.D. load shorter than the span- Influence lines for forces in members of Pratt and
Warren trusses.
Definition of influence line
Definition of influence line for S.F & B.M
load position for maximum SF at a section
load position for maximum BM at a section
Va/Vb.Influence ILD for single point load in beams
Lines U.D. load longer than the span
Influence Lines U.D. load shorter than the span
Influence lines for forces in members of Pratt
trusses
Influence lines for forces in members of Warren
trusses
Practice problems
Mapping
CO1 3 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 1
CO2 3 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 1
CO3 3 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 1
CO4 3 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 1
CO5 3 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 1
*****
L T P C
3 0 0 3
TRANSPORTAION ENGINEERING
Course objectives:
1. To impart knowledge on history of road development in India, Highway alignment and
design of road geometric elements
2. To acquire design principles of Highway Geometrics and Pavements
3. To learn various highway construction and maintenance procedures
4. To know various components and their functions in a railway track and to acquire design
principles of geometrics in a railway track
5. To know various techniques for the effective movement of trains
Unit–1: 13 HOURS
Highway Development and Planning: Highway development in India, Highway planning,
Different road development plans, Classification of roads, Road network patterns, Highway
alignment – Factors affecting
Highway Geometric Design: Importance of geometric design, Highway cross sectional
elements, Sight distance elements, Design of horizontal Alignment - Design of super elevation
and extra widening; Design of transition curves, Design of vertical alignment, Gradients,
Vertical curves.
Unit–2:14 HOURS
Traffic Engineering: Basic Parameters of Traffic-Volume, Speed and Density- Traffic Volume
Studies; Speed studies –spot speed and speed & delay studies; Parking Studies; Road Accidents-
Causes and Preventive measures - Condition Diagram and Collision Diagrams; PCU Factors,
Capacity of Highways – Factors Affecting; LOS Concepts; Road Traffic Signs; Road markings;
Types of Intersections; At-Grade Intersections – Design of Plain, Flared, Rotary and
Channelized Intersections; Design of Traffic Signals –Webster Method –IRC Method
Unit–3: 14 HOURS
Highway Materials: Subgrade soil: classification –Group Index – Subgrade soil strength –
California Bearing Ratio – Modulus of Subgrade Reaction. Stone aggregates: Desirable
properties – Tests for Road Aggregates – Bituminous Materials: Types – Desirable properties –
Tests on Bitumen – Bituminous paving mixes: Requirements – Marshall Method of Mix Design.
Highway Construction And Maintenance: Types of Highway Construction – Earthwork;
Construction of Earth Roads, Gravel Roads, Water Bound Macadam Roads, Bituminous
Pavements and Construction of Cement Concrete Pavements. Pavement Failures, Maintenance
of Highways, pavement evaluation
Unit–4: 12 HOURS
Pavement Design : Pavements – Types, Functions and components; Design factors, Flexible
pavement design methods, Rigid Pavements: Design Considerations – wheel load stresses –
Temperature stresses – Frictional stresses – Combination of stresses – Design of slabs – Design
of Joints – IRC method
Unit–5:12 HOURS
Introduction To Railway Engineering: Permanent way – Components and their functions –
Rail Fastenings – Creep of Rails- Theories related to creep – Adzing of Sleepers- Sleeper density
– Rail joints
Track Geometric Design – Alignment – Engineering Surveys - Gradients- Cant and Negative
Super elevation- Cant Deficiency – Degree of Curve – safe speed on curves – Transition curve –
Compound curves – Reverse curves – Extra clearance on curves – widening of gauge on curves
– vertical curves
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to
CO1 Plan highway network for a given area and design highway geometrics (Understand &
Apply)
CO2 Design Intersections and prepare traffic management plans (Understand, Apply &
Create)
CO3 Judge the suitability of pavement materials in road construction and able to construct and
maintainhighways (Understand & Evaluate)
CO4 Design flexible and rigid pavements (Create)
CO5 Plan, design and maintain railway track and its elements (Understand & Create)
Text books:
1. Highway Engineering, Khanna S. K., Justo C. E. G and Veeraragavan A, Nem Chand Bros.,
Roorkee
2. Traffic Engineering and Transportation Planning, Kadiyali L. R, Khanna Publishers, New
Delhi
3. Railway Engineering, Satish Chandra and Agarwal M. M., Oxford University Press, New
Delhi
Reference books:
1. Principles of Highway Engineering, Kadiyali L. R, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi Railway
Engineering, Saxena & Arora – Dhanpat Rai, New Delhi.
2. Highway, Railway, Airport and Harbor Engineering, Subramanian K. P, Scitech Publications
(India) Pvt Limited, Chennai
Micro Syllabus of Transportation Engineering

Unit-1: Highway Development and Planning: Highway development in India, Highway planning,
Different road development plans, Classification of roads, Road network patterns, Highway
alignment – Factors affecting
Highway Geometric Design: Importance of geometric design, Highway cross sectional elements,
Sight distance elements, Design of horizontal Alignment - Design of super elevation and extra
widening; Design of transition curves, Design of vertical alignment, Gradients, Vertical curves.
Highway development Highway development in India
in India, Highway
planning, Different Highway planning
road development
plans Different road development plans
Classification of Classification of roads
roads, Road network
1. Highway Road network patterns
patterns, Highway
Development and alignment – Factors
Planning & Factors affecting highway alignment
affecting
Highway
Importance of Importance of geometric design
Geometric Design
geometric design,
Highway cross
Highway cross sectional elements
sectional elements,
Sight distance
elements Sight distance elements
Design of horizontal Design of horizontal Alignment

Alignment - Design of Design of super elevation
super elevation and
Design of extra widening
extra widening;
Design of transition
Design of transition curves
curves
Design of vertical Design of vertical alignment
alignment, Gradients, Design of gradients
Vertical curves Design of vertical curves
Unit-2: Traffic Engineering: Basic Parameters of Traffic-Volume, Speed and Density- Traffic
Volume Studies; Speed studies –spot speed and speed & delay studies; Parking Studies; Road
Accidents-Causes and Preventive measures - Condition Diagram and Collision Diagrams; PCU
Factors, Capacity of Highways – Factors Affecting; LOS Concepts; Road Traffic Signs; Road
markings; Types of Intersections; At-Grade Intersections – Design of Plain, Flared, Rotary and
Channelized Intersections; Design of Traffic Signals –Webster Method –IRC Method
Basic Parameters of Basic Parameters of Traffic
Traffic-Volume, Speed
and Density- Traffic Volume, Speed and Density
Volume Studies Traffic Volume Studies
Speed studies –spot speed Speed studies
and speed & delay Spot speed, speed & delay studies
studies; Parking Studies Parking Studies
Road Accidents-Causes Road Accidents-Causes and Preventive measures
and Preventive measures -
Condition Diagram and Condition Diagram and Collision Diagrams
Collision Diagrams; PCU
Factors PCU Factors
2. Traffic
Factors Affecting capacity of Highways
Engineering Capacity of Highways –
Factors Affecting; LOS LOS Concepts
Concepts; Road Traffic Road Traffic Signs
Signs; Road markings
Road markings
Types of Intersections; Types of Intersections; At-Grade Intersections
At-Grade Intersections –
Design of Plain, Flared, Design of Plain, Flared, Rotary and Channelized
Rotary and Channelized Intersections
Intersections
Design of Traffic Signals Design of Traffic Signals
–Webster Method –IRC Webster Method
Method IRC Method
Unit-3: Highway Materials: Subgrade soil: classification –Group Index – Subgrade soil strength
– California Bearing Ratio – Modulus of Subgrade Reaction. Stone aggregates: Desirable
properties – Tests for Road Aggregates – Bituminous Materials: Types – Desirable properties –
Tests on Bitumen – Bituminous paving mixes: Requirements – Marshall Method of Mix Design.
Highway Construction And Maintenance: Types of Highway Construction – Earthwork;
Construction of Earth Roads, Gravel Roads, Water Bound Macadam Roads, Bituminous Pavements
and Construction of Cement Concrete Pavements. Pavement Failures, Maintenance of Highways,
pavement evaluation
3. Highway Subgrade soil:
Subgrade soil: classification –Group Index
Materials classification –Group
& Index – Subgrade soil
Highway strength – California Subgrade soil strength – California Bearing Ratio
Construction And Bearing Ratio
Maintenance Modulus of Subgrade Modulus of Subgrade Reaction
Reaction. Stone
aggregates: Desirable Stone aggregates: Desirable properties
properties – Tests for
Road Aggregates Tests for Road Aggregates
Bituminous Materials: Bituminous Materials: Types – Desirable
Types – Desirable properties
properties – Tests on
Bitumen – Bituminous Tests on Bitumen
paving mixes: Bituminous paving mixes: Requirements
Requirements – Marshall
Method of Mix Design Marshall Method of Mix Design
Types of Highway
Construction – Types of Highway Construction – Earthwork
Earthwork; Construction
of Earth Roads, Gravel
Roads, Water Bound Construction of Earth Roads, Gravel Roads,
Macadam Roads Water Bound Macadam Roads
Bituminous Pavements
Bituminous Pavements and Construction of
and Construction of
Cement Concrete Pavements
Cement Concrete
Pavements. Pavement Pavement Failures
Failures, Maintenance of
Highways, pavement Maintenance of Highways, pavement evaluation
evaluation
Unit-4: Pavement Design : Pavements – Types, Functions and components; Design factors,
Flexible pavement design methods, Rigid Pavements: Design Considerations – wheel load stresses –
Temperature stresses – Frictional stresses – Combination of stresses – Design of slabs – Design of
Joints – IRC method
Pavements – Types,
Pavements – Types, Functions and components
Functions and
components; Design
Design factors
factors, Flexible
pavement design methods Flexible pavement design methods
4. Pavement Rigid Pavements: Design Rigid Pavements: Design Considerations
Design Considerations – wheel
load stresses – Wheel load stresses –Temperature stresses –
Temperature stresses – Frictional stresses
Frictional stresses – Combination of stresses
Combination of stresses –
Design of slabs – Design Design of slabs – Design of Joints
of Joints – IRC method IRC method
Unit-5:Introduction To Railway Engineering: Permanent way – Components and their functions –
Rail Fastenings – Creep of Rails- Theories related to creep – Adzing of Sleepers- Sleeper density –
Rail joints
Track Geometric Design – Alignment – Engineering Surveys - Gradients- Cant and Negative
Super elevation- Cant Deficiency – Degree of Curve – safe speed on curves – Transition curve –
Compound curves – Reverse curves – Extra clearance on curves – widening of gauge on curves –
vertical curves
Permanent way –
Components and their Permanent way – Components and their functions
functions – Rail Rail Fastenings – Creep of Rails
Fastenings – Creep of
Rails- Theories related to Theories related to creep – Adzing of Sleepers
creep – Adzing of
Sleepers- Sleeper density Sleeper density – Rail joints
– Rail joints
5. Introduction Alignment – Engineering
To Railway Surveys - Gradients- Cant Alignment – Engineering Surveys - Gradients
Engineering and Negative Super
& elevation- Cant Cant and Negative Super elevation
Track Geometric Deficiency – Degree of
Design Curve Cant Deficiency – Degree of Curve
Safe speed on curves –
Safe speed on curves
Transition curve –
Compound curves – Transition curve – Compound curves – Reverse
Reverse curves curves
Extra clearance on curves Extra clearance on curves
– widening of gauge on Widening of gauge on curves
curves – vertical curves Vertical curves
CO-PO Mapping
CO1 2 2 2
CO2 2 2 2
CO3 2
CO4 2 3
CO5 2 2 2
*****
L T P C
3 0 0 3
CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY
Course Objectives:
1. Identify the physical and chemical properties of concrete ingredients and able to conduct
tests on cement and aggregates.
2. Comprehend the workability of concrete, manufacturing processes of concrete and the
behavior of fresh, hardened concrete.
3. Gain the knowledge about NDT methods, quality control of concrete and how to conduct the
tests on hardened concrete.
4. Identify the properties like elasticity, creep, shrinkage; special concretes and their
applications in the diverse construction field.
5. Acquire the practical knowledge on mix design principles, concepts and methods.
Unit-I: CONCRETE INGREDIENTS & ITS PROPERTIES

Cements & Admixtures: Portland cement – Chemical composition – Hydration, setting of
cement – Structure of hydrated cement – Tests on physical properties – Different grades of
cement – Admixtures – Mineral and chemical admixtures.
Aggregates: Classification of aggregate – Particle shape & texture – Bond, strength & other
mechanical properties of aggregate – Specific gravity, bulk density, porosity, adsorption &
moisture content of aggregate – Bulking of sand – Deleterious substance in aggregate –
Soundness of aggregate – Alkali aggregate reaction – Thermal properties – Sieve analysis –
Fineness modulus – Grading curves – Grading of fine & coarse Aggregates – Gap graded
aggregate – Maximum size of aggregate.
Unit-II: FRESH & HARDENED CONCRETE
Fresh Concrete: Production of concrete, mixing, compaction curing, Properties of fresh
concrete. Workability – Factors affecting workability – Measurement of workability
bydifferenttests–Settingtimesofconcrete–Effectoftimeandtemperatureonworkability– Segregation
& bleeding.
Hardened Concrete: Water / Cement ratio – Abram‘s Law – Gel Space ratio – Nature of
strength of concrete – Maturity concept – Strength in tension & compression – Factors affecting
strength – Relation between compression & tensile strength -Curing.
Unit-III: TESTING AND QUALITY CONTROL OF CONCRETE
Testing of Hardened Concrete: Compression tests–Tension tests–Factors affecting strength –
Flexure tests–Splitting tests–Non-destructive testing methods– codal provisions for NDT.
Quality control of Concrete: Behaviour of concrete in extreme environment; temperature
problem in concreting, hot weather, cold weather and under water conditions, Resistance to
freezing, sulphate and acid attack, efflorescence, fire resistance; Inspection and testing of
Concrete-Concrete cracking, types of cracks, causes and remedies.
Unit-IV: PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF CONCRETE AND SPECIAL CONCRETES
Elasticity, Creep & Shrinkage: Modulus of elasticity – Dynamic modulus of elasticity –
Poisson‘s ratio – Creep of concrete – Factors influencing creep – Relation between creep & time
– Nature of creep – Effects of creep – Shrinkage – Types of shrinkage.
Special concretes: Light weight aggregates – Lightweight aggregate concrete – Cellular
concrete – No-fines concrete – High density concrete – Fibre reinforced concrete – Different
types of fibres– Factors affecting properties & Applications of F.R.C – Polymer concrete –
Types of Polymer concrete – Properties of polymer concrete & Applications – High performance
concrete – Self consolidating concrete – SIFCON.
Unit-V: MIX DESIGN
Factors in the choice of mix proportions – Durability of concrete– Statistical methods –
Acceptance criteria – Proportioning of concrete mixes by various methods – BIS method of mix
design.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Concrete Technology by M. S. Shetty – S. Chand & Co. ;2004
2. Properties of Concrete by A. M. Neville – Low priced Edition – 4th edition
3. Concrete Technology by M.L. Gambhir – Tata Mc. Graw Hill Publishers, NewDelhi
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Concrete Technology by A.R. Santha Kumar, Oxford University Press, NewDelhi.
2. Concrete Technology by A.R. Santha Kumar, Edition-2013, Oxford University Press, New
Delhi.
3. Design of Concrete Mixes by N.Krishnam Raju,2nd edition,CBS Publishers & Distributors
4. Concrete: Microstructure, Properties and materials by P Kumar Mehta, P J M Monteiro,
MC Graw Hill Education Publisher, New Delhi.
5. Concrete Technology by R.S. Varshney, Oxford and IBH.
Code books:
1. IS10262: 2019 Guidelines for concrete mix design proportioning
2. IS 456: 2000 Plain and Reinforced Concrete - Code of Practice
Course Outcomes:
Illustrate the physical and chemical properties of concrete ingredients and able to conduct
CO1
tests on cement and aggregates.
CO2 Clarify the physical properties of fresh and hardened concrete and also about the
manufacturing of concrete.
CO3 Estimate the creep and shrinkage of concrete and how to conduct the different tests such as
compression and tension on hardened concrete and also summarize the quality control of
concrete under different conditions.
CO4 Distinguish the special concretes like Self compacting concrete, Fibre reinforced concrete,
Polymer concrete and light weight concrete etc.
CO5 Design the mix proportions for the specific work for required strength and workability with
available materials at workplace.
Micro-Syllabus of Concrete Technology
Unit-I: CONCRETE INGREDIENTS & ITS PROPERTIES
Cements & Admixtures: Portland cement – Chemical composition – Hydration, setting of
cement – Structure of hydrated cement – Tests on physical properties – Different grades of
cement – Admixtures – Mineral and chemical admixtures.
Aggregates: Classification of aggregate – Particle shape & texture – Bond, strength & other
mechanical properties of aggregate – Specific gravity, bulk density, porosity, adsorption &
moisture content of aggregate – Bulking of sand – Deleterious substance in aggregate –
Soundness of aggregate – Alkali aggregate reaction – Thermal properties – Sieve analysis –
Fineness modulus – Grading curves – Grading of fine & coarse Aggregates – Gap graded
aggregate – Maximum size of aggregate.
Portland cement: history ,manufacturing process
Chemical composition of cement, bouge‘s
compounds and their functions
Cement hydration, hydration 5 stages, setting
times
Structure of hydrated cement
Tests on physical properties: sp.gravity,
Cements &
fineness, compressive strength, normal
Admixtures
consistency, initial and final setting time,
soundness
Admixtures: purpose and applications, types of
admixtures
Various Mineral and chemical admixtures and
Ia/Ib. Concrete
their applications.
Ingredients & its
Properties Various types of cement and their applications.
Classification of aggregate
Particle shape & texture
mechanical properties of aggregate – Specific
gravity, bulk density, porosity, adsorption &
moisture content of aggregate
Aggregates Bulking of sand

Alkali aggregate reaction - factors affecting-
control measures
Sieve analysis – Fineness modulus – Grading
curves – Grading of fine & coarse Aggregates –
Gap graded aggregate
Maximum size of aggregate IS 456
recommendations.
Unit-II: FRESH & HARDENED CONCRETE
Fresh Concrete: Production of concrete, mixing, compaction curing, Properties of fresh
concrete. Workability – Factors affecting workability – Measurement of workability
bydifferenttests–Settingtimesofconcrete–Effectoftimeandtemperatureonworkability– Segregation
& bleeding.
Hardened Concrete: Water / Cement ratio – Abram‘s Law – Gel Space ratio – Nature of
strength of concrete – Maturity concept – Strength in tension & compression – Factors affecting
strength – Relation between compression & tensile strength -Curing.
Various stages Production of concrete:
Batching, Mixing, Transporting, Placing,
IIa/IIb. Fresh and Compacting, Finishing, Curing
Fresh Concrete
Hardened Concrete Properties of fresh concrete. Workability –
Factors affecting workability–Measurement
of workability by different tests: slump,
compaction factor, vee-bee tests
Effect of time and temperature on workability
Initial and final Setting times of concrete
Segregation & bleeding, factors affecting and
control measures
Water / Cement ratio, role of w/c ratio in strength
contribution
Abram‘s Law – Gel Space ratio – Maturity
Hardened Concrete concept-plowman‘s maturity equation problems
Factors affecting strength – Relation between
compression & tensile strength
Unit-III: TESTING AND QUALITY CONTROL OF CONCRETE
Testing of Hardened Concrete: Compression tests–Tension tests–Factors affecting strength –
Flexure tests–Splitting tests–Non-destructive testing methods– codal provisions for NDT.
Quality control of Concrete: Behavior of concrete in extreme environment; temperature
problem in concreting, hot weather, cold weather and under water conditions, Resistance to
freezing, sulphate and acid attack, efflorescence, fire resistance; Inspection and testing of
concrete-Concrete cracking, types of cracks, causes and remedies.
Compression tests: cubes and cylinders as per
Indian standard
Testing of Hardened Tension test: direct and split tensile strength
Concrete Flexure tests Tension tests: 4 point bending test
Various Non- destructive testing methods and
their applications
IIIa/IIIb. Testing Rebound hammer and UPV test methodology.
and Quality control Behavior of concrete in extreme environment
of Concrete temperature problem in concreting, hot weather,
cold weather and under water conditions: control
Quality control of techniques
Concrete Resistance to freezing, sulphate and acid attack,
efflorescence, fire resistance;
Concrete cracking, types of cracks, causes and
remedies
Unit-IV: PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF CONCRETE AND SPECIAL CONCRETES
Elasticity, Creep & Shrinkage: Modulus of elasticity – Dynamic modulus of elasticity –
Poisson‘s ratio – Creep of concrete – Factors influencing creep – Relation between creep & time
– Nature of creep – Effects of creep – Shrinkage – Types of shrinkage.
Special concretes: Light weight aggregates – Lightweight aggregate concrete – Cellular
concrete – No-fines concrete – High density concrete – Fibre reinforced concrete – Different
types of fibres– Factors affecting properties & Applications of F.R.C – Polymer concrete –
Types of Polymer concrete – Properties of polymer concrete & Applications – High performance
concrete – Self consolidating concrete – SIFCON.
IVa/IVb. Physical Elasticity, Creep & Modulus of elasticity, measurement concrete
Properties of Shrinkage elasticity, various types of modulus of elasticity:
Concrete and initial tangent, tangent, secant modulus, and
Special Concretes chord modulus
Relation between modulus of elasticity and
compressive strength
Creep, factors effecting creep, creep measurement
Relation between creep & time – Nature of creep
Shrinkage: types: plastic, dry, autogenous,
carbonation shrinkage, factors affecting and
control measures
Introduction and applications
Light weight aggregates, Lightweight aggregate
concrete, Cellular concrete, No-fines concrete
High density concrete
Fibre reinforced concrete, Different types of
fibres, Factors affecting properties &
Special concretes Applications of F.R.C
Polymer concrete – Types of Polymer concrete –
Properties of polymer concrete & Applications
High performance concrete
Self-consolidating concrete
SIFCON
Self-healing concrete
Unit-V: MIX DESIGN
Factors in the choice of mix proportions – Durability of concrete– Statistical methods –
Acceptance criteria – Proportioning of concrete mixes by various methods – BIS method of mix
design.
Durability of concrete : durability requirements
as per IS456
Durability
Factors in the choice of mix proportions
requirements and
Va/Vb. Concrete Statistical methods – Acceptance criteria
acceptance critreria
Mix Design List of various methods of Proportioning of
concrete mixes
IS method of mix BIS method of mix design as per 10262:2019.
design Problems on Mix design as per IS10262
Mapping
CO1 3 2 2 2 2 1
CO2 3 2 2 2 1 2
CO3 2 2 1 2
CO4 3 2 1 1 1
CO5 3 3 3 1 2 2
*****
L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
BUILDING PLANNING & DRAWING LAB
Pre Requisites: AutoCAD Basics

Course objectives:
1. Initiating the student to different building bye-laws and regulations.
2. Imparting the planning aspects of residential buildings and public buildings.
3. Giving training exercises on various sign conventions and different building units.
4. Imparting the skills and methods of planning of various buildings.
Outcomes: At the end of the course the students can able to

CO1: Able to plan various buildings as per the building by-laws.
CO2: Able to distinguish the relation between the plan, elevation and cross section and identify
the form and functions among the buildings.
CO3: Expected to learn the skills of drawing building elements and plan the buildings as per
requirements.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. History of Indian Architecture
2. Overview of NBC- 2016 and Building Bye Laws
3. Principles of Planning of a Residential building, Orientation of building and Minimum standards
for various parts of Residential Building with respect to AP GO No: 168
4. Principles of Planning of Commercial buildings and Minimum standards for various parts of
Commercial Buildings with respect to AP GO No: 168
5. Prepare a line diagram of 2BHK for the given site according Go No: 168
6. Prepare a line diagram of 3BHK for the given site according Go No: 168
7. Overview of IS 962-1989 and Software‘s used for 2D and 3D drawings
8. Draw the Sign conventions of Building, Electrical and Plumbing
9. Draw any given Field Measurement book sketch
10. Draw the Plan, Section and Elevation of a two bed room house
11. Draw the Plan, section and Elevation of a MIG house
12. Draw the Plan, Section and Elevation of an Educational building
13. Plan, Section and Elevation of a Hotel/Motel building
14. Plan, Section and Elevation of a Hospitals/Dispensaries building
15. Draw the plan of a given Layout
16. Draw a detailing Diagram of RCC Beam & Column
17. Draw a detailing diagram of RCC Slab and Isolated foundation
Mapping
CO1 2 2 2 2 2 2
CO2 2 2 1 1 3
CO3 2 2 1 3 2 2 3 1
*****
L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
ENGINEERING GEOLOGY LAB
Course objectives:
1. To identify the mega-scopic types of Ore minerals & Rock forming minerals.
2. To identify the mega-scopic types of Igneous, Sedimentary, Metamorphic rocks.
3. To identify the topography of the site & material selection
Outcomes:
CO1: Identify and classify the geological minerals
CO2: Measure the rock strengths of various rocks
CO3: Prepares, analyses and interpret the Engineering Geologic maps.
CO4: Test the geological material and ground to check the suitability of civil engineering project
construction.
CO5: Investigate the project site for mega/mini civil engineering projects site selection for mega
engineering projects like Dams, Tunnels, disposal sites etc
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Description of Physical properties of minerals. (Demonstration)
2. Identification of
a. Rock forming minerals – Quartz group, Feldspar group, Garnet group, Mica group &Talc,
Chlorite, Olivine, Kyanite, Asbestos, Tourmelene, Calcite, Gypsum, etc…
b. Ore forming minerals – Magnetite, Hematite, Pyrite, Pyralusite, Graphite,Chromite, etc…
3. Description of Various Classification of Rocks and their properties. (Demonstration)
4. Identification of rocks.
a) Igneous rocks – Types of Granite, Pegmatite, Gabbro, Dolerite, Syenite, GranitePoryphery,
Basalt, etc…
b) Sedimentary rocks – Sand stone, Ferrugineous sand stone, Lime stone, Shale, Laterite,
Conglamorate, etc…
c) Metamorphic rocks – Biotite – Granite Gneiss, Slate, Muscovite & Biotiteschist,Marble,
Khondalite, etc…
5. Study of common Goelogical Structures and Importance in Civil Engineering. (Demo)
6. Interpretation and drawing of sections for geological maps showing tilted beds,
faults,unconformities etc.
7. Simple Structural Geology problems.
8. Strength of the rock using laboratory tests.
9. Field work – To identify Minerals, Rocks, Geomorphology& Structural Geology.
10. A Report on importance of Study of Geology in Constrction & Selection of site for mega/mini
civil engineering projects like Dams, Tunnels, disposal sites etc.
Mapping
CO1 3 2 1
CO2 3 2 2
CO3 3 2 1
CO4 3 2 2
CO5 2 2 1
*****
L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
FLUID MECHNAICS AND HYDRAULICS MACHINERY LAB
Course objectives:
1. To impart practical exposure to use various flow measuring devices for making engineering
judgements.
2. To provide practice in estimating friction losses.
3. To impart training to use various hydraulic turbines and pumps.
Outcomes:
CO1: Calibrate flow measurement devices like venturimeter and orifice meter, etc...
CO2: Estimate the friction and measure the frictional losses in fluid flow.
CO3: Compute the performance of various hydraulic turbines and pumps
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Calibration of Venturimeter & Orifice meter
2. Determination of Coefficient of discharge for a small orifice by a Constant head method.
3. Calibration of Orifice meter
4. Calibration of contracted Rectangular Notch and /or Triangular Notch
5. Determination of Coefficient of loss of head in a sudden contraction and friction factor.
6. Verification of Bernoulli‘s equation.
7. Impact of jet on vanes
8. Performance test on Pelton wheel turbine
9. Performance test on Francis turbine.
10. Efficiency test on centrifugal pump.
11. Efficiency test on reciprocating pump.
Mapping
CO1 3 3
CO2 3 3
CO3 3 3 2 2
*****
L T P C
2 0 0 0
PROFESSIONAL ETHICS AND HUMAN VALUES
OBJECTIVE:
1. To give basic insights and inputs to the student to inculcate Human Values to grow as a
responsible human being with proper personality.
2. Professional Ethics instils the students to maintain ethical conduct and discharge their
professional duties.
UNIT – I: ETHICS
Senses of 'Engineering Ethics' -Variety of moral issues - Types of inquiry -Moral
Dilemmas Moral autonomy -Kohlberg's theory Gilligan's theory -Consensus and controversy —
Models of Professional Roles -Theories about right action- Self-interest - Customs and religion -
Uses of Ethical theories.
UNIT – II: HUMAN VALUES
Morals, Values and Ethics — Integrity — Work Ethic — Service Learning - Civic Virtue —
Respect for Others — Living Peacefully — Caring — Sharing - Honesty — Courage— Valuing
Time - Cooperation — Commitment — Empathy — Self Confidence — Character —
Spirituality
UNIT – III: ENGINEERING AS SOCIAL EXPERIMENTATION
Engineering as experimentation - Engineering Projects VS. Standard Experiments - Engineers as
responsible experimenters — Codes of ethics - Industrial Standards - A balanced outlook on
law- The challenger case study.
UNIT – IV: SAFETY, RESPONSIBILITIES AND RIGHTS
Safety and risk- Assessment of safety and risk- Risk benefit analysis and reducing risk- Three
Mile Island and Chernobyl case study - Collegiality and loyalty -Respect for authority Collective
bargaining — Confidentiality- Conflicts of interest - Occupational Crime Professional Rights-
Employee rights- Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) discrimination.
UNIT – V: GLOBAL ISSUES
Multinational Corporation‘s -Environmental ethics-computer ethics -weapons development
Engineers as managers - consulting engineers-engineers as expert witnesses and advisors Moral
leadership - sample code of Ethics (Specific to a particular Engineering Discipline).
TEXT BOOKS:
1. R.S.Nagarajan, a Textbook on ―Professional Ethics and Human Values‖, New Age
Publishers — 2006.
2. Mike Martin and Roland Schinzinger, "Ethics in engineering", McGraw Hill, New
York 1996.
REFERENCES
1. Govindarajan M, Natarajan S, Senthil Kumar V. S, ―Engineering Ethics‖, Prentice
Hall of India, New Delhi, 2004.
2. Charles D. Fleddermann, "Engineering Ethics", Pearson Education/ Prentice Hall,
New Jersey,2004 (Indian Reprint now available)
3. Charles E Harris, Michael S. Protchard and Michael I Rabins, ―Engineering Ethics
Concepts and Cases‖, Wadsworth Thompson Leatning, United States, 2000 (Indian
Reprint now available).
4. John R Boatright, ―Ethics and the conduct of business‖, Pearson Education, New
Delhi,2003.
5. Edmund G Seebauer and Robert L Barry, ―Fundamentals of ethics for scientists and
engineers‖, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2001.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1 Able to Understand the basic perception of profession, professional ethics, various moral &
social issues, concepts of the Ethics
CO2 Able to Understand Human Values and their importance
CO3 Able to Understand industrial standards, code of ethics and role of professional ethics in
engineering field.
CO4 Able to be aware of professional rights and responsibilities of an engineer, responsibilities of
an engineer for safety and risk benefit analysis
CO5 Able to acquire knowledge about various roles of engineers in variety of global issues and
able to apply ethical principles to resolve situations that arise in their professional lives
Mapping
CO1 3 1 3 3 3
CO2 3 3 2 3
CO3 3 2 3 2 3
CO4 3 3 3 2 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 3
*****
L T P C
0 0 2 1
SOCIAL RELEVANT PROJECT
Preamble:
There is lot of scientific and technological changes in the nation during last few decades in
almost all the sectors. The state and central governments are introducing many schemes to all
classes of people of the nation to increase the productivity in various sectors. India is a rural
centric nation and the fruits of the scientific inventions and new technology shall be shared
among all remote corners of the nation. With this aim, a socially relevant project is newly
introduced in the curriculum with an objective of taking up the projects relevant to the societal
needs.
Objectives:
(1) The students shall explore the technological needs of society
(2) The students shall understand the technological problems of society
General guidelines:
1. A socially relevant project shall be a community service based project and it shall be
innovative.
2. A student has to pursue the socially relevant project to solve real life and pressing
problems of society.
3. The pursued socially relevant projects shall contribute to national development goals and
priorities.
4. Socially relevant project can be carried out by an individual student or by a team of
maximum 5 of concerned department.
5. The student(s) shall visit the society (Villages/Hospitals/Social Service Organizations
etc) to identify the problem and conduct literature survey and provide a feasible solution.
6. The socially relevant project selected shall be in the broad area of concerned discipline of
course. Preference shall be given to rural societal problems.
7. Each team shall work under the supervision of a faculty member of the concerned
department.
8. If the course is offered in II Year I Semester, the student or team of students shall
complete this project during the vacation after I Year and so on.
9. The duration of the project is about 15 to 20 hrs in total and students may split total
duration into 2 to 3 hrs per day based convenience. The attendance shall be maintained
by the supervisor.
Outcomes
(1) The students are being able to provide a solution the technological problems of society
(1) The students are able suggest technological changes which suits current needs of society
(2) The students are able to explain new technologies available for problems of the society.
Reference:
(1) Web Link: http://iitk.ac.in/new/socially-relevant-research
(2) https://csie.iitm.ac.in/SocialProjectsIITM.html
(3) http://www.iitkgp.ac.in/files/csr/csr_education.pdf
III-Year-I Semester L T P C
STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS-II
PC3101 3 0 0 3
Prerequisites:
1. Structural Analysis-I
Course Objectives:
1. Familiarize student with force response of Arches and Cables
2. Equip student with quick and approximate analysis of building frames for gravity and
lateral
loads
3. Enable students to analyze beams and frames by Moment Distribution and Matrix methods
4. Impart knowledge on plastic analysis of beams and portal frames
UNIT I 14 HOURS
Cables: Introduction, characteristics and general equation of cable, analysis of cables subjected
to concentrated loads and uniformly distributed loads, temperature effects, analysis of anchor
cables and pylons
Arches: Introduction to arches; Arch vs Beam, Importance of supports, Types of arches and
indeterminacy, Theoretical Arch and Actual Arch, Elastic theory of arches – Eddy‘s theorem,
Determination of internal forces, Analysis of three-hinged and two-hinged arches – rib
shortening and temperature effects, tied-arch and fixed arch (no analytical question)
UNIT – II 14 HOURS
Gravity Load Analysis Using Approximate Methods: Analysis of continuous beams and
portal frames using Inflection Points, Analysis of building frames using Substitute Frame
Method
Lateral Load Analysis Using Approximate Methods: Application to building frames. (i)
Portal Method (ii) Cantilever Method.
UNIT – III 10 HOURS

Moment Distribution Method: Degrees of freedom, Member flexural stiffness and carry over
factors, Distribution factors, Analysis of continuous beams with and without sinking of supports,
Portal frames without and with Sway
UNIT – IV 10 HOURS
Plastic Analysis: Assumptions, Yielding and Plastic hinge concept - Yield Moment and Plastic
Moment - Plastic Section Modulus - Shape factor - Collapse Load, Theorems and methods of
plastic analysis, Analysis of statically indeterminate beams and portal frames.
UNIT – V 12 HOURS
Introduction to Matrix Methods (System Approach):
Flexibility method: Introduction, application to continuous beams (maximum of two unknowns)
including support settlements.
Stiffness method: Introduction, application to continuous beams (maximum of two unknowns)
TEXT BOOKS
1. C.S. Reddy, Basic Structural Analysis, Tata McGraw-Hill
2. T. S. Thandavamoorthy, Structural Analysis, Oxford University Press (India)
3. S. S. Bhavikatti, Structural Analysis – Vol I & II, Vikas Publications
4. K. U. Muthu et al., Structural Analysis – Vol I & II, IK International
5. V. K. M. Selvam, Fundamentals of Limit Analysis of Structures, Dhanpat Rai Publications
REFERENCES
1. Structural Analysis-II, IIT Kharagpur – NPTEL (web course)

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105/105/105105109/#
2. Devdas Menon, Structural Analysis, Narosa Publishers
3. Comprehensive Structural Analysis-Vol. I & 2, R. Vaidyanathan & P. Perumal- Laxmi Publications
Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
4. Structural Analysis, R.C. Hibbeler, Pearson Education, India
5. G. S. Pandit and Gupta, Matrix Analysis of Structures, Tata McGraw-Hill
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Analyze cables and arches
CO2: Apply approximate methods and determine the structural response of building frames
subjected
to gravity loads and lateral loads respectively
CO3: Analyze continuous beams and portal frames using Moment Distribution and Matrix
methods
CO4: Carry out plastic analysis of continuous beams and portal frames

Micro-Syllabus of Structural Analysis

UNIT I Cables: Introduction, characteristics and general equation of cable, analysis of main
cables subjected to concentrated loads and uniformly distributed loads, temperature effects,
analysis of anchor cables and pylons
Arches: Introduction to arches; Arch vs Beam, Importance of supports and indeterminacy,

Theoretical Arch and Actual Arch, Elastic theory of arches – Eddy‘s theorem, Determination of
internal forces, Analysis of three-hinged and two-hinged arches – rib shortening and temperature
effects.

Cable subjected to concentrated loads
Cable subjected to UDL
Cables subjected to UDL with supports at
different levels
Ia. Cables Analysis of cable
Effect of temperature on internal force of cable
subjected to UDL with supports at same level
Analysis of anchor cable and pylon with pulley
and saddle on roller supports
Arch vs Beam; Importance of supports
Types of arches and indeterminacy
Introduction
Theoretical and actual arch
Eddy‘s theorem
Analysis of symmetrical three-hinged parabolic
arch subjected to UDL and / Concentrated loads
Analysis of un-symmetrical three-hinged
Three-hinged arch parabolic arch (supports at different levels)
subjected to UDL and / Concentrated loads
Ib. Arches Analysis of three-hinged segmental (circular)
arch –Supports at Same level only
Analysis of two hinged parabolic arch subjected
to UDL (assuming secant variation of MOI)
Determination of horizontal reaction ‗H‘ of
circular or semi-circular arch subjected to UDL
Two-hinged arch
Analysis of parabolic arch subjected to UDL
with rib-shortening, yielding of supports and
temperature effect (assuming secant variation of
MOI)
Tied-arch and fixed
Theory only
arch
Unit-II: Gravity Load Analysis Using Approximate Methods: Analysis of continuous beams
and portal frames using Inflection Points, Analysis of building frames using Substitute Frame
Method
Lateral Load Analysis Using Approximate Methods: Application to building frames. (i)
Portal Method (ii) Cantilever Method.

IIa. Gravity load Analysis by Analysis of three-span continuous beam subjected
analysis assumption of to UDL and / point loads
Inflection points Analysis of single bay- two storey portal frame
subjected to UDL on beams
Substitute Frame Analysis of two bay – two storey portal frame

Method subjected to UDL on beams
Portal method
IIb. Lateral load Analysis of two bay – two storey portal frame
analysis
Cantilever method
UNIT – III Moment Distribution Method: Degrees of freedom, Member flexural stiffness and
carry over factors, Distribution factors, Analysis of continuous beams with and without sinking
of supports, Portal frames without and with Sway.

Degrees of freedom
Introduction Member flexural stiffness and carry over factors
Distribution factors
Analysis of continuous beams with various
IIIa/b. Moment Analysis of supports – spans subjected to UDL or
Distribution continuous beam concentrated load or triangular load –without and
Method with sinking of supports
Analysis of single bay-single storey portal frame
Analysis of portal without sway subjected to UDL and / point loads
frames Analysis of single bay-single storey portal frame
with sway subjected to UDL and / point loads
UNIT – IV Plastic Analysis: Assumptions, Yielding and Plastic hinge concept - Yield Moment
and Plastic Moment - Plastic Section Modulus - Shape factor - Collapse Load, Theorems and
methods of plastic analysis, Analysis of statically indeterminate beams and portal frames.

Assumptions of analysis, Yielding and plastic
hinge concept, Yield moment and Plastic moment
Plastic section modulus and shape factor, collapse
Introduction
load
Theorems and methods of plastic analysis
Analysis of Fixed beam with UDL and constant
IVa/b. Plastic EI
Analysis Analysis of S.I. Analysis of Fixed beam with UDL and varying EI
beams (rigid (Stepped Fixed beam)
supports)
Two span continuous beam subjected to UDL /
point loads and different supports and EI
Analysis of Portal Analysis of single bay-single storey portal frame

Frames subjected to UDL / point loads without sway
Analysis of single bay-single storey portal frame
subjected to UDL / point loads with sway
UNIT – V Introduction to Matrix Methods (System Approach):
Flexibility method: Introduction, application to continuous beams (maximum of two unknowns)
Stiffness method: Introduction, application to continuous beams (maximum of two unknowns)
Unit Module Micro Content
Flexibility and stiffness definitions, relationship

between flexibility and stiffness, flexibility and
Introduction
stiffness coefficients for bending members;
Va. Flexibility Flexibility vs Stiffness Methods
Method
Analysis of Analysis of continuous beam without and with
Continuous beam sinking of supports
Vb. Stiffness Analysis of Analysis of continuous beam without and with

Method Continuous beam sinking of supports
Mapping
CO1 2 3 1
CO2 1 3 2
CO3 2 3 2
CO4 1 3 1
*****
III-Year-I Semester DESIGN AND DRAWING OF L T P C
REINFORCED CONCRETE 3 0 0 3
PC3102
STRUCTURES
Course Objectives:
1. To impart basic concepts of design of individual components of the reinforced concrete
structures using limit state and working stress method.
2. To impart concepts of limit state design and serviceability checks for different
components of RCC structures using the Indian standard codes with different loading
conditions and to sketch the reinforcement details of designed structure.
3. To understand the principles of singly reinforced beams and doubly reinforced beams.
4. To enable the students to design of Important RCC structures like beams, slabs, and
columns and footings.
5. For the given loads, impart the students to design according to IS codes.
Unit-I: INTRODUCTION TO DESIGN METHODS 10 HOURS

Working stress method: Introduction- loading standards – Dead, live, wind and earthquake
loads, Elastic theory: design constants, modular ratio, neutral axis depth and moment of
resistance for balanced, under-reinforced and over-reinforced sections. – Design for bending –
analysis and design of singly reinforced and doubly reinforced beams.
Limit state method: Concepts of limit state design – Characteristic loads –Characteristic
strength – Partial load and safety factors – Assumptions in limit state design – stress - block
parameters – limiting moment of Resistance.
Unit– II: DESIGN OF BEAMS 13 HOURS
Beams: Design of singly and doubly reinforced beams-effective depth-Moment of Resistance-
Minimum depth and minimum tension reinforcement- Design examples of simply supported and
cantilever beams.
Flanged sections: Analysis of singly and doubly reinforced flanged sections – Design of flanged
sections- effective width of flange- Minimum depth and minimum tension reinforcement.
Shear and Torsion: Limit state design of section for Shear and torsion – Concept of Anchorage
and development length, Deflection- IS Code provisions.
Unit-III: DESIGN OF SLABS 13 HOURS
Slabs: Introduction to types of slabs- One way slab- two-way slabs- Design examples for one
way and two-way slabs – Continuous slab design – Reinforcement detailing.
Unit-IV: DESIGN OF COLUMNS 12 HOURS
Columns: Different types of columns – Design of short and long columns – Columns subjected
to axial load – Columns subjected to uni-axial and bi axial bending – IS code provisions–
Reinforcement detailing.
Unit-V: DESIGN OF FOOTINGS 12 HOURS
Footings: Different types of footings – Design of isolated footings – Square, rectangular shape
footings – Design of footings subjected to axial load and uni axial moment – Reinforcement
Detailing.
Note: All designs from Unit II should be in limit state design.
Following plates should be prepared by the students.
1. Reinforcement detailing of Rectangular beams, T-beams and L-beams.
2. Reinforcement detailing of columns and isolated footings.
3. Detailing of one-way and two-way slabs.
4. Reinforcement detailing of continuous slabs.
TEXT BOOKS:
3. Limit State Design, A. K. Jain.
4. Limit State Design of Reinforced concrete, B.C.Punmia, Ashok Kumar Jain and Arun
Kumar Jain, 2007, Laxmi Publications.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Reinforced concrete design, S.Unnikrishna Pillai & Devdas Menon, 3rd edition,Tata
Mc.Graw Hill, New Delhi.
2. N.C. Sinha and S.K Roy, “Fundamentals of Reinforced Concrete”, 4th Edition, S. Chand
publishers, 2002
3. N. Krishna Raju and R.N. Pranesh, “Reinforced Concrete Design”, 8th Edition, New age
International Publishers, New Delhi, 2004.
4. Fundamentals of Reinforced concrete design, M.L. Gambhir, 3rd edition, Printice Hall of
India Private Ltd.
5. IS Codes: IS 456:2000, IS 875(Part I & II)
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Understand the fundamental behaviour of RCC structures and code provisions of IS
456:2000 and IS 875.
CO2: Analyse the different types of beams subjected to different loading conditions and
understand the variation of moment of resistance (Understanding, Analysing)
CO3: Apply the IS code provisions for design of sections and determining the reinforcement
detailing satisfying the given loading conditions (Applying, Analysing)
CO4: Design of slabs, columns and footings for given loading conditions (Designing)
CO5: Drawing the reinforcement detailing of beams, columns and footings and slabs for
obtained data in design. (Analysing, drawing)
1- Remembering, 2- Understanding, 3 – Applying, 4 – Analysing, 5 – Designing, 6 - Drawing
Micro-Syllabus of Design and Drawing of reinforced Concrete Structures
Unit-I: INTRODUCTION TO DESIGN METHODS

Working stress method: Introduction- loading standards – Dead, live, wind and earthquake
loads, Elastic theory: design constants, modular ratio, neutral axis depth and moment of
resistance for balanced, under-reinforced and over-reinforced sections. – Design for bending –
analysis and design of singly reinforced and doubly reinforced beams.
Limit state method: Concepts of limit state design – Characteristic loads –Characteristic
strength – Partial load and safety factors – Assumptions in limit state design – stress - block
parameters – limiting moment of Resistance.
Loading standards, dead load, live load, earthquake
Introduction
load and wind load
Design constant
Elastic theory Modular ratio
Ia. Working
Depth of neutral axis
stress Method
For balanced section
Moment of
For under reinforced section
Resistance
For over reinforced section
Singly reinforced section
Design
Doubly reinforced section
Partial load and safety factors
Basic concept of
Ib. Limit state limit state design. Assumptions
method Stress block parameters
Limiting moment of resistance
Unit– II: DESIGN OF BEAMS
Beams: Design of singly and doubly reinforced beams-effective depth-Moment of Resistance-
Minimum depth and minimum tension reinforcement- Design examples in simply supported and
cantilever beams
Flanged sections: Analysis of singly and doubly reinforced flanged sections – Design of flanged
sections- effective width of flange- Minimum depth and minimum tension reinforcement
Shear and Torsion: Limit state design of section for Shear and torsion – Concept of Anchorage
and development length, Deflection- IS Code provisions.
Design of singly reinforcement and doubly
reinforcement beams (limit state)
Moment of resistance
Rectangular beams
Minimum reinforcement
Design examples of simply supported and
cantilever beams
Analysis of singly and doubly reinforced
II. Design of flanged sections
Flanged beams
Beams Effective width of flange
Design of flanged sections
Limit state design of section for Shear and
torsion
Concept of Anchorage
Shear and Torsion
Development length
Deflection
IS code provisions
Unit-III: DESIGN OF SLABS

Slabs: Introduction to types of slabs- One way slab- two way slabs- Design examples for one
way and two way slabs – Continuous slab design – Reinforcement detailing.

One way slabs
III. Design of
Types of slabs Two way slabs
slabs
Continuous slabs
IS code provisions
One way slabs
Design examples Two way slabs
Continuous slabs
Reinforcement Detailing
Unit-IV: DESIGN OF COLUMNS
Columns: Different types of columns – Design of short and long columns – Columns subjected
to axial load – Columns subjected to uni-axial and bi axial bending – IS code provisions–
Reinforcement detailing.
Introduction Different types of columns
Short columns subjected to axial load
Short columns subjected to uni-axial and bi-
IV. Columns
Design of columns axial bending moments
Design of long columns

Reinforcement detailing
Unit-V: DESIGN OF FOOTINGS
Footings: Different types of footings – Design of isolated footings – Square, rectangular
footings – Design of footings subjected to axial load and uni axial moment – Reinforcement
Detailing.
Different types of footing
Introduction
Different loading conditions
V. Design of
Square and rectangular footings
Footings
Design of isolated Footings subjected to axial load
footings Footings subjected to uni axial moments
Reinforcement detailing
Mapping
CO1 2 2 1 2
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 3 4 3
CO4 2 4 5 5
CO5 6 1 3 6 3
*****
SOIL MECHANICS
PC3103 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To enable the student to determine the index properties of the soil and classify it.
2. To impart the concept of seepage of water through soils and determine the
discharge of water through soils.
3. To impart the principles of compaction and consolidation of soils and
determine the magnitude and the rate of consolidation settlement.
4. To enable the student to understand the concept of shear strength of soils,
determine the shear parameters of sands and clays and the areas of their
application.
UNIT-I
INTRODUCTION AND INDEX PROPERTIES OF SOILS 10 HOURS
Soil formation– Soil structure and clay mineralogy, Adsorbed water, Mass- Volume
relationships – Relative density. Grain size analysis– Sieve and Hydrometer methods –
Consistency limits and indices– IS Classification of soils.
UNIT– II
PERMEABILITY & SEEPAGE THROUGH SOILS 12 HOURS
Soil water – Capillary rise – Flow of water through soils – Darcy's Law- Permeability – Factors
affecting permeability, Capillary phenomenon in soils – Laboratory determination of
coefficient of permeability – Permeability of layered systems. Total, neutral and effective
stresses – Quick sand condition – Seepage through soils –Flow nets: Construction,
Characteristics and Uses.
UNIT-III
STRESS DISTRIBUTION IN SOILS 12 HOURS
Boussinesq‘s and Westergaard‘s theories for point loads and areas of different shapes –
Newmark‘s influence chart.
UNIT-IV
COMPACTION & CONSOLIDATION 13 HOURS
Mechanism of compaction – Factors affecting compaction– Effects of compaction on soil
properties – Field compaction Equipment –compaction control. Stress history of clay;
Compressibility of soils, Terzaghi‘s one dimensional consolidation theory, Consolidation test,
pre-consolidation pressure, e - p and e-log p curves, total settlement.
UNIT-V
SHEAR STRENGTH OF SOILS 13 HOURS
Mohr – Coulomb failure theories – Types of laboratory strength tests– Strength tests based on
drainage conditions – Shear strength of sands – Critical Void Ratio – Liquefaction- shear
strength of clays, pore pressure coefficients.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Arora. K.R., ―Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering‖, 5th Edition, Standard
Publishers and Distributors, 2001.
2. Gopal Ranjan, Rao A.S.R., ―Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics‖, 2nd Edition, New Age
Intl. (P) Ltd., 2005.
REFERENCES:
1. Das. B.M., ―Principles of Geotechnical Engineering‖, 7th Edition, Cengage Learning, 2010.
2. Murthy V. N. S., ―Textbook of Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering‖, 1st Edition,
3. CBS Publishers, 2018.
4. Venkataramiah. C., ―Geotechnical Engineering‖, 3rd Edition. New Age International Pvt.
Ltd, 2008.
5.
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Classify -soil and their engineering properties (Understanding)
CO2:Explain-the importance of permeability, seepage and its effects (Understanding, Applying)
CO3: Calculate -the stresses in soils under external loads (Analysing, Evaluating)
CO4: Analysis- settlement behaviour of soils under compaction and consolidation
(Analysing, Evaluating)
CO5: Explain- the failure mechanism under the influence of different loading and drainage
conditions (Understanding)
Micro Syllabus-Soil Mechanics
UNIT-I: INTRODUCTION AND INDEX PROPERTIES OF SOILS
Soil formation– Soil structure and clay mineralogy, Adsorbed water, Mass- Volume
relationships – Relative density. Grain size analysis– Sieve and Hydrometer methods –
Consistency limits and indices– IS Classification of soils.
Introduction Soil formation– Soil structure-Adsorbed water
Structural units of clay minerals
Clay mineralogy
Important clay minerals
Ia. Introduction Mass densities, weight densities, specific gravity,
Mass –volume void ratio, porosity, degree of saturation, air
relationships content, percentage void ratio and their relations,
relative density(concept and problems)
Mechanical sieve analysis, hydrometer method(
Grain size analysis, concept, no problems)
Ib. Index
Atterberg‘s limits, Consistency limits-LL,PL and SL
properties of soil
I.S classification Indices
I.S classification
Unit– II: PERMEABILITY & SEEPAGE THROUGH SOILS
Soil water – Capillary rise – Flow of water through soils – Darcy's Law- Permeability – Factors
affecting permeability, Capillary phenomenon in soils – Laboratory determination of
coefficient of permeability – Permeability of layered systems. Total, neutral and effective
stresses – Quick sand condition – Seepage through soils –Flow nets: Construction,
Characteristics and Uses.
Introduction Soil water – Capillary rise
Darcy's Law
Permeability – Factors affecting permeability,
II.a. Permeability Flow of water through Capillary phenomenon in soils
soils Laboratory determination of coefficient of
permeability (concept and problems)
Permeability of layered systems
(concept and problems)
Total, neutral and effective stresses
problems
II.b. Seepage Stresses in soil &
Quick sand condition
through soils Seepage through soils
Flow nets, construction
Flow net, Characteristics and uses
Unit-III: STRESS DISTRIBUTION IN SOILS
Boussinesq‘s and Westergaard‘s theories for point loads and areas of different shapes –
Newmark‘s influence chart.
Introduction Stress distribution of soils
For point loads and different shapes(concept
III. Stress Boussinesq‘s theory
and problems)
distribution in For point loads and different shapes(concept
soils Westergaard‘s theory
and no problems)
Newmark‘s influence
Construction procedure, Applications
chart
Unit-IV: COMPACTION & CONSOLIDATION:

Mechanism of compaction – Factors affecting compaction– Effects of compaction on soil
properties – Field compaction Equipment –compaction control. Stress history of clay;
Compressibility of soils, Terzaghi‘s one dimensional consolidation theory, Consolidation test,
pre-consolidation pressure, e - p and e-log p curves, total settlement.
Introduction Mechanism of compaction
Factors affecting compaction
IVa. Compaction Effects of compaction on soil properties
Compaction
Field compaction Equipment
Field compaction-Compaction control
Difference between compaction and
Introduction
consolidation
Stress history of clay
IVb.Consolidation Compressibility of soils
Consolidation Terzaghi‘s one dimensional consolidation
theory, Assumptions
Consolidation test
pre-consolidation pressure, e - p and e-log p

curves
Types of settlements, total settlement, problems
Unit-V: SHEAR STRENGTH OF SOILS

Mohr – Coulomb failure theories – Types of laboratory strength tests– Strength tests based on
drainage conditions – Shear strength of sands – Critical Void Ratio – Liquefaction- shear
strength of clays, pore pressure coefficients.
Introduction Shear strength of soils
Shear strength theories Mohr – Coulomb failure theories
Laboratory strength Types of laboratory strength tests

V. Shear strength tests Strength tests based on drainage conditions
of soils
Shear strength of sands
Critical Void Ratio
Strength of soils Concept of liquefaction
Shear strength of clays
Pore pressure coefficients (concept only)
Mapping
CO1 3 2 1
CO2 3 2 1
CO3 3 2 1
CO4 3 2 1
*****
ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING
PC3104 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. Outline planning and the design of water supply systems for a community/
town/ city.
2. To impart the knowledge of selecting sources of water with reference to quality
andquantity in a locality, for domestic usage.
3. Provide knowledge of characterization of water and wastewater.
4. To introduce various treatment options available and their design principles for
water treatment and wastewater treatment at the household and municipal level.
5. To elucidate the various collection and disposal options available for water
and wastewater, including the distribution networks, layout, construction and
maintenance.
Unit-I: WATER DEMANDS- STANDARDS -SOURCES 10 HOURS

Aspects of Environmental Engineering – Protected water supply – Need – Water borne
diseases –Water demands – Fluctuations – Design period-Population forecast – Water quality
– Drinking water standards- Testing and significance – Quality and Quantity and other
considerations of surface and subsurface sources – Yield calculations – Intake works –Types
of Intakes – Storage reservoir capacity – Systems of water supply – Requirements – Detection
of leakages – Selection of pump – Economical diameter of pumping main.
Unit– II: TREATMENT OF WATER AND DISTRIBUTION 10 HOURS
Water treatment, conventional treatment flow diagram –Sedimentation types – Principles –
Design factors – Coagulation –Design of Clariflocculator – Filtration – Slow, Rapid gravity
filters and Pressure filters – Design principles-Disinfection – Theory of Chlorination–
Distribution systems– Layouts – Design- and analysis, Hardy Cross method and Equivalent
Pipe method. Valves – Other appurtenances.
Unit-III: WASTEWATER MANAGEMENT 12 HOURS
Introduction: Waste water treatment system – Definitions of terms – Collection and
conveyance of sewage – Sewage flow rates – Storm water – Characteristics of sewage–
Cycles of decay – BOD – COD – Ultimate disposal of sewage–self-purification of rivers–
sewage farming.
Unit-IV: DESIGN OF SEWERS AND PRIMARY TREATMENT 14 HOURS
Layouts – Design of sewers – Sewers appurtenances – Sewage pumping -Conventional
sewage treatment – Primary treatment: - Screens – Grit chamber – Sedimentation tanks –
Design principles. Septic tanks and Imhoff tanks - rural latrines – House plumbing –
Appurtenances.
Unit-V: SECONDARY BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT 14 HOURS

Secondary treatment – Biological treatment – Trickling filters – Activated Sludge Process –
Low cost waste treatment methods – Design of Oxidation ponds – Aerobic and Anaerobic
lagoons. Sludge Digestion– Disposal.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. B.C. Punmia B C, A.K. Jain and A.K. Jain, ―Water Supply Engineering‖,
LaxmiPublications.2nd Edition1995, Reprint 2005.
2. B.C. Punmia, A.K. Jain and A.K. Jain, ―Wastewater Engineering‖, Laxmi
Publications, 2ndEdition 1998, Reprint 2014.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. S.K. Garg, ―Water Supply Engineering‖, Khanna Publishers, 26th revised
Edition, New Delhi.2010.
2. S.K. Garg, ―Sewage disposal and Air Pollution Enginering‖, Khanna Publishers
New Delhi. 36thEdition, 2017.
3. H.S. Peavy, D. Rowe, and G. Tchobanoglous, ―Environmental
Engineering‖, McGraw HillPublishers, New Delhi. 1985.
4. G.S. Birdie and J.S. Birdie, ―Water Supply and Sanitary Engineering‖ Dhanpat
Rai PublishingCompany New Delhi, 6th Edition, 2002.
5. K.N. Duggal, ―Elements of Environmental Engineering‖, S.Chand &
Company Limited, NewDelhi, 2007.
6. P. N. Modi, ―Sewage Treatment Disposal & Wastewater Engineering‖,
Standard Book House,2016.
7. Manual on sewerage and sewage treatment, CPHEEO, Ministry of urban
affairs andemployment, Govt. of India, New Delhi, 2001
8. Water and Wastewater Engineering, NPTEL video lectures and web notes
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Assess the quality and quantity of water requirements for a city
CO2: Design of different treatment units and distribution systems for water supply
CO3: Analyze the characteristics, collection, conveyance and disposal of wastewater
CO4: Design of sewers and various units in a wastewater treatment plant
CO5: Design of secondary and biological treatment units

Micro-Syllabus of Environmental Engineering
Unit-I: WATER DEMANDS- STANDARDS -SOURCES

Aspects of Environmental Engineering – Protected water supply – Need – Water borne
diseases –Water demands – Fluctuations – Design period-Population forecast – Water quality
– Drinking water standards- Testing and significance – Quality and Quantity and other
considerations of surface and subsurface sources – Yield calculations – Intake works ––
Storage reservoir capacity – Systems of water supply – Requirements – Detection of leakages
– Selection of pump – Economical diameter of pumping main.
Per capita Demand and factors influencing it
Water Demands Types of water demands and its variations
Factors affecting water demand
Design period Factors affecting the Design period
WATER Water borne diseases Control of waterborne diseases
DEMANDS- Aspects of
STANDARDS - Environmental Role of Environmental Engineer
SOURCES Engineering
Testing and Characteristics & Analysis of water– Physical,
significance Chemical and Biological
Intake works Types of Intakes
Drinking water IS 10500 2012 and WHO guidelines for drinking

standards water
Yield calculations Wells
Unit– II: TREATMENT OF WATER AND DISTRIBUTION

Water treatment, conventional treatment flow diagram –Sedimentation types – Principles –
Design factors – Coagulation –Design of Clariflocculator – Filtration – Slow, Rapid gravity
filters and Pressure filters – Design principles-Disinfection – Theory of Chlorination–
Distribution systems– Layouts – Design- and analysis, Hardy Cross method and Equivalent
Pipe method. Valves – Other appurtenances.
Disinfection Other Disinfection methods
TREATMENT Requirements of Distribution systems
Distribution systems
OF WATER Methods of Distribution system
AND Sluice valves, air valves, scour valves and check
DISTRIBUTION Valves valves
Other appurtenances Hydrants, and water meters
Unit-III: WASTEWATER MANAGEMENT
Introduction: Waste water treatment system – Definitions of terms – Collection and
conveyance of sewage – Sewage flow rates – Storm water – Characteristics of sewage–
Cycles of decay – BOD – COD – Ultimate disposal of sewage–self-purification of rivers–
sewage farming.
Introduction Systems of sanitation
Waste water treatment

Relative merits & demerits
system
WASTEWATER
MANAGEMENT Characteristics of Physical, Chemical and Biological Examination
sewage Determination of bending stresses
BOD equations
BOD – COD
Problems
Methods of disposal
Ultimate disposal of Disposal into water bodies
sewage Oxygen Sag Curve
Disposal into sea, disposal on land
Unit-IV: DESIGN OF SEWERS AND PRIMARY TREATMENT
Layouts – Design of sewers – Sewers appurtenances – Sewage pumping -Conventional
sewage treatment – Primary treatment: - Screens – Grit chamber – Sedimentation tanks –
Design principles. Septic tanks and Imhoff tanks - rural latrines – House plumbing –
Appurtenances.
Layouts Types of sewers
Design of sewers Problems on design of sewers
Sewers appurtenances Cleaning and ventilation of sewers
Pumping stations
DESIGN OF
Location
SEWERS AND
Sewage pumping Components
PRIMARY
Types of pumps and their suitability with
TREATMENT
regard to wastewaters
Septic tanks and Imhoff Working Principles and Design
tanks - rural latrines Reuse and disposal of septic tank effluent
House plumbing One pipe and two pipe systems
Appurtenances Sanitary fittings and other accessories
Unit-V: SECONDARY BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT
Secondary treatment – Biological treatment – Trickling filters – Activated Sludge Process –
Low cost waste treatment methods – Design of Oxidation ponds – Aerobic and Anaerobic
lagoons. Sludge Digestion – Disposal.
Aerobic and anaerobic treatment process-
Biological treatment
comparison
Mechanism of impurities removal
Classification
Design, operation and maintenance problems
Trickling filters Longitudinal strain
Volumetric strain
Changes in diameter, and volume of thin
SECONDARY cylinders.
BIOLOGICAL Activated Sludge Principles, designs, and operational problems
TREATMENT Process modifications of Activated Sludge Processes
Characteristics
SVI
Handling and treatment of sludge
Thickening
Sludge Digestion
Anaerobic digestion of sludge
Radial stresses
Thick cylinders (simple problems)
Compound cylinders (simple problems)
Disposal Sludge Drying Beds. Centrifuge
Mapping
CO1 3 2 2
CO2 3 2 2 1
CO3 2 2
CO4 2 2 2 2
CO5 2 2 2 2
**********
III-Year-I Semester REPAIR AND REHABILITATION OF L T P C
PE3101A BUILDINGS 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is
1. Familiarize Students with deterioration of concrete in structures
2. Equip student with concepts of NDT and evaluation
3. Understand failures and causes for failures in structures
4. Familiarize different materials for repairs and rehabilitation of structures.
5. Understand the different repair techniques.
Unit-I: 12 HOURS
Deterioration of concrete in structures: Physical processes of deteriorationlike Freezing
andThawing, Wetting and Drying, Abrasion, Erosion, Pitting,Chemical processes like
Carbonation, Chloride ingress, Corrosion, Alkaliaggregate reaction, Sulphate attack Acid attack,
temperature and their causes,Mechanism, Effect, preventive measures.
Cracks:Cracks in concrete, type,pattern, quantification, measurement & preventive
measures,repair of cracks in concrete.
Unit– II: 11 HOURS

Non-Destructive Testing- Non-destructive test methods for concreteincluding Rebound
hammer, Ultrasonic pulse velocity, Rebar locator,Corrosion meter, Penetration resistance and
Pull-out test, Core cutting-Corrosion: Methods for corrosion measurement and assessment
includinghalf-cell potential and resistivity.
Unit-III: 13 HOURS
Failure of buildings: Definition of building failure-types of failures- Causesof Failures- Faulty
Design, Accidental over Loading, Poor quality of materialand Poor Construction practices- Fire
damage - Methodology forinvestigation of failures-diagnostic testing methods and equipment.
Unit-IV: 12 HOURS
Materials for repair and rehabilitation -Admixtures- types of admixturespurposesof using
admixtures- chemical composition- Natural admixtures-Fibres- wraps- Glass and Carbon fibre
wraps- Steel Plates-Concrete behaviourunder corrosion.
Unit-V: 12 HOURS
Repair Techniques: Grouting, Jacketing, Shotcreting, externally bondedplates, Nailing,
Underpinning and under water repair; Equipments,Precautions and Processes.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. ‗Rehabilitation of Concrete Structures‘ by B. Vidivelli, Standard Publishers
2. ‗Maintenance & Repair of Civil Structures‘ by B.L. Gupta & Amit Gupta.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. ‗Concrete Structures- protection Repair and Rehabilitation‘ by R.Doodge Woodson, BH
Publishers
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course the student will be able to
CO1: Explain deterioration of concrete in structures.

CO2: Carryout analysis using NDT and evaluate structures.
CO3: Assess failures and causes of failures in structures.
CO4: Carryout Physical investigation and asses the repair materials.
CO5: Asses the repair techniques.
UNIT-I
Deterioration of concrete in structures: Physical processes of deteriorationlike Freezing
andThawing, Wetting and Drying, Abrasion, Erosion, Pitting,Chemical processes like
Carbonation, Chloride ingress, Corrosion, Alkaliaggregate reaction, Sulphate attack Acid attack,
temperature and their causes,Mechanism, Effect, preventive measures.
Cracks:Cracks in concrete, type,pattern, quantification, measurement & preventive measures,repair
of cracks in concrete.

Freezing andThawing
Wetting and Drying
Physical processes Abrasion
Erosion
Pitting
Ia.Deterioration
Carbonation
of concrete in
structures Chloride ingress
Chemical processes Corrosion
Alkaliaggregate reaction
Sulphate attack Acid attack
Temperature Temperature
Types, pattern, quantification and preventive

Cracks
measures
Ib. Cracks
Repair of cracks Types
Unit– II:
Non-Destructive Testing- Non-destructive test methods for concreteincluding Rebound
hammer, Ultrasonic pulse velocity, Rebar locator,Corrosion meter, Penetration resistance and
Pull-out test, Core cutting-Corrosion: Methods for corrosion measurement and assessment
includinghalf-cell potential and resistivity.
Rebound hammer, Ultrasonic pulse velocity &
rebar locator
II. Non- NDT Methods
Corrosion meter, penetration resistance & Pull
Destructive
out test & core cutting
Testing
Methods of corrosion Measurement and assessment using half cell
measurement potential
Unit-III:
Failure of buildings: Definition of building failure-types of failures- Causesof Failures- Faulty
Design, Accidental over Loading, Poor quality of materialand Poor Construction practices- Fire
damage - Methodology forinvestigation of failures-diagnostic testing methods and equipment.
Failures Definition and types of failures
Faulty design
III.Failure of
buildings Accidental over loading
Causes of failures Poor quality of material
Poor Construction practices
Fire damage
Methodology Diagnostic testing methods and equipment
Unit-IV:
Materials for repair and rehabilitation -Admixtures- types of admixturespurposesof using
admixtures- chemical composition- Natural admixtures-Fibres- wraps- Glass and Carbon fibre
wraps- Steel Plates-Concrete behaviourunder corrosion.

Introduction
IV.Materials for Admixtures
Types and chemical composition
repair and
rehabilitation Glass & carbon fibres
Fibres
Steel plates
Unit-V:
Repair Techniques: Grouting, Jacketing, Shotcreting, externally bondedplates, Nailing,
Underpinning and under water repair; Equipments,Precautions and Processes.

Grouting
Jacketing
V.Repair Shotcreting
Repair techniques
techniques Nailing
Externally bonded plates
underpinning
CO1 2 2 2
CO2 2 2 2
CO3 2 2 2
CO4 2 2 2
CO5 2 2 2
PSO1 PSO2 PSO3

CO1 1 1
CO2 1 1
CO3 1 1
CO4 1 1
CO5 1 1
REINFORCED SOIL STRUCTURES
PE3101B 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To understand the history and mechanism of reinforced soil

2. To know the various types of geo-synthetics, their functions and applications.
3. To enable the design of reinforced soil retaining structures.
UNIT-I 10 HOURS
PRINCIPLES, MECHANISMS AND MATERIALS:
Historical background, principles, concepts and mechanisms of reinforced earth. Materials used
in reinforced soil structures, fill materials, reinforcing materials- metal strips, Geotextile,
Geogrids, Geomembranes, Geocomposites and Geojute, Geofoam, Natural fibers, facing
elements, properties and methods of Testing.
UNIT– II 10 HOURS
DESIGN ASPECTS AND APPLICATION:
Design aspects of reinforced earth, Design and applications of reinforced earth of various
structures, like retaining walls, foundations, pavements, embankments and slopes
UNIT-III 12 HOURS
DURABILITY OF REINFORCEMENT MATERIALS:
Measurement of corrosion factors, resistivity, redox potential, water content, pH,
electrochemical corrosion, bacterial corrosion – influence of environmental factors on the
performance of Geosynthetic materials. Testing of geotextiles.
UNIT-IV 12 HOURS
CASE HISTORIES AND APPLICATIONS:
Performance studies of reinforced dams, embankments, pavements, foundations and
underground structure - case studies.
UNIT-V 12 HOURS
SOIL NAILING:
Concept of soil nailing, methods of nailing, advantages of nailing, limitations of the system,
comparison of soil nailing with reinforced soil, applications.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Gray, D.H., and Sotir, R.B., Biotechnical and Soil Engineering Slope Stabilization: A
Practical Guide for Erosion control, 3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1996.
2. Koerner, R. M., ―Design with Geosynthetics‖, 3rd Edition Prentice Hall, 2002
3. RamanathaAyyar ,T.S., Ramachandran Nair, C.G. and Balakrishna Nair, N.,
Comprehensive reference book on Coir Geotextile, 1st Edition, Centre for Development for
Coir Technology,2002.
4. SivakumarBabu, G.L., An Introduction to Soil Reinforcement and Geosynthetics, 1 st
Edition, University Press (India), Pvt. Ltd., 2006.
5. Swami Saran, Reinforced Soil and its Engineering Applications‖, 1st Edition, IK
International Pvt. Ltd., 2006
REFERENCES:
1. Christopher, B. R., et al., Reinforced soil structures, Vol. 1: Design and Construction
guidelines, Report FHWA-RD-89-043, Federal Highway Administration, USA, 1990.
2. Gerard P.T.M. Van Santvrot, Geo-textiles and Geomembranes in Civil Engineering, 1 st
Edition, A. A. Balkema,Oxford and IBH Publishing Company, 2006.
3. John, N.W.M., Geotextiles. 2nd Edition, Blackie, 2004.
4. Mandal, J. N., Reinforced Soil and Geo-textiles, Proc. of IGC-1988, Oxford and IBH
Publishing Company PrivateLtd., 1988.
5. Mandal, J. N., Geosynthetics World, 1st Edition, Wiley Eastern Limited, 2002.
6. Muller, W.W., HDPE Geomembranes in Geotechnics, 3rd Edition, Springer, 2007.
7. Tarmat, R. J., Geosynthetics: Applications, Design and Construction, Proc. of 1st European
Geosynthetics Conference, Netherlands, A. A. Balkema, 2004.
CODES:
1. Federal Highway Administration, Design and Construction of Mechanically Stabilized
Earth Walls and Reinforced Soil Slopes, Vols. I & 2, Publication No. FHWA-NHI-10-024,
2009.
2. BS 8006-1:2010, Code of practice for strengthened/reinforced soils and other fills, 2010.
3. BS 8006-2:2011, Code of practice for strengthened/reinforced soils. Soil nail design, 2011.
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Explain – the principles and mechanisms of reinforced soil (Understanding)
CO2: Evaluate the applications of reinforced soil (Understanding, Evaluating)
CO3: Explain the functions of geotextiles (Understanding)
CO4: Analyse the durability of reinforcing materials (Analysing)
CO5: Applying -Develop the applications of reinforced soil in civil engineering ( Applying)
Micro Syllabus REINFORCED SOIL STRUCTURES
UNIT-I: PRINCIPLES, MECHANISMS AND MATERIALS:
Historical background, principles, concepts and mechanisms of reinforced earth. Materials used
in reinforced soil structures, fill materials, reinforcing materials- metal strips, Geotextile,
Geogrids, Geomembranes, Geocomposites and Geojute, Geofoam, Natural fibers, facing
elements, properties and methods of Testing.
Introduction to reinforced soil structures
I.Principles, Introduction
Mechanisms and Mechanisms of reinforced earth
Materials Reinforced soil Fill Materials, reinforcing materials- metal strips,
structure Geotextile, Geogrids, Geomembranes,
Geocomposites and Geojute, Geofoam, Natural
fibers
Facing elements, properties and methods of
testing.
UNIT– II: DESIGN ASPECTS AND APPLICATION:
Design aspects of reinforced earth, Design and applications of reinforced earth of various
structures, like retaining walls, foundations, pavements, embankments and slopes
Introduction Design aspects of reinforced earth
II. Designs aspects Design and applications of reinforced earth
and applications Design and applications Applications to retaining walls, foundations,
pavements, embankments and slopes
UNIT-III: DURABILITY OF REINFORCEMENT MATERIALS:
Measurement of corrosion factors, resistivity, redox potential, water content, pH,
electrochemical corrosion, bacterial corrosion – influence of environmental factors on the
performance of Geosynthetic materials. Testing of geotextiles.
Introduction Durability of reinforcing materials
Measurement of Resistivity, redox potential, water content, pH,
III. Durability of corrosion factors electrochemical corrosion, bacterial corrosion
reinforcement Environmental factors on the performance of
materials Environmental factors
Geosynthetic materials
Testing of geotextiles Various test methods of geotextiles
UNIT-IV: CASE HISTORIES AND APPLICATIONS:
Performance studies of reinforced dams, embankments, pavements, foundation and
underground structure - case studies
Introduction Introduction to applications
IV. Case histories Reinforced dams, embankments,
and applications pavements, foundation and underground
Performance studies
structure
Case studies
UNIT-V: SOIL NAILING:
Concept of soil nailing, methods of nailing, advantages of nailing, limitations of the system,
comparison of soil nailing with reinforced soil, applications.
Introduction Concept of soil nailing
Methods, advantages of nailing, limitations of
V. Soil nailing the system, comparison of soil nailing with
Soil nailing reinforced soil
Applicatons
Mapping
CO1 3 2 1
CO2 3 2 1
CO3 3 2 1
CO4 3 2 1
*****
AIR POLLUTION & CONTROL
PE3101C 3 0 0 3
Course Learning Objectives:

The course will address the following:
• To know the sources of air pollutants
 To know the analysis of air pollutants
• To know the Threshold Limit Values (TLV) of various air pollutants
• To learn plume behaviour in different environmental conditions
• To acquire the design principles of particulate and gaseous control
• To learn plume behaviour in different environmental conditions
Unit –I Introduction 10 HOURS
Definition, Sources, classification and characterization of air pollutants. Effects of air pollution
on health, vegetation & materials. Environmental criteria for setting industries and green belts.
Unit –II Meteorology 10 HOURS
Types of inversion, photochemical smog Temperature lapse rate & stability, wind velocity &
turbulence, plume behavior, measurement of meteorological variables, wind rose diagrams,
Plume Rise, estimation of effective stack height and mixing depths.
Unit- III Ambient Air Quality Management 10 HOURS
Sampling of particulate and gaseous pollutants (Stack, Ambient & indoor air pollution),
Monitoring and analysis of air pollutants (PM2.5, PM10, SOX, NOX, CO, NH3)
Development of air quality models-Gaussian dispersion model
Unit IV Control Techniques 10 HOURS
Particulate matter and gaseous pollutants- settling chambers, cyclone separators, scrubbers,
filters & ESP. :Control of NOx and SOx emissions – Environmental friendly fuels – In-plant
Control Measures, process changes, methods of removal and recycling.
Unit V Air pollution due to automobiles 10 HOURS

Air pollution due to automobiles, standards and control methods. Noise pollution causes, effects
and control, noise standards.
Text Books:
1. Air Pollution and Control, K.V.S.G. Murali Krishna, Laxmi Publications, New Delhi, 2015
2. Air Pollution, M. N. Rao and H. V. N. Rao, Tata McGraw Hill Company

3. Air pollution‖ H. C. Perkins, Tata McGraw Hill Publication
4. Introduction t o Environmental Engineering‖ Mackenzie Davis and David Cornwell,

―McGraw-Hill Co.
Course Outcomes:
Course Learning Outcomes: Upon successful completion of this course, the
students will be able to:
CO1 Decide the ambient air quality based on the analysis of air
pollutants
CO2 Ascertain and evaluate sampling techniques for atmospheric and
stack monitoring
CO3 Judge the plume behaviour in a prevailing environmental conditions
and estimation of plume rise
CO4 Choose and design control techniques for particulate and gaseous
Emissions
CO5 Selection of appropriate control measures for Automobile pollution

1- Remembering, 2- Understanding, 3 – Applying, 4 – Analysing, 5 –
Evaluating, 6 - Creating
Micro-Syllabus of Air pollution and Control
Unit –I Introduction
Definition, Sources, classification and characterization of air pollutants. Effects

of air pollution on health, vegetation & materials. Environmental criteria for
setting industries and green belts.
Source of air Classification pollution based on source,
pollution nature, reaction with ambient air etc
Characterization Typical features of air pollutants, their
of air pollutants sources
I Introduction Effects of air Impact of air pollutants on human health,
pollution animals, plants and materials
Environmental Various factors to be considered for a
criteria for selection of site for Industries and gree
industries belts
Unit –II Meteorology
Smog, environmental smog and photochemical smog Temperature lapse rate &
stability, wind velocity & turbulence, plume behavior, measurement of
meteorological variables, wind rose diagrams, Plume Rise, estimation of
effective stack height and mixing depths
Unit II Types of smog-Environmental smog
Smog
Meterology and photochemical smog
Environmental impacts of smog
Various types of plume based on
climate conditions
Plume behaviour
Typical features of different types of
flumes
Measurement of Various metrological parameters
metrological l measurement and their role in Air
variables pollution control
Estimate of Plume rise and its
Plume Rise
significance in control of air pollution
Unit- III Ambient Air Quality Management
Sampling of particulate and gaseous pollutants (Stack, Ambient & indoor air
pollution), Monitoring and analysis of air pollutants (PM2.5, PM10, SOX, NOX,
CO, NH3) Development of air quality models-Gaussian dispersion model

Various sampling techniques for
Sampling particular matter, dust and gases
pollutants
Planning of Ambient air quality survey
Ambient air quality Preparation of report on air quality
management
Unit III
Objectives of Stack monitoring and
devices used in monitoring and their
Stack monitoring
function
Report on Stock monitoring results
Objective of air quality models
Air quality models
,Gaussian dispersion model
Unit IV Control Techniques
Particulate matter and gaseous pollutants- settling chambers, cyclone

separators, scrubbers, filters & ESP. :Control of NOx and SOx emissions –
Environmental friendly fuels – In-plant Control Measures, process changes,
methods of removal and recycling

Various particulate matter control
Control of devices- working principle-
Unit IV particulate matter construction-operation and
Control maintenance
Techniques Various methods of control of NOx and
Control of NOx and
SOx emissions from industrial air
SOx emission
stream
Unit V Air pollution due to automobiles
Air pollution due to automobiles, standards and control methods. Noise
pollution causes, effects and control, noise standards.
Unit V Air Automobile Causes and effects of Automobile
pollution due pollution pollutants
to Various methods of Control of
automobiles Automobile pollution
Cause, effects and control of
Automobile pollution
Noise pollution
Causes, effects and control measures of
Noise pollution
Mapping
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO1 PO1 PO1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2
CO
3 2
1
CO
2 3 2
2
CO
2 3
3
CO
2 3
4
CO
3 2 2
5
*****
AIRPORT PLANNIG AND DESIGN
PE3101D 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. The module introduces the Airport planning issues along with the designing of Runway.
2. The visual aids required from Airport Traffic operating are dealt with the necessary inputs
required for efficient drainage system has significance in maintenance the airport.
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand the regional planning concepts for an airport.
2. Design the runway length after considering the correction required for basic runway length.
3. Understand the Structural Design of Airport Pavements.
4. Understand the visual aids required for safe landing and takeoff operation of airport.
5. Analyze and design the Airport drainage.
UNIT - I 10 HOURS
Airport Planning: General- Regional Planning- Development of New Airport- Data Required
before Site Selection- Airport Site Selection- Surveys for Site Selection- Drawings to be
prepared- Estimation of Future Air Traffic Needs.
UNIT - II 13 HOURS
Runway Design: Runway Orientation- Basic Runway Length- Corrections for Elevation,
Temperature and Gradient- Airport Classification- Runway Geometric Design- Airport
Capacity- Runway Configurations- Runway Intersection Design.
UNIT - III 13 HOURS
Structural Design Of Airport Pavements: Introduction- Various Design Factors- Design
Methods for Flexible Pavement- Design Methods for Rigid Pavement- LCN System of
Pavement Design- Joints in Cement Concrete Pavement- Airport Pavement Overlays- Design of
an Overlay.
UNIT- IV 10 HOURS
Visual Aids: General- Airport Marking- Airport Lighting.
UNIT - V 10 HOURS
Airport Grading And Drainage: General- Computation of Earthwork- Airport Drainage-
Special Characteristics and Requirements of Airport Drainage- Design Data- Surface Drainage
Design Subsurface Drainage Design.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Airport Planning And Designing by S.K. Khanna, M.G. Arora.
2. Highway Engineering including Expressways and Airport Engineering by Dr. L.R. Kadyali,
Dr.N.B. Lal.
3. Highway Engineering including Airport Pavements by Dr. S.K. Sharma.
4. Transportation Engineering by S.P. Chandola.
WATERSHED MANAGEMENT
PE3101E 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. Introduce the concept of watershed management
2. Understand the watershed characteristics
3. Learn the principles of soil erosion and measures to control erosion
4. Appreciate various water harvesting techniques.
5. Learn land management practices for various land use/land cover.
Unit-I: 10 HOURS
INTRODUCTION: Concept of watershed development, objectives of watershed development,
need for watershed development, Integrated and multidisciplinary approach for watershed
management.

CHARACTERISTICS OF WATERSHEDS: Physiography - Size, shape, slope, drainage;
climate, land use, vegetation, geology and soils, hydrology and hydrogeology, socio-economic
characteristics, basic data on watersheds.
Unit-III: 12 HOURS
PRINCIPLES OF EROSION: Types and causes of erosion, factors affecting erosion,
estimation of soil loss due to erosion- Universal soil loss equation.
MEASURES TO CONTROL EROSION: Contour techniques, ploughing, furrowing,
trenching, bunding, terracing, gully control, check dams, rock-fill dams, brushwood dam,
Gabion.
Unit-IV: 12 HOURS
WATER HARVESTING: Techniques of rain water harvesting- rain water harvesting from roof
top, surface flow harvesting, subsurface flow harvesting, stop dams, farm ponds and dugout
ponds, percolation tanks.
Unit-V: 10 HOURS
LAND MANAGEMENT: Land use and Land capability classification, management of forest,
agricultural, grassland and wild land, land grading operation, Reclamation of saline and alkaline
soils.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. ‗Watershed Management‘ by Das MM and M.D Saikia, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd, 2013.
2. ‗Land and Water Management‘ by Murthy.VVN, Kalyani Publications, 2007.
3. ‗Watershed Management‘ by Murthy J V S, New Age International Publishers, 2006.
REFERENCES:
1. ‗Water Resource Engineering‘ by Wurbs R A and James R A, Prentice Hall Publishers, 2002.
2. ‗Watershed Hydrology‘ by Black P E, Prentice Hall, 1996.
III-Year-I Semester MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS AND L T P C
SH3101 FINANCIAL ANALYSIS 2 0 0 0
III-Year-I Semester TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING L T P C
PC3101L LABORATORY 0 0 3 1.5

The objectives of this course are:
1. To test crushing value, impact resistance, specific gravity and water absorption, attrition
value, abrasion value, flakiness index and elongation index for the given road aggregates.
2. To know penetration value, ductility value, softening point, flash and fire point, viscosity and
stripping for the given bitumen grade.
3. To test the stability for the given bituminous mix
4. To carry out surveys for traffic volume, speed and parking.
Course outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
a. Test aggregates and judge the suitability of materials for the road construction
b. Test the given bitumen samples and judge their suitability for the road construction
c. Obtain the optimum bitumen content for Bituminous Concrete
d. Determine the traffic volume, speed and parking characteristics.
e. Draw highway cross sections and intersections.
SYLLABUS
I. ROAD AGGREGATES:
1. Aggregate Crushing value Test
2. Aggregate Impact Test.
3. Specific Gravity and Water Absorption Test
4. Attrition Test
5. Abrasion Test.
6. Shape tests
II. BITUMINOUS MATERIALS:
1. Penetration Test.
2. Ductility Test.
3. Softening Point Test.
4. Flash and fire point tests.
5. Stripping Test
6. Viscosity Test.
III. BITUMINOUS MIX:
1. Marshall Stability test.
IV. TRAFFIC SURVEYS:
1. Traffic volume study at mid blocks.
2. Traffic Volume Studies (Turning Movements) at intersection.
3. Spot speed studies.
4. Parking study.
LIST OF EQUIPMENT:
1. Apparatus for aggregate crushing test.
2. Aggregate Impact testing machine
3. Pycnometers
4. Los angles Abrasion test machine
5. Deval‘s Attrition test machine
6. Elongation and thickness gauges
7. Bitumen penetration test setup.
8. Bitumen Ductility test setup.
9. Ring and ball apparatus
10. Viscometer.
11. Marshal Mix design apparatus.
12. Enoscope for spot speed measurement.
13. Stop Watches
TEXT BOOKS:
1. ‗Highway Material Testing Manual‘ by S.K. Khanna, C.E.G Justo and A.Veeraraghavan,
Neam Chan Brothers New Chand Publications, New Delhi.
2. Highway Material Testing & Quality Control by Rao Wiley India pvt. Ltd., Noida, New Delhi
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. IRC Codes of Practice
2. Asphalt Institute of America Manuals
3. Code of Practice of B.I.S.
III-Year-I Semester CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY L T P C
PC3102L LABORATORY 0 0 3 1.5

The objectives of this course are:
 To test the basic properties ingredients of concrete, fresh and hardened concrete
properties
Course outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
CO1: Able to conduct experiment and determine the various Laboratory tests on cement
CO2: Able to conduct experiment and determine the properties of fine and course
aggregate
CO3: Able to conduct experiment and determine the properties of fresh concrete
CO4: Able to conduct experiment and determine the properties of Hardened concrete
List of Experiments
At least 10 Experiments must be conducted
Tests on Cement
1. Determination of specific gravity of cement.
2. Determination of fineness of cement By dry sieving
3. Determination of normal Consistency of Cement
4. Determination of initial and final setting time of cement.
5. Determination of compressive strength of cement.
6. Determination of soundness of cement.
7. Determination of fineness of cement by air permeability method.
Tests on Aggregate
8. Determination of specific gravity of fine aggregate and coarse aggregate
9. Determination of grading and fineness modulus of fine aggregate and coarse
aggregate by sieve analysis.
10. Determination of bulking of sand.
Tests on fresh Concrete

11. Determination of workability of concrete by slump test
12. Determination of workability of concrete by compaction factor method.
13. Determination of workability of concrete by Vee-bee consistency test.
Tests on hardened Concrete

14. Determination of compressive strength of concrete
15. Determination of split tensile strength of concrete.
16. Determination of young‘s modulus of concrete. (Demonstration)
17. Non-Destructive testing on concrete using rebound hammer
III-Year-II Semester DESIGN AND DRAWING OF STEEL L T P C
PC3201 STRUCTURES 3 0 0 3
Prerequisites:
1. Structural Analysis
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to:
 Familiarize Students with different types of Connections and relevant IS codes
 Equip student with concepts of design of flexural members
 Understand Design of tension and compression members
 Familiarize students with types of Columns, column bases and their Design
 Familiarize students with Design of Gantry Girder and Roof Trusses
UNIT – I 12 HOURS
Introduction: Types of steel structures and components; Hot rolled structural steel; Grades of
structural steel and Mechanical properties of steel; Loads and Load combinations; Concepts of
limit State Design – Limit State of Collapse and Limit State of Serviceability; Plate / local
buckling, Concept of Plasticity; Advantages and disadvantages of steel structures
Simple Connections: Behaviour of bolted connections; failures & Limit States of Strength;
Design provisions for bolts as per IS 800:2007; Design of plate – plate bolted connections
subjected to axial load; Introduction to welding – Types of welds & welded joints; weld defects;
Design provisions for welding as per IS 800:2007; Design of welded plate – plate connections
subjected to axial load; Advantages and disadvantages of bolted and welded connections.
Eccentric (Bracket) Connections: Bolted connection: Moment in-plane and perpendicular to
plane of joint; Welded connection: Moment in-plane and perpendicular to plane of joint
Tension Members: Net area; shear-lag; failure modes and limit states of strength - yielding,
rupture and block Shear; Design provisions as per IS 800:2007; Design of Tension Members
Compression Members: Behaviour of short, long and Intermediate members under axial
compression - Effective length and Slenderness ratio; Types of Buckling; Limit states of strength
and Design provisions as per IS 800:2007; Design of Struts and Simple Columns. Design of
laced and battened built-up compression members.
UNIT –III 12 HOURS

Design of Beams: Behaviour of Laterally Supported Beams and Laterally Un-Supported Beams
- Lateral – Torsional Buckling and Elastic Critical Moment; Classification of beams and failure
modes; Shear behaviour; Design provisions as per IS 800: 2007; Web-Crippling; Web Buckling;
Deflection limits; Design of Laterally Supported and Un-Supported Beams; Design of Simple
Beam to Column Web-Angle connection
UNIT – IV 12 HOURS
Design of Beam-Columns: Behaviour of beam-columns; P-delta effects; Equivalent moment
factor; Failure modes; Limit states of strength and Design provisions as per IS 800:2007; Design
of beam-column subjected to axial compression and bi-axial bending
Design of Column Splices and Bases: Design of column splices; Design of slab base and
gusseted base
UNIT – V 12 HOURS
Design of Gantry Girder: EOT cranes; Vertical, lateral and longitudinal loads; Impact factors,
Design of Gantry girders.
Roof Trusses: Different types of trusses, Design loads – Dead, Live and Wind loads, Load
combinations as per IS Codes, Design of simple Tubular roof trusses – purlin – rafter and joints.
NOTE: Welded connections should be used in Units III – V.
The students should prepare the following plates.

Plate 1 Detailing of Welded Lap Joint
Plate 2 Detailing of Beams
Plate 3 Detailing of Built-up Column including lacing and battens,
Plate 4 Detailing of Column bases – slab base and gusseted base
Plate 5 Detailing of steel roof trusses including joint details
FINAL EXAMINATION PATTERN:

The end examination paper should consist of Part A and Part B. Part A consists of two
questions in Design and Drawing out of which one question is to be answered. Part B
should consist of five questions and design out of which three are to be answered.
Weightage for Part – A is 40% and Part- B is 60%.
TEXT BOOKS
1) K. S. Sai Ram, Design of Steel Structures, Pearson Education (India), 2020
2) N. Subramanian, Design of Steel Structures, Oxford University Press (India), 2015
REFERENCES / FURTHER READING

1) S. K. Duggal, Limit State Design of steel structures, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2019
2) M. L. Gambhir, Fundamentals of Structural Steel Design, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2013
3) L. J. Morris and D.R. Plum, Structural Steel Work Design to BS 5950, Prentice-Hall, 1996
4) D. Lam et al., Structural Steelwork: Design to Limit State Theory (BS 5950), CRC press,
2004
5) D. Lam et al., Structural Steelwork: Design to Limit State Theory (EC3), CRC press, 2014
6) A. S. Arya and J. L. Ajmani, Design of Steel Structures (working stress method), Nem chand
publishers, 2001
IS Codes:
1) IS 800:2007, Indian Standard Code for General Construction in Steel, 3rd revision, Indian
Standards Institution, New Delhi.
2) IS – 875 Parts I- III, Code of practice for design loads (other than earth quake) for buildings and
Structures (Part-1-Part 5), Bureau of Indian standards.
3) Steel Tables
These codes and steel tables are permitted for use in the examinations.
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Analyze and design welded and bolted connections
CO2: Design Tension members, Simple and Built-up compression members
CO3: Design Laterally-Supported and Laterally-Unsupported Beams
CO4: Design Beam-Columns, Column Splices and Bases
CO5: Analyze, Design and Detail Gantry girder and Roof Trusses

Micro-Syllabus
UNIT – I
Introduction: Types of steel structures and components; Hot rolled structural steel; Grades of
structural steel and Mechanical properties of steel; Loads and Load combinations; Concepts of
limit State Design – Limit State of Collapse and Limit State of Serviceability; Plate / local
buckling, Concept of Plasticity; Advantages and disadvantages of steel structures
Simple Connections: Behaviour of bolted connections; failures & Limit States of Strength;
Design provisions for bolts as per IS 800:2007; Design of bolted connections subjected to axial
load; Introduction to welding – Types of welds & welded joints; weld defects; Design provisions
for welding as per IS 800:2007; Design of welded connections subjected to axial load;
Advantages and disadvantages of bolted and welded connections.
Eccentric (Bracket) Connections: Bolted connection: Moment in-plane and perpendicular to

plane of joint; Welded connection: Moment in-plane and perpendicular to plane of joint

Failures and limit states of strength; Design
provisions
Design of Plate to Plate Lap Joints - Ordinary
Bolted Connections bolts or HSFG bolts
Ia. Simple
Design of Plate to Plate Double Cover Butt Joint
Connections
– Ordinary Bolts only
Introduction – Types of welds and welded joints,
Welded connections weld defects, design provisions, Advantages of
bolted and welded connections
Design of Plate to Plate Lap connection - Butt
Weld and Fillet Welds
Moment in-plane of joint and Moment

Bolted Connections perpendicular to Joint – Ordinary Bolts Only
Ib. Eccentric
(Bracket)
Connections
Moment in-plane of joint and Moment
Welded connections perpendicular to Joint – Fillet Welds Only
UNIT – II
Tension Members: Net area; shear-lag; failure modes and limit states of strength - yielding,
rupture and block Shear; Design provisions as per IS 800:2007; Design of Tension Members
Compression Members: Behaviour of short, long and Intermediate members under axial
compression - Effective length and Slenderness ratio; Types of Buckling; Limit states of strength
and Design provisions as per IS 800:2007; Design of Struts and Simple Columns. Design of
laced and battened built-up compression members.
Net area; shear-lag; failure modes and limit states

Introduction of strength - yielding, rupture and block Shear;
Design provisions as per IS 800:2007
IIa. Tension
Members Design of Single Angle connected to gusset plate
Design of Tension – Ordinary bolts / Fillet Welds Connection
Members (with End
Design of Double Angles connected Gusset Plate
Connection)
– Ordinary bolts / Fillet Welds Connection
Behaviour of short, long and Intermediate
members under axial compression - Effective
Introduction length and Slenderness ratio; Types of Buckling;
Limit states of strength and Design provisions as
per IS 800:2007
Design of Single Angle connected to gusset plate
by one leg (Eccentrically Loaded) – Ordinary
IIb. Compression bolts / Fillet Welds
Members
Design of Struts and Design of Double Angle connected to gusset plate
Simple Columns – Ordinary Bolts / Fillet Welds
Design of Hollow sections (CHS / SHS / RHS) –
End connection by Fillet Welds Only
Design of Built-Up Laced Column – Two Channels Back to Back –

Compression Ordinary bolts / Fillet weld Connection
Members Battened Column - Two Channels Back to Back –
Ordinary bolts / Fillet weld Connection
Note: Welded Connections Should Only be Used for Units III - V
UNIT – III Design of Beams: Behaviour of Laterally Supported Beams and Laterally Un-
Supported Beams - Lateral – Torsional Buckling and Elastic Critical Moment; Classification of
beams and failure modes; Shear behaviour; Design provisions as per IS 800: 2007; Web-
Crippling; Web Buckling; Deflection limits; Design of Laterally Supported and Un-Supported
Beams; Design of Simple Beam to Column Web-Angle connection
Behaviour of Laterally Supported Beams and
Laterally Un-Supported Beams - Lateral –
Introduction Torsional Buckling and Elastic Critical Moment;
Classification of beams and failure modes; Shear
behaviour; Design provisions as per IS 800: 2007;
Web-Crippling; Web Buckling; Deflection limits
Design of Laterally Design of simply supported I - beam subjected to

IIIa/b. Design of Supported Beams simple loading
Beams
Design of Laterally Design of simply supported I - beam subjected to

Un-supported Beams simple loading
Design of Beam – Web – Angle Connection (Fillet Weld

Column connection Connection Only)
UNIT – IV
Design of Beam-Columns: Behaviour of beam-columns; P-delta effects; Equivalent moment
factor; Failure modes; Limit states of strength and Design provisions as per IS 800:2007; Design
of beam-column subjected to axial compression and bi-axial bending
Design of Column Splices and Bases: Design of column splices; Design of slab base and
gusseted base

Behaviour of beam-columns; P-delta effects;
Equivalent moment factor; Failure modes; Limit
Introduction
states of strength and Design provisions as per IS
IVa. Design of 800:2007
Beam-Columns Design of beam-column subjected to axial
Design of Beam- compression and bi-axial bending – I or SHS /
Column
RHS sections only
IVb. Design of
Columns of same size / different size – Fillet
Column Splices Column Splices
Welded Connection Only
and Bases
Slab Base and Gusseted Bases for Simple I
Column Bases section columns Only – Fillet Welded Connection
UNIT – V
Design of Gantry Girder: EOT cranes; Vertical, lateral and longitudinal loads; Impact factors,
Design of Gantry girders.
Roof Trusses: Different types of trusses, Design loads – Dead, Live and Wind loads, Load
combinations as per IS Codes, Design of simple Tubular roof trusses – purlin – rafter and joints.
Unit Module Micro Content
EOT cranes; Vertical, lateral and longitudinal

Introduction
loads; Impact factors
Va. Design of
Gantry Girder
Design of Gantry Design of Simply Supported Welded I-section
Girder Gantry Girder Only ( Laterally Un-supported)
Different types of trusses, Design loads – Dead,
Introduction Live and Wind loads, Load combinations as per
Vb. Design of Roof IS Codes
Trusses
Design of Roof Design of simple Tubular roof trusses – purlin –
Truss rafter – lower chord – web members and joints
Mapping
CO1 2 2 3 2
CO2 1 3 2
CO3 1 2 3 2
CO4 1 3 2
CO5 2 2 3 2
*****
III-Year-II Semester L T P C
MANAGEMENT SCIENCE
PE3201 2 0 0 2
EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT DESIGN
PE3201A 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To give preliminary concepts of engineering seismology and structural dynamics.
2. To impart concepts of design philosophies for seismic building designs for given loading
conditions.
3. Equip student with concepts of Structural Dynamics.
4. Familiarize students with various IS codal provisions for seismic design of buildings,
shear walls design and detailing.
UNIT-I: ENGINEERING SEISMOLOGY 8 HOURS

Introduction – rebound theory – plate tectonics – seismic waves - earthquake size and various
scales – local site effects – Indian seismicity – seismic zones of India – theory of vibrations.
Unit– II: INTRODUCTION TO STRUCTURAL DYNAMICS 10 HOURS
Fundamental objective of Dynamic analysis – Types of prescribed loadings – Formulation of the
Equations of Motion– Elements of a Vibratory system – Free Vibrations of Single Degree of
Freedom (SDOF) systems – Un damped and damped – Critical damping – Logarithmic
decrement – Forced vibrations of SDOF systems – Harmonic excitation – Dynamic
magnification factor.
Unit-III: SEISMIC DESIGN CONCEPTS 12 HOURS
EQ load on simple building – load path – floor and roof diaphragms – seismic resistant building
architecture – plan configuration – vertical configuration – pounding effects – mass and stiffness
irregularities – torsion in structural system- Provision of seismic code (IS 1893 & 13920) –Shear
wall and design of shear wall.
Unit-IV: CODAL DESIGN PROVISIONS 12 HOURS
Review of the latest Indian seismic code IS:1893 – 2002 (Part-I) provisions for buildings –
Earthquake design philosophy –Assumptions – Analysis by seismic coefficient and response
spectrum methods – Displacements and drift requirements – Provisions for torsion – Analysis of
a multi-storeyed building using Seismic Coefficient method.
CODAL DETAILING PROVISIONS: Review of the latest Indian codes IS: 4326 and IS: 13920
Provisions for ductile detailing of R.C buildings – Beam, column and joints
Unit-V: CALCULATION OF EQUIVALENT LATERAL FORCE 14 HOURS
Calculation of equivalent lateral force- Design Base Shear- Storey Shear, Estimation of Natural
period of Structure, Computation of Response acceleration Coefficient- Zone factor- Seismic
weight- Response reduction factors- Seismic Coefficient Method – response spectrum method
TEXT BOOKS:
1. ‗Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures‘ -Pankaj Agarwal and Manish ShriKhande,
Prentice – Hall of India, 2007, New Delhi..
2. S.K.Duggal, ―Earth Quake Resistant Design of Structures‖, Oxford university Press, 1st
Edition, 2012
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Clough & Penzien, ―Dynamics of Structures‖, 4th Edition, McGraw Hill, International
Edition, 2008.
2. Chopra A.K., ―Dynamics of Structures‖, 5th Edition, Pearson Education, Indian Branch,
Delhi, 2007
3. ‗Earthquake Resistant Design of Building Structures‘ by Vinod Hosur, Wiley India Ltd.
4. IS Codes: IS: 1893, IS: 4326 and IS:13920, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi.
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Understand the fundamentals of Engineering Seismology. (Understanding)
CO2: Analyse the applications with the principles of Structural Dynamics. (Understanding,
Analysing)
CO3: Apply different design methods and analyse the various Seismic designs according to IS
standard provisions (Applying, Analysing)
CO4: Design of buildings subjected to earthquake loads and shear walls. (Designing)
CO5: drawing the reinforcement detailing of computed seismic designs as per IS codal
provisions. (Applying, Analysing)
:
1- Understanding, 2 – Applying, 3 – Analysing, 4 – Designing, 5 - Drawing
Micro-Syllabus of Earthquake Resistant Design
UNIT-I: ENGINEERING SEISMOLOGY

Introduction – rebound theory – plate tectonics – seismic waves - earthquake size and various
scales – local site effects – Indian seismicity – seismic zones of India – theory of vibrations.
rebound theory
Introduction plate tectonics
seismic waves
I: earthquake size and various scales
ENGINEERING
local site effects
SEISMOLOGY
Seismology Indian seismicity
seismic zones of India
theory of vibrations
Unit– II: INTRODUCTION TO STRUCTURAL DYNAMICS:
Fundamental objective of Dynamic analysis – Types of prescribed loadings – Formulation of the
Equations of Motion– Elements of a Vibratory system – Free Vibrations of Single Degree of
Freedom (SDOF) systems – Un damped and Damped – Critical damping – Logarithmic
decrement – Forced vibrations of SDOF systems – Harmonic excitation – Dynamic
magnification factor.
Fundamental objective
II: Dynamic analysis Types of prescribed loadings
INTRODUCTION Formulation of the Equations of Motion
TO Elements of a Vibratory system
STRUCTURAL Free Vibrations of Single Degree of Freedom
DYNAMICS Vibratory system (SDOF) systems
Forced vibrations of SDOF systems
Harmonic excitation
Un damped and Damped
Critical damping
damping
Logarithmic decrement
Dynamic magnification factor
Unit-III: SEISMIC DESIGN CONCEPTS
EQ load on simple building – load path – floor and roof diaphragms – seismic resistant building
architecture – plan configuration – vertical configuration – pounding effects – mass and stiffness
irregularities – torsion in structural system- Provision of seismic code (IS 1893 & 13920) –Shear
wall and design of shear wall.
EQ load on simple building
EQ load load path
floor and roof diaphragms
III: SEISMIC seismic resistant building architecture
DESIGN plan configuration
seismic resistant
CONCEPTS building vertical configuration
pounding effects
mass and stiffness irregularities
Provision of seismic Shear wall
code Design of shear walls
Unit-IV: CODAL DESIGN PROVISIONS
Review of the latest Indian seismic code IS:1893 – 2002 (Part-I) provisions for buildings –
Earthquake design philosophy –Assumptions – Analysis by seismic coefficient and response
spectrum methods – Displacements and drift requirements – Provisions for torsion – Analysis of
a multi-storeyed building using Seismic Coefficient method.
CODAL DETAILING PROVISIONS: Review of the latest Indian codes IS: 4326 and IS: 13920
Provisions for ductile detailing of R.C buildings – beams, columns and joints
provisions for buildings
Earthquake design philosophy
Analysis by seismic coefficient and response
Indian seismic code spectrum methods
IV: CODAL IS:1893 – 2002 Displacements and drift requirements
DESIGN Provisions for torsion
PROVISIONS Analysis of a multi-storeyed building using
Seismic Coefficient method.
Review of the latest Provisions for ductile detailing of R.C buildings
Indian codes IS: 4326
Beam, column and joints
and IS: 13920
Unit V: CALCULATION OF EQUIVALENT LATERAL FORCE
Calculation of equivalent lateral force- Design Base Shear- Storey Shear, Estimation of Natural
period of Structure, Computation of Response acceleration Coefficient- Zone factor- Seismic
weight- Response reduction factors- Seismic Coefficient Method – response spectrum method
Design Base Shear
Storey Shear
Estimation of Natural period of Structure
CALCULATION
Computation of Response acceleration
OF
Calculation of Coefficient
EQUIVALENT
equivalent lateral force Zone factor
LATERAL
Seismic weight
FORCE
Response reduction factors
Seismic Coefficient Method
response spectrum method
Mapping
CO1 1 2 2
CO2 3 3 2
CO3 2 2 4 1
CO4 3 4 1 2 1
CO5 5 5 2 3 5
*****
EARTH RETAINING STRUCTURES
PE3201B 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
5. To enable the student to understand the concepts of earth pressures and different
theories.
6. To impart the concept of retaining walls, types of failures, stability
requirements.
7. To impart the concept of sheet pile wall, cantilever, anchored sheet piles,
location and forces in anchors.
8. To enable the student to understand the concepts of soil reinforcement braced
cuts and cofferdams.
UNIT-I 10 HOURS
EARTH PRESSURES
Different types and their coefficients- Classical Theories of Earth pressure – Rankine‘s
and Coulomb‘s Theories for Active and Passive earth pressure- Computation of Lateral
Earth Pressure in Homogeneous and Layered soils- Graphical solutions for Coulomb‘s
Theory in active and passive conditions.
.
UNIT– II 10 HOURS
RETAINING WALLS
Different types - Type of Failures of Retaining Walls– Stability requirements – Drainage
behind Retaining walls – Provision of Joints – Relief Shells.
UNIT-III 11 HOURS
SHEET PILE STRUCTURES
Types of Sheet piles – Cantilever sheet piles in sands and clays – Anchored sheet piles –
Free earth and fixed earth support methods – Row‘s moment reduction method – Location
of anchors, Forces in anchors.
UNIT-IV 12 HOURS
SOIL REINFORCEMENT
Reinforced earth - Different components – their functions – Mechanics of reinforced earth –
Failure modes-Failure theories – Design of Embakments on problematic soils.
UNIT-V 13 HOURS
BRACED CUTS AND COFFERDAMS:
Lateral Pressure in Braced cuts – Design of Various Components of a Braced cut – Stability
of Braced cuts – Bottom Heave in cuts. – types of cofferdam, suitability, merits and
demerits – Design of single – wall cofferdams and their stability aspects– TVA method and
Cummins‘ methods.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Principles of Foundation Engineering by Braja M. Das.
2. Foundation analysis and design – Bowles, JE – McGraw Hill
REFERENCES:
1. Soil Mechanics in Engineering Practice – Terzaghi, K and Rolph, B. peck 2nd Edn. –
John Wiley & Co.,
2. Analysis and Design of Foundations and Retaining Structures, Prakash, S – Saritha
Prakashan, Mearut.
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Explain – the types of earth pressures and classical theories and computation of pressures
in homogenous and layered soils (Understanding, analysing)
CO2:Understanding-the types and failure of retaining wall, stability requirements
(Understanding, Evaluating)
CO3: Analyse –Cantilever and anchored sheet piles and evaluating location and forces in
anchors (Analysing, Evaluating)
CO4: Understanding- the concept and mechanism of soil reinforcement and design of
embankment (Understanding Applying)
CO5: Explain- the concept of braced cuts and cofferdams (Understanding)
Micro Syllabus EARTH RETAINING STRUCTURES
UNIT-I: EARTH PRESSURES
Different types and their coefficients- Classical Theories of Earth pressure – Rankine‘s
and Coulomb‘s Theories for Active and Passive earth pressure- Computation of Lateral
Earth Pressure in Homogeneous and Layered soils- Graphical solutions for Coulomb‘s
Theory in active and passive conditions.
Different types of earth pressuresand their
Introduction
coefficients
Rankine‘s theory for Active and Passive earth
Theories of earth pressure ( concept and problems)
pressures Coulomb‘s theory for Active and Passive earth
I. Earth pressures pressure ( concept and problems)
Lateral earth Computation of Lateral earth Pressure in
pressures Homogeneous and Layered soils, problems
Coulomb‘s theory in active and passive
Graphical solutions
conditions.
UNIT– II: RETAINING WALLS
Different types - Type of Failures of Retaining Walls– Stability requirements – Drainage
behind Retaining walls – Provision of Joints – Relief Shells.
Introduction Types of retaining walls
Failures of Retaining
Types of failures of Retaining Walls
Walls
II. Retaining walls Stability requirements
Stability of retaining Drainage behind Retaining walls
walls
Provision of Joints – Relief Shells
UNIT-III: SHEET PILE STRUCTURES
Types of Sheet piles – Cantilever sheet piles in sands and clays – Anchored sheet piles –
Free earth and Fixed earth support methods – Row‘s moment reduction method – Location
of anchors, Forces in anchors.
Introduction Types of Sheet piles
Cantilever sheet piles in sands and clays
Cantilever sheet piles
III. Sheet pile wall (concept and problems)
structures Free earth and Fixed earth support methods
Anchored sheet piles
(concept and problems)
Row‘s moment
Location of anchors, Forces in anchors.
reduction method
UNIT-IV: SOIL REINFORCEMENT
Reinforced earth - Different components – their functions – Mechanics of reinforced earth –
Failure modes-Failure theories – Design of embankments on problematic soils.
Reinforced earth - Different components –
Introduction
their functions
IV. Soil Mechanics of Failure modes
reinforceent reinforced earth Failure theories
Design of
Design of embankments on problematic soils
embankments
UNIT-V: BRACED CUTS AND COFFERDAMS:
Lateral Pressure in Braced cuts – Design of Various Components of a Braced cut – Stability
of Braced cuts – Bottom Heave in cuts. – Types of cofferdam, suitability, merits and
demerits – Design of single – wall cofferdams and their stability aspects– TVA method and
Cummins‘ methods.
Introduction Concept of braced cuts and coffer dams
Lateral Pressure in Braced cuts
Design of Various Components of a Braced
Braced cuts cut
V. Braced cuts Stability of Braced cuts, Bottom Heave in
and Coffer dams cuts
Types of cofferdam
Suitability, merits and demerits
Cofferdam Design of single – wall cofferdams and their
stability aspects
TVA method and Cummins‘ methods
Mapping
CO1 3 2 1
CO2 3 2 1
CO3 3 2 1
CO4 3 2 1
*****
III-Year-II Semester INDUSTRIAL WASTER AND WASTE L T P C
PE3201C WATER ENGINEERING 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. Enables the student to distinguish between the quality of domestic and industrial water
requirements and wastewater quantity generation.
2. To impart knowledge on selection of treatment methods for industrial wastewater.
3. To know the common methods of treatment in different industries
4. To acquire knowledge on operational problems of effluent treatment plant.
Unit-I: INTRODUCTION 10 HOURS

General Characteristics of Industrial effluents, Effects on Environment – ISI tolerance limits
for discharging industrial effluents into surface water, into public sewers and on to land for
irrigation.
Unit– II: TREATMENT OF INDUSTRIAL WASTE WATER 10 HOURS
Necessity of treatment –Segregation – Process changes – Salvaging–Byproduct Recovery –Ion
Exchange, Electro dialysis, Solvent Extraction, Floatation – Removal of Nitrogen and
Phosphorus – Boiler water treatment methods and cooling water treatment methods.
Unit-III: FOOD INDUSTRIES 10 HOURS
Sources, characteristics treatment and recycling of waste water from Sugar, Dairy and
Distilleries, Food Processing industries, Aqua industry.
Unit-IV: MAJOR INDUSTRIAL EFFLUENTS 10 HOURS
Sources, characteristics, treatment and recycling of waste water from Power plants, Oil
refineries, Cement and Steel factories.
Unit-V: CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES 10 HOURS
Sources, characteristics, treatment and recycling of waste water from Paper and pulp,
Tanneries,Textiles, Fertilizers and Pharmaceutical industries.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Rao, M.N. and Dutta, A.K., ―Wastewater Treatment‖, 3rd Edition, IBH Publishers, 1982.
2. Patwardhan,―Industrial Wastewater Treatment‖- PHI learning Pvt. Ltd, 2009.
3. Industrial Wastewater Treatment by KVSG Murali Krishna, Paramount Publishers,
Visakhapatnam, 2019
4. Wastewater Treatment for Pollution Control and Reuse, by Soli. J Arceivala, Shyam R
Asolekar, Mc-Graw Hill, New Delhi; 3rdEdition
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Nemerow. N.L., ―Liquid Waste from industry – Theories, Practice and
Treatment‖Addison wisely, 1996.
2. Benefield L.D. and Randall C.D, ―Biological Process Designs for Wastewater
AdvancedWaste Treatment Methods ―Removal Suspended solids – Dissolved solid
Treatment‖, Prentice Hall Pub. Co., 1980.
3. Metcalf and Eddy. ―Wastewater Engineering – Collection, Treatment, Disposal
andReuse‖,McGraw Hill Pub. Co., 1995.
4. C. Fred Gurnham‖ Industrial WasteWater Control‖, (Revised for publication January
28,1977) 31 May, 2007.
5. Gurnham, C.F., ―Principles of Industrial Waste Water: Wiley; New York, 1955.
6. Gurnham CF (Ed) ―Industrial WasteWater Control‖; Academic Press; New York,
NY,1965.
Course Outcomes:
The students will be able to:
CO1: Assess the characteristics of industrial effluents and their effects on the environment
including their tolerance limits
CO2: Describe the basic principles of industrial waste water treatment by physical methods.
CO3: Discuss the sources, characteristics and treatment of food industrial wastes.
CO4: Identify the sources, characteristics and treatment of major industrial waste of Thermal
Power Plants, Oil Refineries, Steel mills and Cement industries.
CO5: Identify the sources, characteristics and treatment of Chemical industrial wastes.
Micro-Syllabus of Industrial Waste and Wastewater Engineering
Unit-I: INTRODUCTION
General Characteristics of Industrial effluents, Effects on Environment – ISI tolerance limits
for discharging industrial effluents into surface water, into public sewers and on to land for
irrigation.
General
Characteristics of Basic Definitions of industrial effluents
INTRODUCTION Industrial effluents
Effects on Environmental problems with industrial waste
Environment waters
Unit– II: TREATMENT OF INDUSTRIAL WASTE WATER
Necessity of treatment –Segregation – Process changes – Salvaging–Byproduct Recovery –Ion
Exchange, Electro dialysis, Solvent Extraction, Floatation – Removal of Nitrogen and
Phosphorus – Boiler water treatment methods and cooling water treatment methods.
Need for Treatment of industrial waste water
TREATMENT Necessity of treatment Importance of Treatment of industrial waste
OF INDUSTRIAL water
WASTE WATER Process changes Different methods
Removal of Nitrogen
Different Techniques
and Phosphorus
Unit-III: FOOD INDUSTRIES
Sources, characteristics treatment and recycling of waste water from Sugar, Dairy and
Distilleries, Food Processing industries, Aqua industry.
Sources Different industries generating food waste
Manufacturing Process and origin,

Sugar industry
FOOD characteristics, effects and treatment methods
INDUSTRIES Manufacturing Process and origin,
Dairy andDistilleries
characteristics, effects and treatment methods
Food Processing
Characteristics, effects and treatment methods
industries
Aqua industry Characteristics, effects and treatment methods
Unit-IV: MAJOR INDUSTRIAL EFFLUENTS
Sources, characteristics, treatment and recycling of waste water from Power plants, Oil
refineries, Cement and Steel factories.

Manufacturing Process and origin,
Power plants
MAJOR characteristics, effects and treatment methods
INDUSTRIAL Manufacturing Process and origin,
Oilrefineries
EFFLUENTS characteristics, effects and treatment methods
Cement and Steel Manufacturing Process and origin,
factories characteristics, effects and treatment methods
Unit-V: CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES
Sources, characteristics, treatment and recycling of waste water from Paper and pulp,
Tanneries,Textiles, Fertilizers and Pharmaceutical industries.

Sources, characteristics, treatment and
Paper and pulp
recycling of waste water
Tanneries Treatment and recycling of waste water
CHEMICAL
INDUSTRIES Textiles Treatment and recycling of waste water
Fertilizers and
Pharmaceutical Treatment and recycling of waste water
industries.
Mapping
CO1 3 2 2 2 2
CO2 3 2 2 2 2
CO3 2 2 2 2
CO4 3 3 2 2 2 2 2
CO5 3 3 2 2 2 2 2
*****
ROAD SAFETY ENGINEERING
PE3201D 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. This module on the fundamental of traffic engineering, Highway safety factors, Road
safety improvement strategies are discussed
2. The Analysis of Crash Data and some of the statistics methods to analysis the traffic
safety.
3. The accident interrogations & risk involved and role of road safety in planning the urban
Infrastructures design is discussed.
4. The Basic physics related to crash reconstruction & Variables involved in crashes are
studied
5. The various mitigation measures that to be taken for avoiding the accidents are discussed.
UNIT I 10 HOURS
Introduction to safety
Road accidents, Trends, causes, Collision diagrams; Highway safety; Human factors and road
user limitations; Speed and its effect on road safety; Vehicle factors; Highway safety in India.
Multi-causal dynamic systems approach to safety; Crash Vs Accident; Road safety improvement
strategies; Elements of a road safety plan, Safety data Needs; Safe vehicle design.
UNIT II 10 HOURS
Statistical Interpretation and Analysis of Crash Data
Before-after methods in crash analysis, Recording of crash data; Accident Investigation and
Analysis; Statistical testing and the role of chance; Black Spot Identification and Investigations,
Case Studies.
UNIT III 10 HOURS
Road Safety Audits
Key elements of a road safety audit, Road Safety Audits & Investigations, Work zone safety
audit; Crash investigation and analysis, Methods for identifying hazardous road locations, Case
Studies.
UNIT IV 10 HOURS
Crash Reconstruction
Describe the basic information that can be obtained from the roadway surface, understand basic
physics related to crash reconstruction, speed for various skid, friction, drag, and acceleration
scenarios, variables involved in jump and flip crashes, variables involved in pedestrian crashes,
Case Studies.
UNIT V 10 HOURS
Mitigation Measures
Accident prevention by better planning, Accident prevention by better design of roads, Crash
Countermeasures, Highway operation and accident control measures, Highway Safety Measures
during construction, Highway geometry and safety; Safety in urban areas; Public transport and
safety; Road safety policy making, Stakeholders involvement; Road safety law.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE), The Traffic Safety Toolbox: A Primer on Traffic
Safety,
ITE, 1999.
2. Towards Safe Roads in Developing country, TRL – ODA, 2004.
3. Traffic Engineering and Transportation Planning – L.R. Kadiyali, Khanna Publishers
4. Fundamentals of Transportation Engineering – C.S. Papacostas, Prentice Hall India.
REFERENCES:
1. Athelstan Popkess, Traffic Control and Road Accident Prevention, Chapman and Hall, 1997
(Digitized 2008)
2. Ezra Hauer, Observational Before-After Studies in Road Safety, Pergamon Press, 1997
(reprinted 2002).
3. Geetam Tiwari and Dinesh Mohan, Transport Planning and Traffic Safety: Making Cities,
Roads, and Vehicles Safer, CRC Press, 2016.
4. Transportation Engineering – An Introduction, C.Jotinkhisty, B. Kent Lall
5. Fundamentals of Traffic Engineering, Richardo G Sigua
6. Handbook of Road Safety measures, second Edition, Rune Elvik, Alena Hoye, Truls Vaa,
Michael Sorenson
7. Road Safety by NCHRP.
Course Outcomes:
CO1: To remember and understand the fundamentals of Road Safety Engineering.
CO2: To investigate & analyze the collective factors for accident involved.
CO3: To understand & investigate road safety audit.
CO4: To understand and apply crash reconstruction process.
CO5: To apply mitigation measures by better designing of roads.
Micro-Syllabus of Strength of Materials-I
Unit-I:
Introduction to safety:
Road accidents, Trends, causes, Collision diagrams; Highway safety; Human factors and road
user limitations; Speed and its effect on road safety; Vehicle factors; Highway safety in India.
Multi-causal dynamic systems approach to safety; Crash Vs Accident; Road safety improvement
strategies; Elements of a road safety plan, Safety data Needs; Safe vehicle design.

Road accidents Trends, causes, Collision diagrams
Human factors and road user limitations
Highway safety factors Speed and its effect on road safety
I. Introduction to
safety Vehicle factors
Highway safety in
India & Multi-causal
Conceptual theory
dynamic systems
approach to safety
Crash Vs Accident Definition & Difference
Elements of a road safety plan

Road safety
Safety data Needs
improvement strategies
Safe vehicle design
Unit– II:
Statistical Interpretation and Analysis of Crash Data:
Before-after methods in crash analysis, Recording of crash data; Accident Investigation and
Analysis; Statistical testing and the role of chance; Black Spot Identification and Investigations,
Case Studies.
Before-after methods in crash analysis
Analysis of Crash Data Recording of crash data
II. Statistical Accident Investigation and Analysis
interpretation
and analysis of Statistical testing and the role of chance
crash data Statistical Interpretation
Black Spot Identification and Investigations
A case study on interpretation & analysis of
Case studies
crash data
Unit-III:
Road Safety Audits:
Key elements of a road safety audit, Road Safety Audits & Investigations, Work zone safety
audit; Crash investigation and analysis, Methods for identifying hazardous road locations, Case
Studies.

Key elements of road safety audit
Introduction to RSA Road safety audits & investigations
Work zone safety audit
III. Road Safety Crash investigation and analysis
Crash Investigation &
Audits Identification of hazard Methods for identifying hazardous road
location locations
Case studies A case study related to road safety audit
Unit-IV:
Crash Reconstruction:
Describe the basic information that can be obtained from the roadway surface, Understand basic
physics related to crash reconstruction, speed for various skid, friction, drag, and acceleration
scenarios, variables involved in jump and flip crashes, variables involved in pedestrian crashes,
Case Studies.

Basic information obtained from roadway
Introduction
surface
Basic physics related to Speed for various skid, friction, drag, and
IV. Crash crash reconstruction acceleration scenarios
Reconstruction Variables involved in jump and flip crashes
Variables involved in
crashes Variables involved in pedestrian crashes
Case Studies A case study related to crash reconstruction
Unit-V:
Mitigation Measures:
Accident prevention by better planning, Accident prevention by better design of roads, Crash
Countermeasures, Highway operation and accident control measures, Highway Safety Measures
during construction, Highway geometry and safety; Safety in urban areas; Public transport and
safety; Road safety policy making, Stakeholders involvement; Road safety law.

Accident prevention by better planning
Prevention of accidents
Accident prevention by better design of roads
Crash Countermeasures Conceptual theory
Highway Safety Measures during construction
Highway operation and
V. Mitigation Highway geometry and safety
accident control
Measures measures Safety in urban areas
Public transport and safety
Making of Road safety policy
Safety policy Stakeholders involvement
Road safety law
Mapping
CO1 2 2 2
CO2 1 2 2 2
CO3 2 2 2 1
CO4 3 1 2
CO5 2 2 2
*****
III-Year-II Semester GROUND WATER DEVELOPMENT L T P C
PE3201E & MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3

The course is designed to
 Appreciate groundwater as an important natural resource.
 Understand flow towards wells in confined and unconfined aquifers.
 Understand the principles involved in design and construction of wells.
 Create awareness on improving the groundwater potential using various recharge
techniques.
 Know the importance of saline water intrusion in coastal aquifers and its control
measures.
UNIT – I 12 HOURS
Introduction:
Groundwater in the hydrologic cycle, ground water occurrence, aquifer parameters and their
determination, general ground water flow equation.
Well Hydraulics: Steady radial flow and unsteady radial flow to a well in confined and unconfined
aquifers, Theis solution, Jocob and Chow‘s methods, Leaky aquifers.
Well Design:
Water well design-well diameter, well depth, well screen-screen length, slot size, screen diameter and
screen selection, design of collector wells, infiltration gallery

Well Construction and Development:
Water wells, drilling methods-rotary drilling, percussion drilling, well construction-installation of well
screens-pull-back method, open- hole, bail- down and wash-down methods, well development-
mechanical surging using compressed air, high velocity jetting of water, over pumping and back washing,
well completion, well disinfection, well maintenance.
UNIT IV 10 HOURS
Artificial Recharge:
Concept of artificial recharge of groundwater, recharge methods-basin, stream-channel, ditch and furrow,
flooding and recharge well methods, recharge mounds and induced recharge
Saline Water Intrusion: Occurrence of saline water intrusion, Ghyben- Herzberg relation, Shape of
interface, control of saline water intrusion.
UNIT – V 10 HOURS
Groundwater Modelling and Management:
Basic principles of groundwater modelling- Analog models-viscous fluid models and membrane models,
digital models-Finite difference and finite element models.
Concepts of groundwater management, basin management by conjunctive use-case studies.
Text Books:
1. Groundwater, Raghunath H M, New Age International Publishers, 2005.
2. Groundwater Hydrology, Todd D. K., Wiley India Pvt Ltd.,2014.
3. Groundwater Hydrology, Todd D K and L W Mays, CBS Publications,2005.
References:
1. Groundwater Assessment and Management, Karanth K R, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.,
1987.
2. Groundwater Hydrology, Bouwer H, McGraw Hill Book Company, 1978.
3. Groundwater Systems Planning and Management, Willis R and W.W.G. Yeh, Prentice Hall
Inc., 1986.
4. Groundwater Resources Evaluation, Walton W C, McGraw Hill Book Company, 1978.
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Estimate aquifer parameters, yield of wells and Analyse radial flow towards wells in
confined and unconfined aquifers.
CO2: Design wells and understand the construction practices.
CO3: Determine the process of artificial recharge for increasing ground water potential.
CO4: Take effective measures for controlling saline water intrusion.
CO5: Apply appropriate measures for ground water management.
Micro-Syllabus of GROUND WATER DEVELOPMENT & MANAGEMENT
UNIT – I Introduction:
Groundwater in the hydrologic cycle, ground water occurrence, aquifer parameters and their
determination, general ground water flow equation.
Well Hydraulics: Steady radial flow and unsteady radial flow to a well in confined and
unconfined aquifers, Theis solution, Jocob and Chow‘s methods, Leaky aquifers.
Groundwater in the
Concept with the help of Sketch
hydrologic cycle
ground water Concept
occurrence
Introduction aquifer parameters
and their Properties and problems
determination
general ground water
Concept & Derivation
flow equation
Steady radial flow in
confined and Derivations and simple problems
unconfined aquifers
Unsteady radial flow
Well Hydraulics in confined and Derivations and simple problems
unconfined aquifers
Theis solution, Jacob
Derivations only
and Chow‘s methods
Leaky aquifers Concepts, Derivation of cases and simple problems
UNIT – II Well Design:
Water well design-well diameter, well depth, well screen-screen length, slot size, screen
diameter and screen selection, design of collector wells, infiltration gallery
Water well design-well
diameter, well depth,
well screen-screen Concepts and recommendations
length, slot size, screen
diameter and screen
Well Design selection
Working concepts with the help of sketch and
design of collector wells Problems
Working concepts with the help of sketch and
infiltration gallery Problems
UNIT –III Well Construction and Development:

Water wells, drilling methods-rotary drilling, percussion drilling, well construction-installation
of well screens-pull-back method, open- hole, bail- down and wash-down methods, well
development-mechanical surging using compressed air, high velocity jetting of water, over
pumping and back washing, well completion, well disinfection, well maintenance.
Drilling methods:
rotary drilling, Concepts with the help of sketches
Percussion drilling.
Well installation of well
Construction screens:
pull-back method,
Concepts with the help of sketches
open- hole,
bail- down and
wash-down methods
mechanical surging
using compressed air,
high velocity jetting of
Concepts with the help of sketches
water,
over pumping and back
Well washing
Development
well completion Concepts with the help of sketches
well disinfection Concepts with the help of sketches
well maintenance Concepts with the help of sketches

UNIT IV Artificial Recharge:
Concept of artificial recharge of groundwater, recharge methods-basin, stream-channel, ditch
and furrow, flooding and recharge well methods, recharge mounds and induced recharge
Saline Water Intrusion: Occurrence of saline water intrusion, Ghyben- Herzberg relation,
Shape of interface, control of saline water intrusion.
Artificial Concept of artificial
Concept with the help of sketch
Recharge recharge of groundwater
recharge methods:
basin method,
stream-channel method,
ditch and furrow
method, Concept with the help of sketch
flooding method and
recharge well methods:
recharge mounds and
induced recharge
Occurrence of saline
Concept and occurence
water intrusion
Ghyben- Herzberg
Saline Water Derivation and problems
relation
Intrusion
Shape of interface Concept with the help of sketch
control of saline water
Control measures
intrusion
UNIT – V Groundwater Modelling and Management:
Basic principles of groundwater modelling- Analog models-viscous fluid models and membrane
models, digital models-Finite difference and finite element models.
Concepts of groundwater management, basin management by conjunctive use-case studies.
Thin cylindrical shells
Basic principles of
Derivation of longitudinal and circumferential
groundwater modelling
stresses
Analog models
Groundwater viscous fluid models and Concepts and working
Modelling membrane models,
digital models
Finite difference and Concepts and working
finite element models.
Concepts of
groundwater Concept
management
Groundwater
Management basin management by Concepts and working
conjunctive use
Case Studies
Mapping
CO1 2 2
CO2 2 2 1
CO3 1 2 1
CO4 2 2
CO5 2 1 2 1
*****
BUILDING SERVICES
OE3201A 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
At the end course the student able to know the requirements of building services such as
1. Types of air conditioning,
2. Types of transportation system,
3. Firefighting, electrical services,
4. Concepts of green building and energy efficient systems
Unit-I 12 HOURS
Introduction to Building Services:
Definitions - Objective and uses of services - Applications of services for different types
building considering - Classification of services- Types of services and selection of services-
Natural and artificial lighting principles and factors- Arrangement of luminaries, Distribution of
illumination, Utilization factors- Necessity of Ventilation Types – Natural and Mechanical
Factors to be considered in the design of Ventilation.
Unit II 12 HOURS
Electrical Services and Layout:
Electrical services in the building -Technical terms and symbols for electrical installations and
Accessories of wiring- Systems of wiring like wooden casing, cleat wiring, CTS wiring conduit
wiring - Types of insulation- electrical layout for residence, small work shop, show room, school
building, etc.
Unit III 12 HOURS
Mechanical Services in Buildings:
Introduction of mechanical services - Lift - Definition, Types of Lifts, Design Considerations,
Location, Sizes, Component parts - Lift Well, Travel, Pit, Hoist Way, Machine, Buffer, Door
Locks, Suspended Rope, Lift Car. Elevators & Escalators -Different types of elevators and
Escalators - Freight Elevators-Passenger elevators –Hospital elevators -Uses of different types of
elevators and Escalators. Air Conditioning- Definition, Purpose, Principles, Temperature
Control, Air Velocity Control, Humidity Control, Air Distribution system, Cleaners, Filters,
Spray washers, Electric preceptors, Types of Air Conditioners (Central type, Split Unit).
Unit IV 12 HOURS
Fire Protection, Acoustic and Sound Insulations:
Introduction- Causes of fire and Effects of fireGeneral Requirements of Fire Resisting building
as per IS and NBC 2005-Characteristics of Fire resisting materials- Maximum Travel Distance-
ire Fighting Installations for Horizontal Exit, Roof Exit / Fire Lifts, External Stairs- Requirement
of good Acoustic -Various sound absolvent- Factors to be followed for noise control in
residential building
Unit V 12 HOURS
Miscellaneous Services and Green Buildings Provisions:
Rain water Harvesting for buildingsConcept of GREEN buildings -Components of GREEN
building -Introduction and Significance to Grey water- Components of Grey water system -
Management of Grey water system
TEXT BOOKS:
1. A text book on Building Services by R. Udaykumar, Eswar Press, Chennai
2. Building Services by S. M. Patil, Seema Publication, Mumbai Revised edition
3. Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning: Analysis and Design, 6th Edition‖, Faye C.
McQuiston, Jerald D. Parker and Jeffrey D. Spitler, John Wiley & Sons
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. SP 7: 2005 National Building Code of India, Bureau of Indian Standards, BIS, New Delhi
2. Building Construction by B. C. Punmia, Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd., New Delhi
3. IS 3534: 1976 “Outline dimensions of electric lifts”
4. IS1860: 1980 “Code of Practice for Installation, Operation and Maintenance of Electric
Passenger and Goods Lifts”
DISASTER MANAGEMENT
OE3201B 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
The subject provides different disasters, tools and methods for disaster management
Course Outcomes:
 Understanding Disasters, man-made Hazards and Vulnerabilities
 Understanding disaster management mechanism
 Understanding capacity building concepts
 Understanding coping Strategies
 Understanding planning of disaster managements
UNIT - I 10 HOURS
Understanding Disaster: Concept of Disaster - Different approaches- Concept of Risk - Levels
of Disasters - Disaster Phenomena and Events (Global, national and regional) Hazards and
Vulnerabilities: Natural and man-made hazards; response time, frequency and forewarning
levels of different hazards - Characteristics and damage potential or natural hazards; hazard
assessment - Dimensions of vulnerability factors; vulnerability assessment - Vulnerability and
disaster risk - Vulnerabilities to flood and earthquake hazards
UNIT - II 10 HOURS
Disaster Management Mechanism: Concepts of risk management and crisis managements -
Disaster Management Cycle - Response and Recovery - Development, Prevention, Mitigation
and Preparedness - Planning for Relief
UNIT - III 10 HOURS
Capacity Building: Capacity Building: Concept - Structural and Nonstructural Measures
Capacity Assessment; Strengthening Capacity for Reducing Risk - Counter-Disaster Resources
and their utility in Disaster Management - Legislative Support at the state and national levels
UNIT - IV 10 HOURS
Coping with Disaster: Coping Strategies; alternative adjustment processes - Changing Concepts
of disaster management - Industrial Safety Plan; Safety norms and survival kits - Mass media
and disaster management
UNIT - V 10 HOURS
Planning for disaster management: Strategies for disaster management planning - Steps for
formulating a disaster risk reduction plan - Disaster management Act and Policy in India -
Organizational structure for disaster management in India - Preparation of state and district
disaster management plans
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Manual on Disaster Management, National Disaster Management, Agency Govt of India.
2. Disaster Management by Mrinalini Pandey Wiley 2014.
3. Disaster Science and Management by T. Bhattacharya, McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt
Ltd Wiley 2015
REFERENCES:
1. Earth and Atmospheric Disasters Management, N. Pandharinath, CK Rajan, BS Publications
2009.
2. National Disaster Management Plan, Ministry of Home affairs, Government of India
(http://www.ndma.gov.in/images/policyplan/dmplan/draftndmp.pdf)
TRAFFIC SAFETY
OE3201C 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
At the end course the student able to know the requirements of building services such as
1. This module on the fundamentals of traffic engg. & some of the statistical methods to
analyse the traffic safety.
2. The accident interrogations and risk involved with measures to identify the causes are
dealt.
3. The role of road safety in planning the urban infrastructures design is discussed.
4. Various mitigation measures to prevent the road accidents are dealt
Unit-I 10 HOURS
Fundamentals of Traffic Engineering:
Basic Characteristics of Motor-Vehicle Traffic, Highway Capacity, Applications of Traffic
Control Devices, Traffic Design of Parking Facilities, Traffic Engineering Studies; Statistical
Methods in Traffic Safety Analysis – Regression Methods, Poisson Distribution, Chi- Squared
Distribution, Statistical Comparisons.
UNIT II 10 HOURS
Accident Investigations and Risk Management: Collection and Analysis of Accident Data,
Condition and Collision Diagram, Causes and Remedies, Traffic Management Measures and
Their Influence on Accident Prevention, Assessment of Road Safety, Methods to Identify and
Prioritize Hazardous Locations and Elements, Determine Possible Causes of Crashes, Crash
Reduction Capabilities and Countermeasures, Effectiveness of Safety Design Features, Accident
Reconstruction.
UNIT III 10 HOURS
Road Safety in Planning and Geometric Design: Vehicle And Human Characteristics, Road
Design and Road Equipments, Redesigning Junctions, Cross Section Improvements,
Reconstruction and Rehabilitation of Roads, Road Maintenance, Traffic Control, Vehicle Design
and Protective Devices, Post Accident Care.
UNIT IV 10 HOURS
Role of Urban infrastructure design in safety: Geometric Design of Roads; Design of Horizontal
and Vertical Elements, Junctions, At Grade and Grade Separated Intersections, Road Safety in
Urban Transport, Sustainable Modes and their safety.
UNIT V 10 HOURS
Mitigation Measures: Accident prevention by better planning, Accident prevention by better
design of roads, Crash Countermeasures, Highway operation and accident control measures,
Highway Safety Measures during construction, Highway geometry and safety; Safety in urban
areas; Public transport and safety; Road safety policy making, Stakeholders involvement; Road
safety law, Road safety audit.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE), The Traffic Safety Toolbox: A Primer on
Traffic Safety, ITE, 1999. Towards Safe Roads in Developing country, TRL – ODA,
2004.
2. Traffic Engineering and Transportation Planning – L.R. Kadiyali, Khanna Publishers
3. Fundamentals of Traffic Engineering, Richardo G Sigua
REFERENCE BOOKS:
5. Athelstan Popkess, Traffic Control and Road Accident Prevention, Chapman and Hall,
1997 (Digitized 2008)
6. Handbook of Road Safety measures, second Edition, Rune Elvik, Alena Hoye, TrulsVaa,
Michael Sorenson
7. Ezra Hauer, Observational Before-After Studies in Road Safety, Pergamon Press, 1997
(reprinted 2002).
8. Geetam Tiwari and Dinesh Mohan, Transport Planning and Traffic Safety: Making
Cities, Roads, and Vehicles Safer, CRC Press, 2016
9. Fundamentals of Transportation Engineering – C.S. Papacostas, Prentice Hall India.
10. Transportation Engineering – An Introduction, C.Jotinkhisty, B. Kent Lall
11. Handbook of Road Safety measures, second Edition, Rune Elvik, Alena Hoye, Truls
Vaa, Michael Sorenson 8. Road Safety by NCHRP.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT
OE3201D 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is
1. Able to plan, coordination, and control of a project from beginning to completion.
2. Adopting the most effect method for meeting the requirement in order to produce a
functionally and financially viable project.
Unit-I: 10 HOURS
Management process- Roles. Management theories. Social responsibilities. Planning and

strategic management. Strategy implementation. Decision making: tools and techniques –
Organizational structure. Human resource management- motivation performance- leadership.

Classification of Construction projects, Construction stages, Resources- Functions of
Construction Management and its Applications. Preliminary Planning- Collection of Data-
Contract Planning – Scientific Methods of Management.
Unit-III: 14 HOURS
Network Techniques in construction management - Bar chart, Gant chart, CPM, PERT- Cost
& Time optimization.Resource planning - planning for manpower, materials, costs, equipment.
Labour -Scheduling - Forms of scheduling - Resource allocation.
Unit-IV: 10 HOURS
Contract - types of contract, contract document, and specification, important conditions of
contract – tender and tender document, Deposits by the contractor– Arbitration- negotiation – M-
Book - Muster roll -stores.
Unit-V: 10 HOURS
Management Information System - Labour Regulations: Social Security - welfare Legislation
- Laws relating to Wages, Bonus and Industrial disputes, Labour Administration - Insurance and
Safety Regulations - Workmen's Compensation Act -other labour Laws
Safety in construction: Occupational and safety hazard assessment. Human factors in safety.
TEXT BOOKS:
3. Punmia,B,C., Project Planning and Control with PERT and CPM, Laxmi Publications,
New Delhi,1987
4. Ghalot, P.S., Dhir, D.M., Construction Planning and Management, Wiley Eastern
Limited,1992.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
2. ‗Construction technology and management by S.Seetharaman.
Unit-I:
Management process- Roles. Management theories. Social responsibilities. Planning and strategic
management. Strategy implementation. Decision making: tools and techniques – Organizational
structure. Human resource management- motivation performance- leadership.
.

Roles & management theories
Social responsibilities
I. Management Planning and strategic management
Introduction
process Decision making: tools and techniques
Organizational structure
Human resource management
Unit– II:
Classification of Construction projects, Construction stages, Resources- Functions of Construction
Management and its Applications. Preliminary Planning- Collection of Data-Contract Planning –
Scientific Methods of Management.

Classification of Construction projects
Construction Projects
Construction stages
Functions of Construction Management and its
Resources
Unit-II Applications
Preliminary Planning
Planning Collection of Data
Contract Planning
Unit-III:
Network Techniques in construction management - Bar chart, milestone chart, CPM, PERT-
Cost & Time optimization.Resource planning - planning for manpower, materials, costs,
equipment. Labour -Scheduling - Forms of scheduling - Resource allocation

Scheduling techniques Bar chart, Milestone chart, CPM & PERT
III. Network
Techniques in Resource Planning Manpower, materials, cost, labour & equipment
construction
management Scheduling Forms of scheduling
Resource allocation Resource allocation
Unit-IV:
Contract - types of contract, contract document, and specification, important conditions of
contract – tender and tender document, Deposits by the contractor– Arbitration- negotiation – M-
Book - Muster roll -stores.
Types
Contract Contract document
Specification
Important conditions
IV. Contract Tender Introduction and tender document
Arbitration
Negotiation
Deposits
M-Book
Muster roll stores
Management Information System - Labour Regulations: Social Security - welfare Legislation -
Laws relating to Wages, Bonus and Industrial disputes, Labour Administration - Insurance and
Safety Regulations - Workmen's Compensation Act -other labour Laws
Safety in construction: Occupational and safety hazard assessment. Human factors in safety.

Labour Regulations
welfare Legislation
Acts & regulations Laws relating to Wages
V.Management
Information Insurance and Safety Regulations
System Workmen's Compensation Act
Occupational and safety hazard assessment
Safety in construction
Human factors in safety
CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 2 3
PSO1 PSO2 PSO3

CO1 1 2
CO2 1 2
GREEN TECHNOLOGY
OE3202A 3 0 0 3

The objective of this course is:
1. To present different concepts of green technologies.
2. To acquire principles of Energy efficient technologies.
3. To impart knowledge on the methods of reducing CO2 levels in atmosphere.
4. To gain knowledge of the importance of life cycle assessment
5. To learn the importance of green fuels and its impact on environment.
UNIT- I 10 HOURS
Introduction: Green Technology – definition- Importance – Historical evolution – advantages
and disadvantages of green technologies-factors affecting green technologies- Role of Industry,
Government and Institutions – Industrial Ecology – role of industrial ecology in green
technology. Cleaner Production (CP): Definition – Importance – Historical evolution - Principles
of Cleaner Production–Benefits–Promotion – Barriers – Role of Industry.
UNIT- II 10 HOURS
Cleaner Production Project Development and Implementation: Government and Institutions –
clean development mechanism, reuse, recovery, recycle, raw material substitution-Wealth from
waste, case studies.
Overview of CP Assessment Steps and Skills, Process Flow Diagram, Material Balance, CP
Option Generation – Technical and Environmental Feasibility analysis – Economic valuation of
alternatives - Total Cost Analysis – CP Financing – Preparing a Program Plan – Measuring
Progress- ISO 14000.
UNIT- III 10 HOURS
Pollution Prevention and Cleaner Production Awareness Plan – Waste audit – Environmental
Statement, carbon credit, carbon sequestration, carbon trading, Life Cycle Assessment -
Elements of LCA – Life Cycle Costing – Eco Labelling.
UNIT -IV 10 HOURS
Availability and need of conventional energy resources, major environmental problems related
to the conventional energy resources, future possibilities of energy need and availability. Non-
conventional energy sources: Solar Energy-solar energy conversion technologies and devices,
their principles, working and application.
UNIT- V 10 HOURS
Green Fuels – Definition-benefits and challenges – comparison of green fuels with conventional
fossil fuels with reference to environmental, economical and social impacts- public policies and
market-driven initiatives. Biomass energy: Concept of biomass energy utilization, types of
biomass energy, conversion processes, Wind Energy, energy conversion technologies, their
principles, equipment and suitability in Indian context; tidal and geothermal energy.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. ‗Pollution Prevention: Fundamentals and Practice‘ by Paul L Bishop (2000),
McGraw Hill International.
2. ‗Cleaner Production Audit‘ by Prasad Modak, C.Visvanathan and Mandar Parasnis
(1995), Environmental System Reviews, No.38, Asian Institute of Technology,
Bangkok 3. ‗Non-conventional Energy Sources‘ by Rai G.D.
REFERENCES:
1. ‗Pollution Prevention and Abatement Handbook – Towards Cleaner Production‘ by World
Bank Group (1998), World Bank and UNEP, Washington D.C.
2. ‗Handbook of Organic Waste Conversion‘ by Bewik M.W.M.
3. ‗Energy, The Solar Hydrogen Alternative‘ by Bokris J.O.
4. ‗Solar Energy‘ by Sukhatme S.P.
5. ‗Waste Energy Utilization Technology‘ by Kiang Y. H.
ALTERNATIVE ENERGY SOURCES
OE3202B 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
To impart the necessity of finding alternative energy sources for automobiles. To understand
merits and demerits, performance characteristics of various sources of fuels and their
comparison.
Unit-I: 10 HOURS
INTRODUCTION: Need for non-conventional energy sources. Energy alternative: solar,
photo- voltaic, Hydrogen, Bio mass, Electrical - their merits and demerits.
Solar photo-voltaic conversion, Collection and storage of solar energy, Collection devices, flat
plate collectors, concentrating type collectors, Principles and working of photo-voltaic
Conversion, Applications to automobiles.
ENERGY FROM BIO MASS: Photosynthesis, Photosynthetic oxygen production, Energy
plantation. Bio gas production from organic waste, Description and types of Bio gas plants,
Application and limitations -Merits and demerits performance characteristics and their
comparison.
Unit-III: 10 HOURS
HYDROGEN ENERGY: Properties of hydrogen, Sources of Hydrogen, Thermodynamics of
water splitting, production of hydrogen- Electrolysis of water, Thermal decomposition of water,
Thermo-chemical production, Biochemical production.
Unit-IV: 10 HOURS
HYDROGEN FUEL: Storage and transportation methods, Applications to engines
modifications necessary, precautions and safety measures - Performance characteristics in
engine and their comparison.
ELECTRIC AUTOMOBILES: Design considerations, limitations, Opportunities for
improvement Batteries, problems. Future possibilities, capacities, types, material requirement.
Unit-V: 10 HOURS
ELECTRIC AUTOMOBILES: Applicability of electric cars, major parts, battery charging,
HVAC, requirements, comparative use of fuel and energy, Availability of energy for recharging;
Impacts on use of fuel and energy; Impact on urban air quality, impact on price, material
requirement traction motors and types.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Non-conventional Sources of Energy, G.D. Rai, Khanna Publications.
2. Electric Automobiles, William Hamilton,PHI.
3. Alternative Fuel Technology, Erjavec and Arias, CengageLearning.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Solar Energy, S.P. Sukhatme, Tata McGrawHill.
2. Energy Technology, S. Rao & B.B. Larulekar, KhammaLab.
3. Principles of Solar Engineering, Frank Kreith& Jan F. Krieder, McGrawHill.
4. Solar Energy -thermal Process, J.A. Duffie&W.A. Beckman, McGrawHill.
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Understand solar photo-voltaic conversion and working principles.
CO2: Understand the different techniques for production of bio gas.
CO3: Understand the production of hydrogen energy
CO4: Design and study of future possibilities of electric automobiles.
CO5: Understand the utilization of energy in various forms.
Micro-Syllabus of Alternative Energy Sources
Unit-I: INTRODUCTION: Need for non-conventional energy sources. Energy alternative: solar,
photo- voltaic, Hydrogen, Bio mass, Electrical - their merits and demerits.
Solar photo-voltaic conversion, Collection and storage of solar energy, Collection devices, flat
plate collectors, concentrating type collectors, Principles and working of photo-voltaic
Conversion, Applications to automobiles.
Based on Traditional use
Classification of
Based on long-term availability
Energy sources
Based on origin
Mechanical Energy
Common forms of Thermal Energy
energy Electrical Energy
Ia. Introduction Chemical Energy
Conventional energy sources (Non-Renewable
Energy sources)
Merits and Demerits
Non-Conventional Energy sources (Renewable
energy sources)
Need for Non-Conventional energy sources
Solar energy
Solar-photo voltaic
Ib. Energy Merits and De-merits
Alternative Bio-mass
Electricity
Hydrogen
Non- concentrating
Solar water heater, solar air heaters
type solar collector
Ic. Classification
Parabolic trough collector, Mirror strip reflector,
of solar energy
Concentrating type Fresnel lens collector, Flat plate collectors with
collectors
solar collector adjustable mirrors, compound parabolic
concentrator
Thermal energy
Sensible heat, latent heat
storage
Electrical energy
Id. Solar energy Capacitor, inductor, battery storage
storage
storage systems
Chemical energy
Chemical, thermo chemical
storage
Mechanical energy Pumped hydro electric storage, compressed air
storage
Electro –magnetic
Energy storage vie superconducting magnets
energy storage
Principle, working,
Id. Photo-voltaic construction, N-type semiconductor, P-type semi conductor, p-n
conversion Application to junction diode
automobiles
Unit– II: ENERGY FROM BIO MASS: Photosynthesis, Photosynthetic oxygen production,
Energy plantation. Bio gas production from organic waste, Description and types of Bio gas
plants, Application and limitations -Merits and demerits performance characteristics and their
comparison.

Biomass definition
Sources of biomass
IIa. Introduction Introduction Photosynthesis, Photosynthetic oxygen
production
Energy Plantation
Direct combustion Incineration process
IIb. Energy Thermo chemical
Gasification, Pyrolysis Process
conversion conversion
technologies Bio-chemical
Fermentation, anaerobic digestion of biomass
conversion
IIc. Bio gas anaerobic digestion of
Factors effecting generation of gas
Production biomass
Classification of bio gas Continuous, batch type, Floating drum and fixed
IId. bio gas plants, applications, dome type bio gas plants. Comparison of
plants advantages and floating drum and fixed dome type bio gas
disadvantages plant. Site selection for bio gas plants.
Unit-III: HYDROGEN ENERGY: Properties of hydrogen, Sources of Hydrogen,

Thermodynamics of water splitting, production of hydrogen- Electrolysis of water, Thermal
decomposition of water, Thermo-chemical production, Biochemical production.

IIIa. Properties of hydrogen
Introduction
Introduction Sources of hydrogen
Electrolysis or
electrolytic production Tank type electrolyzer, filter press electrolyzer
of hydrogen
IIIb. Production
of hydrogen Thermo-chemical Westinghouse electrochemical thermal sulphur
methods cycle, Ispra mark 13 cycle, Iodine-Sulphur cycle
Solar energy methods Biophotolysis, photoelectrolysis
Unit-IV: HYDROGEN FUEL: Storage and transportation methods, Applications to engines
modifications necessary, precautions and safety measures - Performance characteristics in
engine and their comparison.
ELECTRIC AUTOMOBILES: Design considerations, limitations, Opportunities for
improvement Batteries, problems. Future possibilities, capacities, types, material requirement.
Compressed gas storage, liquid storage, line
storage
packing, underground storage, metal hydrides
Pipe lines, liquid hydrogen transportation, metal

Transportation
hydride transportation
IVa. Hydrogen
fuel Utilization of hydrogen Residential uses, industrial uses, road vehicles,
energy air craft applications, electric power generation
Precautions and safety Precautions and safety measures, performance
measures characteristics in engines
Design considerations, limitations,
Opportunities for improvement Batteries,
Introduction
problems, Future possibilities, capacities, types,
material requirement.
IVb. Electric Future possibilities,
Automobiles Future possibilities, capacities
capacities
Types, material
types, material requirement.
requirement.
Unit-V: ELECTRIC AUTOMOBILES: Applicability of electric cars, major parts, battery
charging, HVAC, requirements, comparative use of fuel and energy, Availability of energy for
recharging; Impacts on use of fuel and energy; Impact on urban air quality, impact on price,
material requirement traction motors and types.
Va. Electric
Electric cars Applications, major parts, battery charging
Automobiles
Requirements, comparative use of fuel and
energy, Impact on urban air quality, impact on
HVAC
price, material requirement traction motors and
types.
Availability of energy
Vb. HVAC for recharging; Impacts Availability of energy for recharging; Impacts
on use of fuel and on use of fuel and energy
energy
Impact on urban air

Impact on urban air quality, impact on price
quality, impact on price
Vc. Traction
motors Traction motors Material requirement traction motors and types.
Mapping
CO1 2 2
CO2 2 2
CO3 2 2
CO4 1 2 2
CO5 2 2
*****
III-Year-II Semester ELEMENTS OF CIVIL L T P C
OE3202C ENGINEERING 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
The objectives of this course are to make students to learn about
1. Basics of Civil Engineering concepts
2. The surveying, elevations and mapping
3. The construction materials and elements
4. Water resource development
Unit-I 12 HOURS
Scope of Civil Engineering: Introduction: Impact of Infrastructural Development on the
Economy of a Country, Role of Civil Engineers, Importance of Planning, Scheduling and
Construction Management.
Surveying: Introduction: Surveying and levelling, Object and uses, Primary divisions,
Fundamental principles, Classification of surveying, Plans and maps, Scales, Units of measure.
Unit-II 14 HOURS
Compass surveying:
Types and uses of compass, Bearings, Whole Circle Bearings, and Reduced Bearings,
Computation of angles; Meridians; declinations and dip of needle; Local attraction; compass
surveying field work.
Elevation measurements:
Levelling, object and uses, terms used in levelling, levelling instruments, methods of levelling,
recording and methods of reducing, errors in levelling, contours; characteristics and applications.
Modern Tools of Surveying and Mapping:
Introduction to Theodolite, Electronic Distance Measurement Instruments, Total Station, Global
Positioning System, Remote Sensing and Geographic Information System.
Unit-III 10 HOURS
Construction Materials Requirement, types, uses, properties and importance of Civil
Engineering materials like Stone, Bricks, Lime, Cement, Ferrous and Non-Ferrous Metals,
Ceramic Materials, Timber, Sand, Aggregate, Mortar and Concrete, Paints and Varnishes, Glass,
Plastic, Conducting, Magnetic, and Miscellaneous Materials.
Unit-IV 10 HOURS
Elements of Building Construction:
Planning: Elementary principles and basic requirements of a building planning, layout of
residential & industrial buildings.
Construction: Classification of buildings based upon occupancy and structure, Design Loads,
Common building components, their functions, and nominal dimensions. Elements of building
drawing. Introduction to building byelaws.
Unit-V 10 HOURS
Water Resources Development Elementary:
Hydrology, Sources of water, Watershed Development, water requirements and its conservation,
Hydraulic Structures of Storage, Water Conveyance System: Canals; Water Conduits.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Surveying Vol. I & II, Dr. B. C. Punamia Laxmi Publication, Delhi
2. Building Construction, Dr. B. C. Punamia Laxmi Publication, Delhi
3. Engineering Material, Dr. S.C. Rangwal, Charotar Pub. House
4. Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic Structures, Santoshkumar Garg, : Khanna Publishers
Delhi
5. Elements of Civil Engineering (IV Edition) by S.S. Bhavikatti, New Age International
Publisher, New Delhi, 3rd edition
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Civil Engineering Material, Jakson and Dhir, ELBS Publishing London
2. Civil Engg. Drawing, S. C. Rangwal, Charotar Pub. House Anand
GEO-SPATIAL TECHNOLOGIES
OE3202D 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To understand the fundamentals of GIS and Coordinate systems
2. To study about data acquisition and data management process.
3. To impart knowledge about the data modeling and GIS analysis and its functions
4. To deal with the various applications of GIS in Civil Engineering
5. To give an introduction about remote sensing and its applications
UNIT –I 10 HOURS
Introduction – Basic concepts, socioeconomic challenges, fundamentals of geographical
information systems (GIS), history of geographical information system, components of
geographical information systems.
Projections and Coordinate Systems – Map definitions, representations of point, line, polygon,
common coordinate system, geographic coordinate system, map projections, transformations,
map
analysis.
UNIT –II 10 HOURS
Data Acquisition: Data Types, Spatial, Non-Spatial (Attribute) Data, Data Format – Vector and
Raster Data, Manual Digitizing, Scanner, Aerial Photographic Data, Remotely Sensed Data,
Digital
Data, Cartographic Database, Digital Elevation Data.
Data Management: Data Storage and Maintenance, Data Compression, Data Quality and
Standards, Precision, Accuracy, Error – Geometric errors and corrections, Radiometric errors
and corrections, types of Systematic and Non-systematic errors.
Data Modeling: Spatial Data Analysis, Data Retrieval Query, Simple Analysis, Recode Overlay,
Vector Data Model, Raster Data Model, Digital Elevation Model, Cost and Path Analysis,
Knowledge Based System.
GIS Analysis and Functions: Organizing data for analysis, analysis function, maintenance and
analysis of spatial data, buffer analysis, overlay analysis, transformations, conflation, edge
matching
and editing, maintenance and analysis of spatial and non-spatial data.
UNIT –IV 12 HOURS
Applications of GIS: Environmental and Natural Resource Management, Soil and Water
Resources, Agriculture, Land Use Planning, Geology and Municipal Applications, Urban
Planning and Project Management, GIS for decision making under Uncertainty, standard GIS
packages, Introduction to Global Positioning Systems (GPS) and its applications.
UNIT – V 12 HOURS
Introduction to Remote Sensing: General background of Remote Sensing Technology,
Objectives
and Limitations of Remote Sensing, Electro-Magnetic Radiation, Characteristics, Interaction
with
Atmosphere and Earth Surface, Remote Sensing Platforms and Sensors, Satellite Characteristics,
Digital Image Processing, IRS Series and High Resolution Satellites, Remote Sensing
Applications to Watershed Modeling, Environmental Modeling, Urban Planning and
Management.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Demers, M.N, (2013). „Fundamentals of Geographic Information Systems‟ Wiley India
Pvt. Ltd,.
2. Burrough, P. A., and McDonnell R. A. (1998). Principles of Geographical Information
Systems. Oxford University Press, New York.
3. Kang-tsung Chang. (2006). Introduction to Geographical Information Systems. Tata
McGraw- Hill Publishing Company Ltd., Third Edition, New Delhi.
4. George Joseph, (2013). „Fundamentals of Remote Sensing‟ Universities Press.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Sabins F.F. Jr. (1978). Remote Sensing Principles and Interpretations. W.H. Freeman and
Company, San Francisco.
2. Tor Bernhardsen. (2002). Geographical Information System. Wiley India (P) Ltd., Third
Edition,
New Delhi.
3. Hoffman-Wellenhof, B, et al. (1997). GPS Theory and Practice. Fourth Edition, Springer
Wein,
New York.
4. Lilysand T.M., and Kiefer R.W. (2002). Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation. John
Wiley
and Sons, Fourth Edition, New York.
5. Choudhury S., Chakrabarti, D., and Choudhury S. (2009). An Introduction to Geographic
Information Technology. I.K. International Publishing House (P) Ltd, New Delhi.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: To understand and remember the concepts of GIS, Projections and Coordinate systems
CO2: To classify and explain various data acquisition and data management techniques.
CO3: To study, model and analyze various data collected.
CO4: To apply the knowledge of GIS in Civil Engineering stream
CO5: To understand the concepts of Remote sensing and its applications.
Micro- Syllabus of Geo-Spatial Technology
UNIT –I
Introduction – Basic concepts, socioeconomic challenges, fundamentals of geographical
information systems (GIS), history of geographical information system, components of
geographical information systems.
Projections and Coordinate Systems – Map definitions, representations of point, line, polygon,
common coordinate system, geographic coordinate system, map projections, transformations,
map
analysis.
Fundamentals of GIS
Ia. Introduction Introduction to GIS History of GIS
Components of GIS
Map definitions
Ib. Projections Maps, Projections Representations of point, line, polygon, common
and Coordinate and Coordinate coordinate system
Systems system Geographic coordinate system
Map projections, transformations, map analysis.
UNIT –II
Data Acquisition: Data Types, Spatial, Non-Spatial (Attribute) Data, Data Format – Vector and
Raster Data, Manual Digitizing, Scanner, Aerial Photographic Data, Remotely Sensed Data,
Digital
Data, Cartographic Database, Digital Elevation Data.
Data Management: Data Storage and Maintenance, Data Compression, Data Quality and
Standards, Precision, Accuracy, Error – Geometric errors and corrections, Radiometric errors
and corrections, types of Systematic and Non-systematic errors.

Spatial data
Data types
Non-Spatial data
IIa. Data Vector and Raster Data, Manual Digitizing,
Acquisition Scanner, Aerial Photographic Data, Remotely
Data Format
Sensed Data, Digital Data, Cartographic
Database, Digital Elevation Data.
Data Storage and Maintenance, Data
Data Management
Compression, Data Quality and Standards
IIb. Data
Management Geometric errors and corrections, Radiometric
Precision, Accuracy and
errors and corrections, types of Systematic and
Error
Non-systematic errors.
UNIT –III
Data Modeling: Spatial Data Analysis, Data Retrieval Query, Simple Analysis, Recode Overlay,
Vector Data Model, Raster Data Model, Digital Elevation Model, Cost and Path Analysis,
Knowledge Based System.
GIS Analysis and Functions: Organizing data for analysis, analysis function, maintenance and
analysis of spatial data, buffer analysis, overlay analysis, transformations, conflation, edge
matching
and editing, maintenance and analysis of spatial and non-spatial data.

IIIa. Data Spatial Data Analysis, Data Retrieval Query,
Data analysis
modelling Simple Analysis, Recode Overlay
Vector Data Model, Raster Data Model, Digital
Data model
Elevation Model.
Cost and Path Analysis
and Knowledge Based Conceptual theory
System.
Organizing and Organizing data for analysis, analysis function,
maintenance of data maintenance and analysis of spatial data
IIIb. GIS
Analysis and Buffer analysis, overlay analysis,
Functions transformations, conflation, edge matching and
GIS Analysis
editing, maintenance and analysis of spatial and
non-spatial data.
UNIT –IV
Applications of GIS: Environmental and Natural Resource Management, Soil and Water
Resources, Agriculture, Land Use Planning, Geology and Municipal Applications, Urban
Planning and Project Management, GIS for decision making under Uncertainty, standard GIS
packages, Introduction to Global Positioning Systems (GPS) and its applications.

Environmental and Natural Resource
Management, Soil and Water Resources,
Agriculture
Applications
Land Use Planning, Geology and Municipal
IV. Applications Applications, Urban Planning and Project
of GIS Management
GIS for decision making under Uncertainty,
GIS and GPS standard GIS packages, Introduction to Global
Positioning Systems (GPS) and its applications.
UNIT – V
Introduction to Remote Sensing: General background of Remote Sensing Technology,
Objectives
and Limitations of Remote Sensing, Electro-Magnetic Radiation, Characteristics, Interaction
with
Atmosphere and Earth Surface, Remote Sensing Platforms and Sensors, Satellite Characteristics,
Digital Image Processing, IRS Series and High Resolution Satellites, Remote Sensing
Applications to Watershed Modeling, Environmental Modeling, Urban Planning and
Management.

General background of Remote Sensing
Technology, Objectives and Limitations of
V. Introduction
Remote Sensing
to remote sensing Introduction
Electro-Magnetic Radiation, Characteristics,
Interaction with Atmosphere and Earth Surface,
Remote Sensing Platforms and Sensors
Satellite Characteristics, Digital Image
Characteristics Processing, IRS Series and High Resolution
Satellites
Watershed Modeling, Environmental Modeling,
Applications
Urban Planning and Management
Mapping
CO1 2 2
CO2 2 2 2
CO3 2 2 2 2
CO4 2 1 2 1
CO5 2 1 2 1
*****
III-Year-II Semester ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING L T P C
PC3201L LAB 0 0 3 1.5
Course Objectives:
This course deals with the laboratory approaches of determining certain major
parameters related to water and wastewater quality and analyzing the laboratory data
with respect topermissible limits and field conditions.
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Assess physical parameters of water as turbidity and colour
CO2: Determine the chemical characteristics as pH, TDS
CO3: Assess pollution characteristics of waste water by analyzing DO, BOD and COD
CO4: Assess the total hardness of a given water sample
CO5: Calculate the amount of coagulant required for optimum sedimentation for a given
turbid sample
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
The following tests are to be performed on a water/wastewater sample.
1. Determination of pH value and Conductivity.
2. Determination of Turbidity of water sample.
3. Determination of TDS in water sample.
4. Determination of Total, temporary and permanent hardness of water sample.
5. Determination of Total, Calcium and Magnesium hardness of water sample.
6. Determination of Chloride concentration of water sample.
7. Determination of Acidity of water sample.
8. Determination of Alkalinity of water sample.
9. Determination of Fluorides in water sample.
10. Determination of Iron.
11. Determination of Sulphates in water sample.
12. Determination of Residual chlorine in water sample.
13. Determination of Dissolved Oxygen of water sample.
14. Determination of Optimum dose of coagulant.
15. Determination of Settleable solids using Imhoff cone in sewage sample.
16. Determination of Suspended, fixed and volatile solids in sewage sample.
17. Determination of Total, fixed and volatile solids in sewage sample.
18. Determination of Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) of sewage.
19. Determination of Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) of sewage.
Note: A minimum of twelve (12No) shall be done and recorded
TEXT BOOK/REFERENCE
Laboratory manual prepared by Civil Engineering Department
REFERENCES:
1. National Environmental Engineering Research Institute, ―Laboratory manual on water
analysis‖, NEERI, Nagpur, India, 1987.
2. Sawyer and Mc Carty, ―Chemistry for Environmental Engineering‖ McGraw-Hill,
1978.
3. Relevant IS Codes.
4. Chemistry for Environmental Engineering by Sawyer and McCarty.
Mapping
CO1 3 2 2
CO2 3 2 2
CO3 3 3 2
CO4 3 2 2
CO5 3 2 2 3
III-Year-II Semester GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING L T P C
PC3202L LAB 0 0 3 1.5
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Identify index properties of soils for classification purposes
CO2: Estimate the soil permeability
CO3: Determine the settlement characteristics of soils
CO4: Determine the compaction characteristics of soils
CO5: Estimate the strength parameters of soils
Note: A minimum of 10 experiments are to be performed from the following
List of Experiments:
1. Sieve Analysis
2. Sedimentation Analysis
3. Specific Gravity Test
4. Field density- Core cutter and Sand Replacement Methods
5. Atterberg‘s Limits.
6. Permeability of soil using Constant Head test and Variable Head test
7. Compaction Test
8. CBR Test
9. Consolidation Test (Demonstration)
10. Unconfined Compression Test
11. Direct Shear Test.
12. Vane Shear Test
13. Triaxial Test(UU)
TEXT BOOK/REFERENCE
Laboratory manual prepared by Civil Engineering Department
REFERENCES:
1. IS 2720 all parts.
2. IS 9198-1979, Specification for compaction hammer for soil testing.
3. IS:10074-1982, Specification for compaction mould assembly for light and heavy
compaction test for soils.
4. Braja.M.Das, ―Geotechnical Engineering Handbook‖, Cengage Learning, 1st Edition, 2014.
Mapping
Mapping PO1 PO4 PO10
CO1 3 2 1
CO2 3 2 1
CO3 3 2 1
CO4 3 2 1
CO5 3 2 1
TEXT BOOK:
1. American Public Health Association, ―Standard Methods for Analysis of Water and
Wastewater‖, APHA, Washington, 1992.
2. Chemical Analysis of Water and Soil by KVSG Murali Krishna, Reem Publications, New
Delhi, 2010.
3. Laboratory Manual developed by Civil Engineering Department.
*****
MINI PROJECT
PROJ3201 0 0 3 1.5
EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS - I
MC3201 2 0 0 0

Civil r19

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Civil r19

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Civil r19

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS

2. Award of B. Tech. Degree

S. No Branch Branch Code Intake

4. Distribution and Weightage of Marks

 Computation of Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA)

Class Awarded CGPA to be secured

10. Minimum Days of Instructions

12. Withholding of results

First Class with distinction ≥7.75

III Year II Semester

OPEN ELECTIVES OFFERED BY DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL

At the end of the course, the learners will be able to

Unit 1 A Proposal to Girdle the Earth (Excerpt) by Nellie Bly

Unit 3 The Future of Work?

Grammar and Vocabulary

Unit 4 H.G Wells and the Uncertainties of Progress by Peter J. Bowler

Unit-1: Differential equations of first order and first degree:

Unit-2: Linear differential equations of higher order:

Unit-3: Mean value theorems:

Unit-4: Partial differentiation:

Unit-5: Multiple integrals:

Micro-Syllabus of MATHEMATICS – I (Calculus)

Unit-1: Differential equations of first order and first degree:

Newton‘s Law of cooling

Particular integral of the type 'x n v(x) '

Applications of Non- Method of variation of parameters

Cauchy‘s mean value theorem

Unit-4: Partial differentiation:

UNIT-I: POLYMER TECHNOLOGY 14 HRS

Elastomers: Natural rubber-Drawbacks-Vulcanization-Preparation-Properties and applications

UNIT-II: ELECTROCHEMICAL CELLS AND CORROSION 12 HRS

Corrosion: Definition-theories of corrosion (chemical and electrochemical)-galvanic corrosion,

UNIT-III: CHEMISTRY OF MATERIALS 12 HRS

Refractories: Definition , classification, properties (refractoriness, refractoriness under load,

Cement: Constituents, manufacturing, parameters to characterize the Clinker formation: lime

UNIT-IV: FUELS 12 HRS

UNIT-V: WATER TECHNOLOGY 12 HRS

1. To familiarize to notion of an algorithm, editing and executing programs in Linux.

UNIT-III Arrays & Strings

CO 1: Understand algorithms and basic terminology of C

UNIT I: Introduction to Computers: Hardware, Memory hierarchy, Types of Computers,

Unit Module Micro content

Unit Module Micro content

Unit Module Micro content

Unit Module Micro content

Unit Module Micro content

1. Determination of HCl using standard Na2CO3 solution.

1. Apply the principles of C language in problem solving.

UNIT – I: MULTIDISCIPLINARY NATURE OF ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

UNIT – II: Ecosystems, Biodiversity, and its Conservation

UNIT – III: Environmental Pollution and Solid Waste Management

LEARNING OUTCOMES UNIT-3

UNIT – IV: Social Issues and the Environment

UNIT – V: Human Population and the Environment

UNIT-1: Iterative methods: Introduction–Bisection method–Method of false position–Iteration

UNIT-II: Cayley-Hamilton theorem and quadratic forms: (12 hrs)

UNIT – III: Vector Differentiation: (10 hrs)

UNIT– IV: Vector Integration: (12 hrs)

UNIT– V: Solutions of Partial differential Equations (14 hrs)